Inductive Latin Course For Beginners

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized
by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

information in books and make it universally accessible.
https://books.google.com
SERIES OF SCHOOL BOOKS 0>J THE
INDUCTIVE METHOD.
I. FRENCH: edited, partly from the German, by.

J. P. HALL, and T. HALL, B.A., Lond.
FIRST FRENCH COURSE and FRANCE AND
THE FRENCH.
The contents of this little work are: I. —One hundred and eighty two very simple
progressive Exercises (ninety-one French and ninety-one English). II. — Forty-
five Easy French Heading Lessons, with complete Vocabularies, on the Geo
graphy of France, and the Manners, Customs, and Language of the French
People, with Fourteen Lessons on Fails. III. —The Conjugation of the Verbs.
In the Exercises, which are chiefly from the German, the natural way in which
children acquire a knowledge of their mother tongue is imitated as much i'8
possible. The method pursued is such as to enable the pupil to combine the
Reading, Writing and Speaking of the Language in a simple manner, and so as
to render them mutual aids to one another. New Edition, price Is. 6d., cloth.
HALLS' SECOND FRENCH COURSE.

This work contains: L— A Scries of Simple Exercises on the Subjunctive, the In
finitive. and the Participle* of the Regular and Auxiliary Verbs, and also
on many of the Irregular Verbs of common occurrence ; developing, in
fact, those portion!* of the Accidence not included in the First Course.
II. A Selection of anecdotes, stories and fables, calculated, both by their
style and subject-matter, to interest the youthful mind. New Edition,
price Is. (id., cloth.
Key to tlw Exercises in both Courses, price \s. 8i/., limp cloth.
II. LATIN: by the Rev. W. B. SMITH, M.A., F.R.G.S.

Lite Seu.i.Mi (.'lunik,ill Maiter in the Ciiy »( Luiiduu Sctuul,
INDUCTIVE LATIN COURSE,

On the plan of " Halls' First French Course."
Contents:—), Preliminary remarks on the peculiar features of ihe Latpi Lan
guage, its pronunciation, connection with English and other modern lan
guages, its special Atness for educational purposes &c. 2. Two hundred* and
four Exercises in Latin and English alternately. 'A, Questions at the cud of
everv ten exercises on the accidence and syntactical rules developed and ex
emplified therein. 4. Outlines of Accidence. 5. Vocabularies: Latin- English
and English-Latin. Price 2s. 6d., cloth.
III. ITALIAN : Edited by the Rev. W. B. SMITH from

the German of Filippi.
FIRST ITALIAN COURSE,
Contents: I. 228 Exercises in Italian and English alternately. II. Outline* of Acci
dence. HI. Grammatical U«les developed in the Exercises. IV. Differences of
Idiom. V. Vocabularies, Italian-English, with the Trench Equivalents and
EtymoloKical Derivations: and English Italian. VI. Historical account of
' t derivation of the Italian from the Latin, &c. Price 3s. id., cloth.
B. BATSMAN, I IVV l.ANK, I'ATKKNOSTKIl ROW.

IV. GERMAN: By F. All N, Ph.D.
FIRST GERMAN COURSE
With German Accidence, by a Professor of German.
Price Is. 6d., cloth.
SECOND GERMAN COURSE.
Price Is. Grt., cloth.
Key to the Exercises in both Courses, Is.
New Edition, price Is. 6i/., cloth.

FIRST PROGRESSIVE FRENCH READER.
Edited by J. P. HALL, and T. 1IALI,, B.A., Lond.
The FIRST PROGRESSIVE FRENCH READER, with copious Notes
ami Vocabulary, contains many hundreds of sentences selected
from classical French Authors, so arranged as to illustrate the parts of
speech: these sentences contain a choice selection ot the most beautiful
thoughts, and supply the teacher with rich materials lor instruction. To
these is added a number of Interesting Anecdotes, adapted to the under
standing of the young, and which present few difficulties in translating.
Then follow Stories from Natural History, which commend themselves by
their simplicity and purity of language ; these, with the exception of four,
have been prepared from lhitfon. There are also easy Fables from Fenclon
and others, followed by pleasing Narratives from Lesage, St. Pierre, &c. ;
and the work concludes with choke Extracts, both in prose and verse, from
t he most eminent French Authors.
Price 2s. 6d„ cloth.

A NEW FRENCH GRAMMAR.
With copious and varied Exercises and Questionnaires, amounting to
Upwards Of ONE THOUSAND GRAMMATICAL QUESTIONS, t])0 whole
based on the works of the most eminent French Grammarians
of too present day,
BY
W. CHAPMAN,
Second French 11 alter to Christ's Huspitnl, ihe Citv of London and Merchant Taylors'
Schools, iini Kicnrh Maiter io Si. Saviour's Grammar School, and the
Westminster Institution, and Pronator to the (Jiiy of
London College for Ladiei.
Price 2s., cloth.

EVERY DAY FRENCH TALK,
Or, the
Conversation which may be heard daily at Nome, at School, in thc play- ground,
in OihVes and Counting houses; Shops and Warehouses: and likewise hi a
trip from London to Paris. By W. Chapman, Author of "A New French
Grammar," &c.
J. B. BATSMAN. I IVY LANE. PATERNOSTKR ROW.

30S*- $.**"
INDUCTIVE
LATIN COURSE
BEGINNEKS
W. BROWNRIGG SMITH, M.A., F.R.G.S.

LATE SCHOLAR OF SUNT JOHN'S COILIOR, CAMBRIDOI)
AND SECOND CLASSICAL MA8TKH IN THE CITT OF LONDON SCHOOL.
LONDON:
J. B. BATEMAN, 1, IVY LANE, PATERNOSTER ROW.
(The Author reserves the right of Translation.)
. II. BATEMAN, PRINTER,
X IVT LANE,
PATIBNOflTER BOW.
PREFACE.
The most cursory examination of the 208 Exercises which

occupy the greater part of this work, will serve to show that
they are not, as is usually the case in works written for the
purpose of teaching a foreign language, preceded by a set of
rules, which are to serve as guides in the translation of the
Exercises. On the contrary, the rules have to be discovered
by the pupil, at least implicitly, in translating the Latin Ex
ercises into English, and applied practically in translating the
English Exercises into Latin.
It is evident that the pupil will be unable to effect this,
unless the Exercises have been composed on a very carefully
graduated and systematically progressive plan. If, how
ever, this arrangement has been adequately carried out, the
two-fold exercise of his intellect that it requires will enable
him to reap from it a corresponding advantage. As he will
have used the inductive method in discovering the general
rule, and the deductive method in applying it to the parti
cular case before him, he will have gained far more mental
benefit than if, according to the system generally adopted,
he had had the rule found for him, and been only required to
apply it ; or, in other words, had been called on to use only
the deductive process, and not have recourse to induction
at all.
It is obvious that the method of teaching Latin, adopted in
this book, besides the advantage already claimed for it, is
also very much more in analogy with the mode in which
children learn their mother-tongue. No one dreams of set
ting a baby to conjugate a verb, or commit to memory a page
of syntax, as a preparatory step to the teaching him to utter the
simplest expression of his wants. He learns his native lan
guage in a very different way. The sentences spoken by
those around him, not a set of formal rules, are his guide.
He frames sentences, which are on the same model as those
he has heard, and embody the same principles. Years will pass
away before he can express in logical terms the rules on
IV
which he has based all his conversation, from the time he

first began to speak. But during the whole time he has
shown by the correctness of his language that he under
stood implicitly, what his mind was, nevertheless, not suffi
ciently developed to enunciate in explicit grammatical phra
seology. He does not learn to analyse till he has learned to
combine.
In strict keeping with the process just described, is the
plan employed in this book to teach the Latin Language.
Practice precedes and gently leads on to theory. The ge
neral rules spring naturally out of the copious examples
which have been previously presented and experimentally
handled. Hence it is that on this system children will be
able to begin the study of Latin much earlier, will progress
more surely and rapidly, will undergo a better mental dis
cipline, and acquire a heartier love for their work than on
systems which, not attempting to follow nature, ignore its
simplest principles, and, as a necessary consequence, make
the acquisition of a new language a far longer and more
laborious process than it need be.
It will be seen that at the end of every ten exercises are
placed Questions on the portions of the Accidence and the
rules of syntax therein developed. These, of course, are
intended to teach the theory of what has been already learned
in practice. In the case of very young pupils, however, the
questions may be advantageously postponed till some progress
has been made in the exercises ; but the attention of older
or well trained pupils may be directed to them in the order
in which they occur.
The exercises are preceded by a few very simple introduc
tory remarks on the origin and history of the Romans, on
the peculiar features of the Latin language, its pronunciation,
its connection with English and other modern languages,
and its special fitness for educational purposes; and the
book concludes with a syllabus of grammatical forms, and
the usual Latin and English Vocabularies.
CONTENTS.
Introductory Lessons on the peculiar features of the Latin

language, its influence on the English language, &c. .
EXERCISES.
1,2. Agreement of the Adjective with Masculine and
Feminine Substantives . . . .
3,4. Agreement of the Possessive Pronoun with Mascu
line and Feminine Substantives
5,6. The same subject
7,8. The same subject
9,10. The neuter gender
Questions on Exercise 1—10
11,12. The present imperfect indicative of Esse, to be, and
the use of the personal, logical, and demonstra
tive Pronouns
13,14. The same subjects
15,16. The same subjects.
17,18. The demonstrative Pronoun, hie, kaec, hoc
19,20. The relative Pronoun, qui, quae, quod
Questions on Exercises 11—20 .
21,22. The present imperfect plural indicative of Esse, to
be, and the plural nominatives of the personal,
logical, demonstrative and relative Pronouns, of
Substantives of the first and second declensions,
and of adjectives of three terminations 8
23,24. Plural nominative of the third declension 9
25,26. Adjectives of two terminations. 'J
27,28. Past imperfect indicative of Esse, to be. 10
29,30. Adjectives of one termination . 11
Questions on Exercises 21 —30 12
81,32. The plural nominatives of the fourth and fifth de
clensions .... 12
33,34. Future imperfect indicative of Esse . 13
85,36. Present perfect or aorist indicative of Esse 14
37,38. Past perfect and future perfect indicative of Esse 15
89,40. Present imperfect indicative of Posse, to be able, and
Velle, to be willing . 16
Questions on Exercises 31—40 17
41,42. The present imperfect indicative active of verbs of
the first conjugation, and the accusatives of sub-
stantives of the first and second declensions and
of adjectives of three terminations. . . 17
43,44. The accusatives of the third, fourth and fifth declen
sions, and of adjectives of two terminations and
one termination . . . . 19
45,46. The reflective personal pronoun, Se, himself, $c , the
reflective possessive pronoun," suus, sua,suum, his,
her, $c., and the accusatives of the demonstrative
and logical pronouns . . .20
47,48. The Verb used interrogatively . . . 21
49,50. The past imperfect indicative of the first conjuga
tion . . . . .22
Questions on Exercises 41—50 . . . 23
51,52. Future imperfect indicative of the first conjugation 24
53,54. Present perfect or aorist indicative of the first con
jugation . . . . .25
65,56. Past perfect or pluperfect indicative of the first
conjugation . . . . . 26
57,58. Future perfect indicative of the first conjugation . 27
59,60. The comparative degree . . . . 28
61,62. The superlative degree . . .30
Questions on Exercises 51—62 . . .31
63,64. Irregular comparison . . .32
65,66. The genitive singular of the first and second declen
sions of Substantives, of Adjectives of three ter
minations, and of the possessive, demonstrative,
and logical pronouns . . . . 33
67,68. The genitive plural of the first and second declen
minations and of the possessive, demonstrative
and logical Pronouns . . .34
69,70. The genitive singular of the third, fourth and fifth
declensions of Substantives, and of adjectives of
two terminations and one termination. . . 35
71,72. The genitive plural of the third, fourth and fifth
declensions of Substantives and of Adjectives of
two terminations and one termination . . 37
73,74. Imperfect infinitive and present imperfect indicative
active of the second conjugation . . . 40
75,76. Past imperfect indicative of the second conjugation 41
77,78. Future imperfect indicative of the second con
jugation . . . . .42
79,80. Present perfect indicative of the second conju
gation . . . . .44
81,82. Past perfect or pluperfect of the second conjugation 45
83,84. Future perfect of the second conjugation . . 46
85,86. The cardinal numbers , . , . 48
87,88. The ordinal numbers . . . . 60
89,90. The singular and plural genitives of the interroga
tive Pronoun quis ? and the relative Pronoun qui 5 1
91,92. The dative singular of the first and second declen
minations and of the possessive, personal, re
flective, demonstrative, logical, relative and in
terrogative Pronouns . . ,53
93,94. The dative plural of the first and second declen
sions of Substantives, of Adjectives of three
terminations, and of Possessive, Personal, Re
flective, Demonstrative, Logical, Relative, and
Interrogative Pronouns . . .54
95,96. The dative singular of the third, fourth, and fifth
declensions of Substantives and of Adjectives
of two terminations and of one termination . 56
97,98. The dative plural of the third, fourth, and fifth
declensions of Substantives and of Adjectives
of two terminations and of one termination . 57
Questions on Exercises 91—98 . . 59
99,100. The imperfect infinitive and present imperfect
and past imperfect indicative active of the
third conjugation. . . .60
101,102. The future imperfect and present perfect indica
tive active of the third conjugation . . 61
103,104. The past perfect and future perfect indicative
active of the third conjugation . . . 63
and past imperfect indicative active of the
fourth conjugation . . .64
1 07,108. The future imperfect and present perfect indica
tive active of the fourth conjugation . . 66
active of the fourth conjugation . . 67
and past imperfect indicative passive of the
first conjugation . . . . 70
113,114. The future imperfect and present perfect indi
cative passive of the first conjugation . 71
passive of the first conjugation . . . 73
117,118. The imperfect infinitive and present imperfect and
past imperfect indicative passive of the second
conjugation . . . .75
119,120. The future imperfect and present perfect indica
tive passive of the second conjugation . . 77
121,122. The past perfect and future perfect indicative pas
sive of the second conjugation . .78
Questions on Exercises 1 1 1 —122 . . 80
123,124. The singular and plural of Substantives of the first
and second declensions, and of Adjectives of
three terminations, and of the Possessive, De
monstrative, Logical, Relative, Interrogative,
and Personal Pronouns, and a list of Preposi
tions governing the ablative case . . 82
125,126. The ablative singular and plural of Substantives
of the third, fourth, and fifth declensions, and
of Adjectives of two terminations and one ter
mination . . . .84
127,128. The ablative used after Comparative Adjectives
when the Adverb guam is omitted, to express
the latter of two things compared . . 86
129,130. Imperfect infinitive and present imperfect and
past imperfect indicative passive of the third
conjugation . . . .88
131,182, Future imperfect and present perfect indicative
passive of the third conjugation. . . 89
133,134. Past perfect and future perfect indicative passive
of the third conjugation . . .92
Questions on Exercises 127— 134 . . . 93
135,136. Imperfect infinitive and present imperfect and
past imperfect indicative passive of the fourth
conjugation, and the vocative case of Substan
tives and Adjectives . . . 94
137,138. The future imperfect, present perfect, past per
fect, and future perfect indicative passive of
the fourth conjugation . . .96
139,140. The irregular verbs posse, to be able, and velle,
to wish . . . . . 99
141,142. The irregular verbs nolle, to be unwilling, and
malle, to prefer . . . .101
143,144. The irregular verbs, edere, to eat, and ferre, to
bear . . . , . 103
145,146. The irregular verbs ferri, to be borne, fieri, to be
come, and ire, to go . . . 105
147,148. The present imperfect subjunctive of esse, posse,
velle, nolle, and malle . ... 109
149,150. The past imperfect subjunctive of esse, posse,
velle, nolle, and malle , . .111
151,152. The present perfect subjunctive of esse, posse,
velle, nolle, and malle . . . . 113
163,154. The past perfect subjunctive of esse, posse, velle,
7,olle, and matte . . . .115
Questions on Exercises 147 —154 . . . 117
155,156. The present imperfect and past imperfect sub
junctive active of the first conjugation . .118
157,158. The present perfect, and past perfect subjunc
tive active of the first conjugation . .120
junctive active of the second conjugation. . 122
161,162. The present perfect and past perfect subjunctive
active of the second conjugation . .128
junctive passive of the first conjugation , . 126
junctive passive of the second conjugation . 127
passive of the first and second conjugations . 129
junctive active of the third conjugation, and of
edere,ferre, and fieri . . . 132
active of the third conjugation, and of edere
andferri .... 134
junctive active of the fourth conjugation and
of ire, to go. . . . 136
175,176. Present perfect and past perfect subjunctive
active of the fourth conjugation, and of ire,
to go . . . . .138
177,178. Present imperfect and past imperfect subjunc
tive passive of the third conjugation, and of
ferri, to be borne . . . . 141
179,180. Present imperfect and past imperfect subjunctive
passive of the fourth conjugation . . 142
181,182. Present perfect and past perfect subjunctive pas
sive of the third and fourth conjugations and of
ferri, and fieri . . . . 144
1 83, 1 84. Deponent verbs or verbs passive in form and ac
tive in meaning . . . .147
185,186. The imperative mood of esse, to be, and of the ac
tive voice of verbs of the first and second con
jugations . . . . 149
187,188. The imperative mood of the active voice of the
X.
third and fourth conjugations . .151

189,190. The imperative passive of the first and second
conjugations. . . . 153
191,192. The imperative passive of the third and fourth
conjugations . . . .154
193,194. The imperfect infinitive, future infinitive, and
perfect infinitive of the active voice of the first
and second conjugations and of some irregular
Verbs . . . . 156
195,196. The same tenses of the active voice of the third
and fourth conjugations and of some irregular
Verbs . . . . 159
197,198. The imperfect participle, and future participle of
the active voice of the first, second, third, and
fourth conjugations, and of the irregular
verbs . . ... 161
Questions on Exercises 193— 198 . . 163
199,200. The gerunds and supines of the four conjuga
tions and of some of the irregular verbs . 164
Questions on Exercises 199—200
201,202. The imperfect infinitive, future infinitive, and
perfect infinitive of the passive voice of the
four conjugations, and of some of the irregu
lar verbs . . . .168
203,204. The participles of the passive voice . . 171
205,206. The mfinitive mood of deponent verbs . 174
207,208. The ablative absolute . . .176
Questions on Exercises 201 —208 . . 177
Syllabus of Grammatical Forms . .179
Latin Vocabulary . . , 225
English Vocabulary . , . 234
INTRODUCTORY LESSONS.
LESSON I.
THE ORIGIN AND HISTORY OF THE NATION THAT SPOKE
THE LATIN LANGUAGE.
The Latin language was first spoken in Latium and

Rome. Latium was a district of ancient Italy, bounded
on the north by the river Tiber, on the south by the Liria
or Garigliano, and on the west by the sea. It was named
after a people called the Latini who lived there.
The city of Rome, which has played so great a part in
the history of the world, was founded on the banks of the
Tiber by a tribe of Latin origin ; and hence the Latin lan
guage came to be spoken there.
Romulus was the reputed founder and first king of
Rome. The date generally given for its foundation is the
year B.C. 753. Its institutions were from the first of a
martial character ; and its inhabitants were so given to war,
that it came to be believed that Mars, the god of war, was
the father of their founder Romulus.
The form of government in the new city was for some
time regal ; but the monarchy was not hereditary, but
elective. This is perhaps the most vigorous of all forms
of government ; and it is not to be wondered at that,
under kings so chosen Rome speedily became powerful.
But the last king, Tarquinius Superbus, was so tyran
nical, and his sons behaved so ill, that they were driven
from the city. The Romans would have no more to do
with kings, but divided the regal power between two
annually elected officers called consuls, assisted by the
senate, an assembly of 300 nobles, which, though not at
first composed of so many members, had existed ever
since the foundation of the city.
This new form of government also was a very energetic
one ; for the consuls being generally chosen for their
ability, and holding their office for only one year, were
anxious to do something to make themselves remembered.
The Romans, in consequence of their martial energy,
their stubbornness of purpose, their intense love of country,
their domestic virtues, and their aggressive form of govern
ment, gradually extended their dominion over the whole
of Italy, and then began to look about for wider conquests.
In the year B.C. 263, they began to contest the empire of
the world with the Carthaginians, the inhabitants of
Carthage, a town of Phoenician origin in Africa, not far
from the modern Tunis. The struggle lasted for 117 years,
and ended in the triumph of Rome and the total destruc
tion of Carthage by Scipio Africanus the younger,
B.C. 146.
The conquest of the world by the Romans was hence
forth only a work of time. One country after another
yielded to their arms, till at the approach of the Christian
era, their empire extended over all the south and west of
Europe, the west of Asia, and the north of Africa, and
thus included almost all the then civilized world.
But in reaching forward towards the government of the
world, the Romans had forgotten how to govern them
selves. They gradually became more and more corrupt,
and therefore less fit for liberty. In consequence, B.C.
46, Julius Caesar destroyed their former constitution and
became virtually their emperor, though he was assassi
nated by Brutus, Cassius, and others, before he could
assume the title. His nephew afterwards succeeded him
under the name of Augustus Caesar ; and the throne was
thenceforth filled by a long succession of emperors. Under
their rule, the power of the Romans continued gradually
to decay, because the love for what was right and good
was departing, and examples of domestic virtue, that
pillar of political well-being, were becoming more and
more rare. At length the German tribes swept down upon
them from the north, and divided their empire among
themselves, and thus formed in the main the kingdoms
into which Western Europe is now divided. The last
emperor of Rome, Romulus Augustulus, was deposed
by the German prince Odoacer, a.d. 476.
LESSON II.
INFLUENCE OF LATIN ON FRENCH AND OTHER MODERN
LANGUAGES.
The Latin language, in the hands of such men as the

Romans, was sure to spread ; and so, wherever they pre
vailed it prevailed, with them. Where they had settled for
a long time, and in large numbers, the language of the
country died out, and the Latin language reigned alone.
This was the case in the greater part of Italy, France, Spain,
Portugal, some portions of Switzerland, the western isles
of the Mediterranean and Wallachia. Hence in the Italian,
French, Spanish, Portuguese and Wallachian languages not
only almost all the words, but the entire grammatical
structure of the language, the mode of declining the nouns
and conjugating the verbs, and the rules of syntax, are all
borrowed from the Latin language.
LESSON III.
NATURE OF THE INFLUENCE OF LATIN ON THE ENGLISH
LANGUAGE.
The Romans had not settled long enough in Britain

to make its inhabitants forget their native tongue, the
Celtic.
XIV.
When, therefore, pressed by the barbarians of the north,

they were called away to defend Italy, Latin soon
began to die out, and Celtic to be alone spoken. Only
two or three words now remain in our language to testify
that Britain was once a province of the fyoman empire ;
and these are, as might have been expected, military terms,
reminding us that they conquered Britain by force of arms.
These words are street, from stratum, a road or street; coin,
from colonia, a colony, as in the name of the town Lincoln ;
and chester, or caster, from castrum,a/ort ; as in the names
Lancaster, Manchester, Chester, Colchester.
The Saxons invaded Britain soon after the Romans left
it, and drove the Britons and their language to the western
parts of the island ; but the Latin words already alluded
to remained in use. When they were converted to Christi
anity, Latin words began to creep once more into England ,
but this time they were not military but ecclesiastical
words, such as minster, from monasterium ; cloister, from
daustrum ; bishop, from episcopus ; preach, from praedicare.
A few names of foreign plants and animals were also intro
duced at this time; as parsley, from pelroselinum ; and
camel, from camelus.
In il..d. 1066 the Normans, under William the Conqueror,
conquered England, and introduced, through the medium of
the French language, which they spoke, a large number of
Latin words, especially those connected with the feudal
system, war, chivalry and the law ; as duke, count, villain,
serf, chivalry, domain. It is a well known remark that it is
characteristic of the relative positions of the Saxons and
Normans, that the names of the living domestic animals,
such as ox, cow, sheep, Sec, are Saxon, because the Saxons
had to take care of them ; but the names of the same ani
mals when dead, such as beef, mutton, &c, are derived from
the French, (and through it, therefore, from the Latin,)
because they were eaten by the Normans.
From the period of the Norman conquest to that of the
revival of learning, Bome words were introduced into the
XV.
English language from the Latin, chiefly by means of the

monks and the universities ; but the number of words so
introduced is not very large ; and as French was the lan
guage chiefly used during the greater part of this time by
the educated and higher classes, these words were mostly
acted on by it, before they formed a part of the English
language.
After the commencement of the revival of learning in
the fifteenth century, a fifth stream of Latin words began
to pour into the English language. These were intro
duced by learned men, to express new ideas or form a sci
entific nomenclature, or supply synonyms for words which
existed before; but they were brought in directly from
Latin into English, without passing through another lan
guage at all. Hence they are less altered than the. words
which were introduced before. Substantives, for instance,
introduced at this time, often retain their Latin plurals,
instead of receiving fresh ones formed more according to the
genius of the language into which they have been adopted.
Thus the plural of vortex is vortices, not vortexes. Formu
lae is the plural of formula, and strata of stratum.
Of the 60,000 words of which it is supposed that our
languiige consists, it is calculated that about 10,000 are de
rived from the Latin. By far the greater part of the re
maining 50,000 are derived from the Anglo-Saxon language,
while the grammatical structure of the English language,
as a whole, is formed, with the exception of a few words,
upon the same model. It will thus be seen that the influ
ence of the Latin language upon the English consists
chiefly in this, that it has introduced into it a large stream
of new words, thereby rendering it more copious and
more fitted for the varied purposes of life. On its gram
matical structure, on the contrary, it has had little or no
effect.
xvi.
LESSON IV.
HOW TO PRONOUNCE LATIN.
It is not known how the Romans pronounced the Latin

language. In England we pronounce Latin almost as we
pronounce English. All the vowels are pronounced as we
pronounce the English vowels.
The diphthongs ae and oe are p ronounced like e. C, as
in English, is pronounced like s before e and i, and like k
before all other letters. G, as in English, is pronounced
before e and i like the g in the English words genitive and
giant. A vowel is said to be pronounced long when the
voice dwells upon it, and short when the voice hastens
over it. Thus in English the first o in the word nobody
is long, and the second o is short.
In Latin if a vowel has a straight line put over it, the
vowel should be pronounced long ; if it has a curved line
over it, it should be pronounced short. Thus in the word
filtus, the voice should dwell on the first syllable, because
the » in that syllable has a straight line over it to show
that it is long ; but the i in the next syllable should be
passed lightly over, because it has a curved line over it to
show that it is short.
A long vowel followed by a consonant ought generally
to be pronounced separately from the consonant ; as ma-ter,
fra-ter.
A short vowel, followed by a consonant, ought generally
to be pronounced with the consonant ; as pat-er, sor-or,
bon-us, mal-us.•
• This rule, however, is not always acted on in England, especially with

regard to dissyllabic words. If, however, schoolmasters would strictly follow it
out, both they and their pupils would have abundant reason for thankfulness
in after years. Not only would fewer mistakes occur in the construction of
Latin verses, but also several grammatical principles and modes of forma
tion would become much clearer.
xvn.
LESSON V.
DIFFERENCES BETWEEN LATIN AND ENGLISH.
The Article, Noun Substantive, Pronoun, and Noun

Adjective.
The Latin alphabet has only twenty-three letters. It

differs from the English alphabet in having no w, y nor x.
In English we have two articles, the indefinite article
a or an, and the definite article the. The Latins had no
articles. Hence they had no means of making a difference
between father, a father or the father.
Nouns and Pronouns, both English and Latin, have
number, gender, and case.
Number.
In Latin, as in English, there are two numbers, the
singular to express one person, thing, or notion, and the
plural to express more than one.
Gender.
Iu Latin and English there are three genders, mascu
line, feminine, and neuter ; but they are used differently.
In English, speaking generally, all male animals are
masculine, all female animals are feminine, and all things
without life (and often indeed the lower animals too) are
neuter.
Iii Latin too, speaking generally, all male animals are
masculine, and all female animals are feminine ; but all
things without life are not, as with us, neuter, but either
masculine, feminine, or neuter according to their last letters
or termination. Thus gladius, a sword, is masculine be
cause, generally, words ending in us, are masculine ;
mensa, a table, is feminine because, generally, words ending
b
in a, are feminine; and scutum, a shield, is neuter, because
words ending in um, are neuter; though all three words
alike express things, and, therefore, would in English be
all neuter.
Case.
Nouns and Pronouns are in different cases according to
the relation in which they stand to other words in the
same sentence.
In English, nouns substantive and pronouns are gener
ally said to have three cases, the Nominative, the Objec
tive, and the Possessive or Genitive.
The nominative is known by its standing before the
verb of which it is the subject. Thus in the sentences
I strike, Peter sees, J is known to be the subject or nomina
tive case of the verb strike, and Peter of the verb sees, by
their being placed just before their respective verbs.
The objective case may always be known by its being
placed just after a transitive verb or a preposition which
acts upon or governs it. Thus, in the sentence / strike
Peter, I look at Peter, Peter may be known at once to be
in the objective case, because in the first sentence it imme
diately follows the verb which acts on or governs it, and
in the second sentence immediately follows the preposition
at, which acts upon or governs it, though it is spelt just in
the same way as it would be if it were in the nominative
case.
The objective case, however, of the pronouns /, thou, he,
she, we, ye, they, who, are quite different from their nomina
tive cases. Thus, me, thee, him, her, us, you, them, whom,
may be known to he in the objective case, not only by
their position after the verbs or prepositions which govern
them, but also by their form.
The possessive or genitive case of a noun substantive
is formed by adding '* to it, as dog, dog's ; Peter, Peter's.
Let it be observed, however, that as every noun or pro
XIX.
noun, acted ou or governed by a preposition, is said to be

in the objective case, and prepositions often express very
different relations, the objective may be looked upon as a
general term for all these different relations.
In English then we find that sometimes we express the
relatiou between a noun substantive and other words in
the sentence by means of a change in the termination of
the word, sometimes by the order in which the word occurs
in the sentence, and sometimes by putting a preposition
before the unaltered word.
In Latin the change of relation is expressed by a change
in the termination of the word, whether it be preceded by a
preposition or not. Thus, the nominative case of Peter is
Petrus; but if Peter were governed by a transitive verb,
it would be changed into Petrum. Peter's, at of Peter,
would be Petri; to or for Peter, would be Pelro, &c.
Thus we see that many of the relations which we express
by means of prepositions, put before unaltered nouns or
pronouns, the Latins expressed by means of changes of
letters at the end of them.
The Latins had six cases ; the nominative answering to
our nominative ; the accusative answering to our objective
when governed by a transitive verb, or by certain preposi
tions ; the vocative, used in addressing persons by name ;
the genitive, answering to our possessive, or to a sub
stantive with the preposition of before it ; the dative, an
swering to our substantive with the preposition to pr for
before itj and the ab'ative, answering to our substantive
with one of the prepositions by, from, in, on, with, Sfc, be
fore it.
Declension.
The letters added to nouns substantive, to express

difference of relation or case, undergo certain changes
according to the letters with which the original forms of
XX.
these nouns end. Hence they are for convenience divided

into classes, called declensions, or ways of declining.
There are five declensions of substantives in Latin.
Adjectives and Pronouns.

Adjectives have number, gender, and case, like substan
tives, and are declined like them.
All English adjectives, and many English pronouns, are
invariable; but Latin adjectives and pronouns change
their terminations according to the number, gender, and
case of the substantive which they qualify.
Both Latin and English adjectives have three degrees of
comparison ; the positive, the comparative, and superlative,
formed by adding certain letters to the original form of
the positive.
LESSON VI.
THE SAME SUBJECT.
Verbs.
Both English and Latin verbs are either transitive or
intransitive, and have voice, mood, tense, number and
person.
A transitive verb is one that takes an object or accus
ative case after it to complete its meaning ; as John struck
Peter.
An intransitive verb is one which does not take an accus
ative after it, its meaning being complete without one; as
John sleeps.
Voice.
Verbs are either of the active or passive voice.
An active verb denotes action or doing ; as, He strikes ;
He sleeps.
A passive verb denotes suffering ; as, He is struck.
XXI.
In Latin there are also verbs called deponents, which are

passive in form but active in meaning.
Mood.
Verbs have four moods, the indicative, the subjunctive,

the imperative, and the infinitive.
The indicative mood states a fact and is therefore used
in independent sentences ; as I strike.
The subjunctive mood states something thought of in
the mind and is used in dependent sentences ; as, If he
strike.
The imperative mood commands or asks ; as, strike him;
tell me.
The infinitive mood of a verb is an abstract substantive ;
a substantive, that is, expressing a notion of the mind,
and not anything that can be perceived by the senses. In
English it can be always known by having the preposition
to before it ; as, to strike ; to sleep.
Tense.
Verbs in the indicative mood have six tenses.
These tenses must refer either to the present, the past,
or the future ; and they must be either perfect ; that is,
complete; or imperfect; that is, incomplete.
Hence / am striking is the present imperfect tense,
because it refers to present time, and an imperfect, or
unfinished action.
/ was striking is the past imperfect tense, because it
refers to past time, and an imperfect or unfinished action.
/ shall be striking is the future imperfect tense, because
it refers to future time, and an imperfect or unfinished
action.
/ haoe struck is the present perfect tense, because it
speaks of a perfect or finished action as looked back upon
from the present time.
XXH.
/ had struck is the past perfect tense, because it refers

to past time, and a perfect or finished action.
/ shall have struck is the future perfect tense, because it
refers to future time, and a perfect or finished action.
The subjunctive mood in Latin has four tenses, the
present imperfect, the past imperfect, the present perfect,
and the past perfect.
The imperative mood, both in Latin and English, has
only one tense, the present imperfect.
The infinitive mood has the same tenses in both
languages, namely, the imperfect, the future, and the
perfect.
Number.
Every tense has a singular number, which is used when

one person is spoken of, as he strikes, and a plural num
ber, which is used when more persons than one are spoken
of, as they strike.
Person.
Each number has three persons ; the first, which is used
with the singular pronoun J, or its plural we; the second,
which is used with the singular pronoun thou, or its plural
ye or you; and the third, which is used with the singular
pronouns he, she, it, or their plural they, or with any sin
gular or plural substantive ; as,
Singular Number. Plural Number.
First Person, I strike. First Person. We strike.
Second Person. Thou strikest. Second Person. Ye or you strike.
Third Person. He strikes. Third Person. They strike.
In English the changes which are necessary to be made

in the verb in order to denote different voices, moods,
tenses, numbers, and persons, are made in one of two
ways.
I. A change or an addition is made in the original form
of the word itself. Thus, struck comes from strike ; brought
comes from bring ; lovest comes from love.
II. But more frequently other verbs, hence called aux
iliary or helping verbs, help to form the various voices,
moods, and tenses; as / am loved; I shall be loved; I
may love ; I did love, Sfc.
So sparingly indeed is the original form of the verb
in English changed to express difference of number and
person, that we are always obliged to use a pronoun or a
substantive before it in order that it may be known what
is the number and person of the verb used. Thus even if
I knew that strike was the present imperfect tense, I could
not tell whether it was in the first person singular or the
first, second or third person plural unless it had either I,
we, you, they, or some plural substantive before it to ena
ble me to decide.
In Latin, although recourse is sometimes had to the
auxiliary verbs, yet the usual plan of distinguishing the
different voices, moods, and tenses of verbs is by changes
in or additions to the original form of the word itself.
Thus the one Latin word ama-v-i is equal to the three En
glish words / have loved, the last syllable i being equiva
lent to /, the letter v being equivalent to have, and the
three letters ama being equivalent to loved.
The present perfect of an English verb therefore, gone
through in the Latin way, would present some such ap
pearance as this : —
Singular. Plural.
lovedhavel. lovedhavewe.
lovedhastthou. lovedhaveyou.
lovedhashe. lovedhavethey.
It is evident that verbs gone through in this way, as all

Latin verbs are, cannot need a pronoun before them as
English words do, because the pronoun is already there,
forming the last part of each person.
XXIV.
Conjugation.
The letters or syllables that are added to the original
forms of verbs to express the different relations of voice,
mood, tense, number and person, undergo a change ac
cording to the last letter of the original form of the verb
to which they are added.
If the last letter of the original form of the verb be a
they coalesce with that vowel according to certain rules.
and form what is called the first conjugation, or way of
going through a verb.
If the last letter of the original form of the verb be e,
they coalesce with it, and form the second conjugation.
If the last letter of the original form of the verb be u or
a consonant, they remain unchanged and form the third
conjugation.
If the last letter of the original form of the verb be i
they coalesce with it and form the fourth conjugation.
Thus the original form of a verb with the termination
imvs added to it, expresses the first person plural of the
present imperfect. But Ama-imus contracts into amamus,
according to the pattern of verbs of the first conjugation.
Mone-imus contracts into monemus, after the pattern of verbs
of the second conjugation. Reg-imus remains unchanged,
after the pattern of verbs of the second conjugation ; and
audi-imus contracts into audlmus after the pattern of the
fourth conjugation.
LESSON VII.
NAMES OP THE MOST CELEBRATED LATIN WRITERS.
Plantus, a writer of comedies, born in Umbria, b.c. 254.

Terence, a writer of comedies, born at Carthage, B.C. 1 95.
Cicero, an orator and writer on philosophy and morals,
born at Arpinum, b.c. 106.
xxv.
Julius Caesar wrote the History of the Gallic war, and

was born at Rome, b.c. 100.
Lucretius, a philosophical poet, bora at Rome, b.c. 95.
Sallust, who was born at Amiternum, b.c. 86., wrote the
history of the Jugurthine war and that of the conspiracy
of Catiline.
Virgil, born near Mantua, b.c. 70., wrote pastorals, four
books on agriculture, called Georgics, and an epic poem
on the great Roman virtue, filial reverence and obedience,
as exemplified in the tale of Aeneas, the fabled ancestor of
the Roman people.
Horace, a writer of lyrical odes, satires and philosophi
cal epistles, was born in Apulia, in the south of Italy,
b c. 65.
Livy, who wrote the history of the Roman people, was
born at Padua, b.c. 59.
Ovid, who wrote poems on the mythology of his country
and elegiac poetry, was born at Sulmo, b.c 43.
Persius, a writer of satire, born a.d. 34.
Juvenal, a writer of satire, flourished toward the end
of the first century.
Tacitus, a writer of the history of Rome under the ear
lier Emperors, was born about a.d. 60.
LESSON VIII.
SPECIAL REASONS FOR LEARNING LATIN.
I. It has already been said that it is calculated that out

of the sixty thousand words which are supposed to make
up the English language, ten thousand are of Latin origin.
But of these ten thousand words a very large number are in
common use. Few authors use less than one in five ; many
authors use as many as two in five. But common as they
XXVI.
are, they all need explanation. Saxon words come home to

us at once. The first glance at them seems to lay bare
their whole meaning; they explain themselves. But
this is not the case with Latin words. They may
easily be used improperly by a person who does not know
Latin. They always seem strange to him. The number
of their compounds, so like one another in appearance and
so unlike in meaning, puzzle him ; whereas, a little
knowledge of the language from which they are derived
would give him the meaning of the root words, and of
the various prepositions with which they combine; and so
he would soon get a firm hold of that part of his own lan
guage which before seemed out of his reach.
II. Latin opens the door to many modern languages.
As has already been explained, French, Italian, Spanish,
Portuguese, and other modern languages are in every res
pect almost entirely derived from the Latin. Hence a
good Latin scholar can learn any or all of these languages
with extreme ease. He more than half knows his task
before he has looked at it. He will invariably declare it
to be very easy.
III. If we understand Latin, from which all these lan
guages are derived, we can more readily compare them
with each other, see more easily wherein they differ from
each other and from English, and so judge of their res
pective merits and demerits.
IV. Latin is above most other languages, hard, precise,
and mechanical, and always goes by definite rule. It is
therefore well adapted to teach beginners the general laws
of grammar, the principles on which all language is built.
It shows with peculiar clearness the skeleton-work to
which men have Celt themselves obliged, more or less
closely, to fit every language which they have formed.
At the same time it differs very widely in many respects
from English ; and eacb difference is calculated to make
the English pupil reflect on the respective peculiarities
and powers of the two languages, and on the widely
parted ronds by which they travel to arrive at the same
object. And so he learns to understand and appreciate
his own language by having been enabled to compare it
with another, so different as to afford good opportunities
for comparison, and at the same so related to it that it has
furnished it with one sixth of its vocabulary.
V. The study of Latin is useful as a good mental disci
pline. It does not take away time from other things. It
virtually multiplies time by increasing the capacity for
work. A boy whose wits have been sharpened by learn
ing Latin, can do twice as much in half the time as a boy
who has only had what is termed a plain English educa
tion. If therefore a boy is made to devote half his time
to Latin, and half to what are called purely commercial
studies, he will eventually know more history, more geo
graphy, more arithmetic, and more of his own language,
than if he had given up his whole time to them ; and he
will know Latin besides.
VI. One great object of English education is, or ought
to be, to impart a good English style. It is difficult to
imagine a much better way of effecting this than the tea
ching a pupil to translate a Latin author into elegant Eng
lish, and an English author into elegant Latin. In this
exercise every sentence must be carefully analysed, every
phrase weighed, every word put in its right place, and the
rhythm and style marked and preserved throughout.
Thus the ear and the taste are educated and an appre
ciation of the subtler graces and refinements of composi
tion are gradually communicated.
VII. It has been truly said that he who has a taste for
reading is very rarely a bad man ; and the best means of
helping any one to gain this is, to impart to him in early
youth, by means of classical studies, that knowledge of
the science of language, which will at once discipline his
logical powers, cultivate his taste, call into play his fancy,
and thus qualify him to take an interest in and form ajudg
ment on the books that fall in his way. No amount even
of the severest mathematical training will compensate for
the absence of classical instruction ; for mathematical
science, while it sharpens the logical powers, leaves all the
other portions of the mind almost as it found them.
Classical instruction, on the other hand, touches man's
mind more or less on all sides. Not only does it train
those faculties which are affected by other means ; but it
also awakens into active life those faculties which other
wise would be left asleep. Hence it is that it is the most
perfect of all means of education. Taken singly it will
effect more than any other branch of study. Combined
with others it goes far towards forming a perfect scheme
of education ; while on the other hand nothing can justify
or make up for its omission ; nothing can prevent the edu
cation that results from being one-sided and therefore
periously defective.
INDUCTIVE
LATIN COURSE.
EXERCISE I.
Agreement of the Adjective with its Substantive.
Nominative Masculine. Nominative Feminine.
P&ter,* 3, a or the father. mater, 3, a or the mother.

frater, 3, a or the brother. sSror, 3, a or the sister.
bSn-a», bSn-a, good.
mttl-u», mal-a, bad, wicked, naughty.
et, and. est, is.
1. Pater est bonus ; mater est bona. 2. Bonus

pater: bona mater. 3. Frater est bonus; soror est
mala. 4. Malus frater ; bona soror. Frater et
soror.
1. The father is bad and the mother is good. 2. The

bad sister ; the good brother. 3. The bad father and the
bad mother. 4. A good father and a bad mother.
• The use of the numbers placed after the substantives, to denote the
declension to ,which they belong, will be better seen by and by.
B
Agreement of the Possessive Pronoun with its Substantive.
Nominative Masculine. Nominative Feminine.
Me-u», Me-a, my, mine.
tu-us, tu-a, thy, thine.
1. Meus pater ; meus bonus pater. 2. Mea mater ;

mea bona mater. 3. Meus pater est bonus ; mea
mater est bona. 4. Tuus frater ; tuus frater est
malus. 5. Meus frater et mea soror. 6. Meus
bonus pater et mea bona mater.
4.
] . My father is bad, and my mother is bad. 2. Thy
good brother and my bad sister. 3. Thy good father and
my good sister. 4. My brother is good; my sister is
good.
The same subject.

3fasculine. Feminine.
Noster, nostr-a, our, ours.
Vester, vestr-a, your, yours.
Hiam, also, too, even, still.
1. Vester pater est bonus ; et meus pater est

bonus. 2. Meus pater est etiam bonus. 3. Mea
mater est etiam bona. 4. Meus frater est tuus pater.
5. Nostra soror est vestra mater. 6. Frater tuus
bonus est.
6.
1. Our father and your mother. 2. Thy brother and
your sister. 3. My sister is also a good mother. 4. My
sister is good and your sister is good. 5. Your father
is our brother. G. Our sister is naughty.
7.
The same Subjects.
Mas. Fem.
Parv-us, parv-a, small, liule.
magn-tts, magn-a, great, lurge, tall, big.
rotund-ws, rotund-a, round.
liber, m, 2, the book, mens-a, f, 1, a table.
1. Noster liber et vestra mensa. 2. Vester liber

et nostra mensa. 3. Liber est bonus ; mensa est
bona. 4. Meus liber est parvus ; mea mensa est ro
tunda. 5. Meus parvus frater et tua parva soror.
6. Tuus parvus liber est bonus liber. 7. Tua ro
tunda mensa est mala mensa.
8.
I. The book is large and the table is small. 2. Your
book is small. 3. My brother is little, and your brother
also is little. 4. Thy table is round, and thy book is large.
5. Your book is a small book, and our table is a round
table.
9.
The Neuter Gender.
Me-um, my, mine. nostr-um, our, ours.
tu-um, thy, thine. vestr-um, your. yours.
parv-iim, small, magn-am, great.
Vin-um, n, 2, wine, scamn-um, n. 2. a bench, form.

scut-um, n, 2, a shield,
non, not. sed, but.

1. Scutum est magnum. 2. Vinum tuum est
bonum. 3. Scamnum est meum. 4. Vinum meum
est malum ; sed vinum tuum non est malum. 5.
Scamnum nostrum non est magnum ; sed est bonum.
6. Liber non est parvus, sed magnus. 7. Scu
tum meum est parvum ; sed bonum est.
10.
1. Tour wine is good ; but my wine is not good. 2. The
wine is yours. 3. Our bench is not large. 4. Thy
wine is bad. 5. The table is round ; but it is not large.
6. The book is small; but it is good. 7. My shield is
large.
QUESTIONS ON EXERCISE 1—10.
I. What Is a noun substantive ? 2. What is a noun adjective ? 3. What is
an article? 4. How many articles are there in English? 5. How many are there
In Latin ? 6. In consequence of this, how many waya are there of translating a
Latin noun ? [Three ; thus, pater means either fa ther, a father, or the father.}
7. Is this a blemish or an advantage in the Latin language? 8. How many
genders are there in Latin, and what are they ? 9. How does the use of
genders in Latin differ from their use in English? 10. How many numbers
are there in Latin, and what is their use ? 11. What do you mean by the case
of a noun? 12. What is the chief use of the nominative case? 13. In what
three respects must an adjective agree with the substantive which it qualifies?
14. What is a verb? 15. What kind of a verb is est? 16. What number is
ettt 17. How many persons has a verb, and what is their use? 18. What
person is est ? 1 9. What parts of speech are meus, tuus, noster, vester ? 20. In
what respects must they agree with their substantives ? 21. What part of
Bpeech is etiamt 22. What are the two masculine terminations for the nomi
native singular of adjectives of three terminations ? 23. What is the feminine
ending? 24. What is the neuter ending? 25. What case does est take after
it, as well as before it? 26. Why has it the same case before and after it?
li.
The Present Imperfect Indicative of Esse, to be, and the use of
Personal, Logical and Demonstrative Pronouns.
S-um, lam. Es, thou art. Es-t, he, she, or it is.
Ego, /. Tu, thou.

Nom. Mas. Feminine. Neuter.
Is, he, it, this or that. ea, she, it, this or that. id, it, this or that.
Ille, that or he. Ilia, that or she. illud, that or it.
1. Ego sum bonus; tu non es bonus. 2. Tu es

magnus ; sed ego non sum magnus. 3. Is est malus,
et tu etiam es malus. 4. Ille liber est magnus; sed
ilia mensa est parva. 5. Ea mater est mala; sed
nostra mater est bona. 6. Illud scamnum est magnum,
et illud vinum est bonum.
12.
1. He is my brother, and she is my sister. 2. That
wine is mine ; but that shield is not thine. 3. Thou art
my brother, and she is my sister. 4. Thou art my good
sister, and I am thy good brother. 5. That wine is
yours ; but the form is ours. 6. That large book is mine.
7. That round table is thine.
13.
The same Subjects.
Puer, m. 2. a boy. hort-us, m. 2. a garden.
puell-n, f. 1. a girl. aqu-a, f. 1. water.
Long-ws, m. long-o. f. long-um. n. long.

venust-ws, m. venust-o. f. venust-um. n. beautiful, pretty.
pur-ws, m. pur-a. f. pur-wm. n. pure.
1. Ego sum bonus puer, et tu es bona puella. 2.
Is est malus puer. 3. Ille hortus est magnus. 4.
Ilia aqua est pura. 5. Mud scamnum est longum;
sed non magnum est. 6. Ea puella est venusta. 7.
Mater mea est bona et venusta. 8. Frater noster non
est bonus.
14.
1. The garden is small. 2. That garden is large. 3.
That shield is mine. 4. That bench is small ; it is not
large. 5. My sister is beautiful ; and my brother is good.
6. My mother is not beautiful ; but she is good. 7.
That water is pure and good. 8. The bench is small;
the table also is small.
15.
The same subjects.
FUI-iis, m. 2. a son. Fili-a, f. 1. a daughter.
1. Is puer est meus filius, et ea puella est mea filia.

2. Tuus filius bonus est, et tua filia bona est. 3. Fi
lius noster magnus est, et filia nostra venusta est. 4.
Filia nostra parva est ; sed filia vestra magna est. 5.
Vinum illud vestrum purum est. 6. Ilia mea puella
venusta est.
16.
1. That beautiful girl is thy daughter, and that bis;
boy is our son. 2. Your son is little ; but he is good.
3. Your daughter is not big ; but she is beautiful. 4.
That garden is not small ; it is large. 5. That wine of
ours (that our wine) is good and pure. 6. That daughter
of yours (that your daughter) is beautiful.
17.
The Demonstrative Pronoun, hie, haec, hoc.
Hie, m. haec, f. hoc, n. this.
hSmo, m. 3. man. mfilier, f. 3. woman.

amicus, m. 2. a friend.
1. Hie homo est amicus meus. 2. Haec puella

est soror mea. 3. Hoc scamnum longum est, et haec
mensa rotunda est. 4. Hie puer bonus est, et ille
puer malus est. 5. Hoc vinum meum est, et illud
vinum tuum est. 6. Hie bonus homo frater noster
est, et ilia mulier venusta soror vestra est. 7. Hie
frater meus est, et ille frater tuus est. 8. Hoc
scutum est tuum.
18.
1. This man is my brother, and that man is your bro
ther. 2. This woman is my mother, and that girl is thy
sister. 3. This round table is mine, and that long bench
is yours. 4. This man is my friend, and that man is your
friend. 5. I am thy friend, and thou art my friend. 6.
This is my bad brother, and that is your good sister. 7.
That large garden is mine and thine.
19.
The Relative Pronoun, qui, quae, quod.

Qa-i, who, he who. m. qu-ne, who, she who. f. quo-d, n. which, that
which or what.
just-ws, just-a, $ust-um,just.
iracund-us, iracund-a, iracund-um, passionate.
si, if nam, for.
1. Homo sum. 2. Homo, qui bonus est, est etiam
Justus. 3. Qui Justus est, is amicus est meus. 4. Mu-
lier quae bona est, est etiam justa. 5. Haec mulier
quae justa est, est soror nostra. 6. Haec est mater
quae mala est ; sed ilia est mater quae bona est. 7. Si
iracundus es, non Justus es. 8. Vinum quod non
purum est, non bonum est. 9. Puer non bonus est ;
nam non Justus est.
20.
1. If he is my brother, he is not thine. 2. He who
is just is not passionate. 3. The boy who is not just is
wicked. 4. Thou, who art big, art also good. 5. The
mother who is passionate, is not good ; for a good mother
is not passionate. 6. The girl who is not good is not
beautiful. 7. This daughter of mine is just; for she is
good : but that man is not good ; for he is not just. 8. If
that man is my brother, he is your father.
QUESTIONS ON EXERCISES 11—20.
1. What kind of pronouns are ego and tut 2. In English. the verb must be
preceded by a personal pronoun, or a noun substantive, as /love: why is this
not generally necessary in Latin ? 3. When must the personal pronoun precede
the verb in Latin ? 4. What kind of pronouns are hie and ille t 5. Why
are they so called ? 6. Why is the pronoun is called a logical pronoun ?
[Because it is used to refer to words previously occurring, not to point out
objects: thus ille liber would mean, that book which you see yonder; is liber
would mean that book which we have been speaking of.] 7. What, then, is the
meaning of the term logical? [Referring to words]. 8. Is is ever used as a
personal pronoun? [Yes, as the personal pronoun of the third person.] 8. Is
Hie ever used as a personal pronoun? [Not unless it is opposed to another
pronoun, or to a preceding substantive ; and then it retains its demonstrative
meaning. 10. How do you translate into Latin! "That book of yours"?
1 1. What is the number and person of Sum, I am? 12. What is the number
and person of es, thou art t 1 3. In what respects must a verb agree with its
nominative case or subject ? 14. What is the meaning of the word tense?
[Time]. 15. Is the time represented in Sum, I am; es, thou art^ &c.,
present, past, or future ? 16. Is the action or state represented by Sum, I
am, &c., perfect,. or imperfeet? that is to say, is it finished, or stiil going on ?
17. When I say, then. that Sum, I am, &c. is the present iir.perfect tense, what
two separate statements do I make about it ? 18. What kind of pronoun is
qui, quae, quod ? 19. What is the word called to which it relates? 20. Why
is the word to which it relates called its antecedent? [The word antecedent is
derived from two Latin words, ante, before, and cedens, going, and is so called
because it goes before the relative in the sentence.] 21. In what three respects
must a relative agree with its antecedent ?
21.
The Present Imperfect Plural Indicative of Esse, to be, and the
Plural Nominatives of the Personal, Logical, Demonstrative and
Relative Pronouns, of Substantives of the first and second declen
sions, and of Adjectives of three terminations'.
S-Hmus, we are. Es-i'»», you are. S-unt, they are.
Nos, we. Vos, you or ye.
PI. I-t, m. e-ae, f. e-a, n. they, these, or those.
PI. Ill-t, m. ill-ae, f. ill-a, n. those or they.
PI. H-t, m. h-ae, f. haec, n. these.
PL Qu-i, m. qu-ae, f. qu-ae, n. who, tlteywho,which,tItat.
Declension I.
Singular. Plural.
fili,-a, f. 1, datighter. fili-ae, daughters.
puell-a, f. 1, girl. puell-ae, girls.
Declension II.
fili-us, m. 2, son. filii, sons.
pOer, m. 2, boy. pfiSr-i, boys.
scamn-um, n. 2, bench. scamn-a, benches.
Plur. Nom. bSn-i, m., bon-ae, f., bon-a, n., good.
me-t, m., me-ae. f., me-a, n., my or mine.
nostr-t, m., nostr-as, f., nostr-a, n., our or ours.
1, Nos sumus boni ; vos estis mali. 2. Ii etiam
boni sunt. 3. Haec scamna longa sunt. 4. Hi sunt
filii mei. 5. Eae puellae venustae sunt. 6. Hi pueri
justi sunt : sed illae puellae non justae sunt. 7. Pueri
qui justi sunt, sunt etiam boni. 8. Puellae quae ira-
cundae sunt, non semper justae sunt. 9. Filii mei parvi
sunt : filiae etiam tuae parvae sunt. 10. Ea scamna
non niea sunt.
22.
1. The boys are little, and the girls are beautiful. 2. My
sons are big , but your daughters are little. 3. Those
boys are not good; for they are not just. 4. You are
little, and we are big. 5. Your benches are long, and our
shields are large. 6. Girls who are not good are not
beautiful. 7. If the boys are passionate, they are not just.
8. My daughters are good, and my sons are bad.
23.
Plural Nominative of the Third Declension.
Rex (m., 3), the king. Reg-es, the Icings.
pater (m., 3), the father. p&tr-es, the fathers.
mater (/., 3), the mother. matr-e», the mothers.
frater (m., 3), the brother. fratr-e», the brothers.
sSror (/., 3), the sister. sSror-es, the sisters.
hOmo (»«., 3), a man. hQmm-es, men.
mfilier (/, 3), a woman. millier-es, women.
serv-us (2. m.'), a slave. fequ-us, (2. m.) a horse.
regln-a, (1. f. )a queen.
1. Hie rex Justus est ; hi regesjusti sunt. 2. Fratres
nostri boni sunt. 3. Sorores nostras bonae sunt.
4. Frater meus bonus est servus ; fratres mei boni
sunt servi. 5. Amicus meus est Justus ; amici mei
sunt justi. 6. Hie homo iracundus est ; illi homines
iracundi sunt. 7. Hasc aqua est pura ; hae aquas sunt
pura. 8. Non purum est vinum. 9. Ii equi mei sunt.
24.
1. The king is great, but he is not good. 2. The kings
are good, hut they are not great. 3. Your brothers are
not just, for they are wicked. 4. This garden is small, but
those gardens are large. 5. My sister is little, and your
sisters are little. 6. Those men who are good are my
friends. 7. If the kings are passionate they are not just.
8. The kings are great, and the queens are beautiful.
9. Your horses are small.
25.
Adjectives of Two Terminations.
UtiWs liber, a useful book. util-es libr-i, useful books.
txtil-is puell-a, a useful girl. utJI-es puell-ae, useful girls.
util-e scamn-wm, a useful bench. util-fa scamn-a, useful benches.
Singular. Plural.
Trist-is (m. I-f.), trist-e (n.) trist-e» (m. 4" /.), trist-fa (n.),
sad.
fort-t's (m. $ /.), fort-e (n.) fort-es (m. $ /.), fort-fa (». ),
strong, brave.
omn-is (m. $"/.), onm-e (».) omn-es Im. §• /.), oinn-id (n.),
all, every.
10
alb-us, alb-a, alb-um, white. niger, nig-ra, nigr-um, black.

mult-us, mult-s, mult-um, much. malt-i, mult-ae, malt-a, many.
1. Non omnes servi sunt boni. 2. Non omnea
matres sunt bona?, non omnes patres boni. 3. Multa
scamna sunt longa. 4. Haec scuta sunt utilia. 5. Hi
homines sunt tristes. 6. Frater meus tristis est; et
soror mea tristis est. 7. Omnia haec scamna alba sunt,
et omnia ilia scamna nigra sunt. 8. Non omnes equi
albi sunt ; raulti etiam nigri sunt. 9. Scutum quod
non forte est, non utile est.
26.
1. All these slaves are good; all those slaves are bad.
2. Many fathers are passionate, and many mothers are
passionate. 3. My brother is sad ; and my sister also is sad.
4. That wine is useful. 5. That black horse is strong;
but these white horses are not strong. 6. All those boys
are sad. 7. My sons are all sad. 8. All the men are
brave ; but all the women are sad. 9. That shield is
useful, for it is strong.
27.
Past- Imperfect Indicative of Esse.
Er-am, I was. er-amus, we were.
Sr-as, thou wast. er-atis, ye were.
ir-at, he, she, or it was. ir-ant, they were.
content-u», a, um, content. mortal-is (m. $ /.), mortBl-e,

(n.), mortal.
1. Rex noster bonus erat. 2. Ego contentus eram,
sed tu non contentus eras. 3. Omnes contenti eramus.
4. Is servus mortalis erat. 5. Filii mei mortales erant.
6. Si iracundi eratis, justi non eratis. 7. Si tu homo es,
es etiam mortalis. 8. Hie rex mortalis est ; haec regina
mortalis est. 9. Omnes filia; mece venustae erant, et
omnes filii mei fortes. 10. Omnia ea scamna utilia
erant.
28.
1. I was naughty, but my brother was good. 3. Thou
wast a naughty boy, and she was a good girl. 3. We
11
were little, but they were big. 4. You were all just and
good. 5. All kings are mortal; all queens too are mortal.
6. Those shields were all useful. 7. The horses were
black, but small. 8. All who are content are good ; but
not all who are good are content.
29.
Adjectives of one Termination.
Singular. Plural.
SSplens (m. /. $ n, ) sKpient-es (m. §•/.) sSpient-fti, (u•), wise.
felix (jn. f. i}• n. ) feiic-es (m. Sf f.) felic-fa (n.) happy.
infelix (m. f. $ n.) infelic-e» (m. ^/.) mfelic-ta(n),unhappt/.
pStens (m.f. $ n.) pStent-e» (m. 2rf.) p6tent-ia(n.),powerful.
"De-us, (m. 2), God. pSrens (m or/. 3), aparent.

ergo, therefore. semper, always.
1. Deus sapiens est et potens. 2. Multi reges
potentes sunt ; sed non multi felices sunt. 3. Parentes
vestri infelices erant : nam non boni eratis. 4. Pa-
rentes nostri felices sunt : nam boni sumus. 5. Homo
sum ; ergo sum mortalis : nam omnes homines mortalea
sunt. 6. Rex non Justus erat ; ergo regina infelix
erat. 7. Non omnes homines sapientes sunt. 8. Non
omnia vina utilia sunt. 9. Omnia hgec seamna utilia
sunt ; sed nou omnia longa sunt. 10. Omnes ea&
mulieres sapientes erant. 1 1 . Malus homo non potest
esse felix.
30.
1. He who is not just is unhappy. They who are good
are wise ; they who are not good are not wise. 3. The
king was not happy; for he was not good. 4. All these
beautiful girls are mortal. 5. All women are mortal : and
strong men are mortal. 6. They who are always
just are always happy. 7. Strong wines are not always
useful. 8. The king was powerful, but he was not good.
9. Wise men are always brave, but brave men are not
always wise. 10. The boys were small, but the girls were
pretty.
12
QUESTIONS ON EXERCISES 21—3a

I. When are nouns, adjectives, pronouns, and verbs, said to be in the plural
number? 2. What is the termination of the singular nominative of words of
the first declension? 3. How must that termination be changed, to express
the nominative plural ? 4. What are the three terminations of the nominative
singular of words of the second declension? 5. How do words of the second
declension, in us and er, that is, all masculine and feminine words of the
second declension, fonn their plural nominative? 6. How do words of the
secoad declension in um, that is, all neuter words of the second declension,
form their plural nominative/ 7. Do any other words form their piural
nominatives in a ? [Yes, all neuter nouns, of all declensions.] 8. As the
terminations of the third declension are very numerous, how may a noun of
this declension be most easily recognised? [By another case, which will come
under our notice as we proceed.] 9. How do the masculine and feminine
nouns of the third declension form their nominative plural? 10. How do the
neuter nouns of the third declension form their nominative plural? 11. Are
adjectives declined according to the rules laid down for substantives of the
three first declensions? 12. What kind of adjectives may be called adjec
tives of three terminations? 13. What are adjectives of (wo terminations?
14. What are adjeetives of one termination/ 15. To which of these three
classes may the possessive pronouns be said to belong? 16. After what two
declensions of substantives are adjeetives of three terminations declined?
17. After which declension are adjectives of two terminations and one termi
nation declined? 1ft. What, then, are the masculine, feminine, and neuter
terminations of the nominative plural of adjectives of three terminations ?
19. What are the masculine and feminine terminations, and the neuter termi
nation, of the nominative plural of adjectives of tico terminations and one
termination? 20. In what respects are the singular and plural nominatives of
hie, ilk, is, aud qui, not declined according to the rules laid down for the
declension of adjectives ? 21. What is the meaning of the invariable c, at the
end of hie, luec, hoc? [It is a demonstrative particle, answering the same
purpose as the ci in the Frcneh word, ceci.} 22. In what two respects must a
verb agree with its subject or nominative case? 23. Why, then, are nos sunt
and tu estis incorrect? 24. Why is eram said to be the past-imperfect tense?
31.
The Plural Nominative of the Fourth and Fifth Declensions.
Declension IV.
Singular Nominative. Plural Nominative.
Exercit-us (m. 4), an army. *exercit-us, armies.
m&n-us (m. 4), a hand. man-us, hands.
port-ws (m. 4), a port. port-us, ports.
arc-us (m. 4), a bow. arc-us, bows.
corn-w (n. 4), a horn. cornfi-a, horns.
tonltr-us (m. 4), thunder. tSnitrfi-a (n. ), thunders.
Declension Y.
di-es (m. §•/. 5), a day. di-e» (m), days.
r-es {f. 5), a thing, affair, event. T-es, things, affairs, events.
• The vowel v of the termination of the fourth declension is marked thus

v\, throughout these exercises in all cases in which a contraction has taken
place, in order to distinguish it from the nominative singular, and show that it
ought to be pronounced long.
13
ingens (m. f. £ n.) ingent-es (m. %. f) ingent-fa (n.), immense.

brSv-»'s(m. $f.) briv-e (n.) breV-ee(rei. $f.) brSv-fa (n.),short.
inutil-is (m.#f.) inutil-e (».) inutil-es(m.^/.)) inutil-fa (n), use
less.
violent-us, a, um. violent-i, ae, a, violent.
laet-us, a, um. laet-i, ae, a, joyful.
1. Exercitus erat magnus ; exercitus erant magni.
2. Manus tua parva est ; manus vestras parvas sunt.
3. Hie portus ingens erat ; portus illi ingentes erant.
4. Non omnes arcus utiles sunt ; nam arcus meus inu-
tilis est. 5. Hoc cornu album est : sed omnia ilia
cornua nigra sunt. 6. Tonitrus violentus erat : toni-
trua violenta erant. 7. Omnis ille dies tristis erat
et longus ; sed multi dies breves sunt et laeti. 8. Omnes
hae res justae sunt : ergo contenti sumus. 9. Haec
scuta parva sunt ; ergo inutilia sunt.
32.
1. All our armies are brave. 2. My hands are useful,
but your hands are useless. 3. Those benches were useful,
for they were long. 4. Those men who are violent and
passionate are not wise. 5. They who are wise are not
violent. 6. The boys are joyful, but the girls are all sad.
7. Those ports which are large are always useful. 8. All
those horns were long, but this horn is short. 9. That
black shield is useful.
33.
Future Imperfect Indicative of Esse.
Er-o, I shall or will be. ir-imus, we shall or will be.
ir-is, thou shalt or wilt be. er-ffis, you shall or will be.
ir-it, he shall or will be. iT-unt, they shall or will be.
et—et, both—and. solum, only.
non solum—sed Stiam, not only—but also.
Singular Nominative. Plural Nominative.

Bell-um (». 2), war. bell-a, wars.
bellicos-u», a, um. bellicos-t, ae, a, warlike.
mil-es (n. 3), a soldier. milit-e», soldiers.
pax (/. 3), peace.
14
1. Si tu felix eris, ego contentus ero. 2. Bellum

erit longum et triste. 3. Si pax erit longa, nos omnes
laeti erimus. 4. Vos qui iracundi estis, semper eritis
inutiles. 5. Milites semper bellicosi et violenti erunt.
6. Non solum homines sed etiam mulieres tristes erunt.
7. Et ego et tu Iaeti sumus. 8. Et tu et ille felices
estis. 9. Et nos et vos milites fortes sumus. 10. Et
vos et illi fratres nostri eritis. 11. Et reges potentes
erant, et exercitusingentes.
34.
I. If you shall be unhappy we also shall be unhappy.
2. Kings who are warlike will always be unhappy.
3. The ports which are small are not useful. 4. Those
short horns will be useless. 5. They who were violent
were useless. 6. Both I and you are mortal; but God is
not mortal. 7- Both you and they are my friends ; there
fore I shall be happy. 8. Both you and your parents were
always brave. 9. The garden was useful, but the wine
was useless. 10. The king was both wi3e and happy;
the queen was wise, but unhappy.
35.
Present Perfect or Aorist Indicative of Esse.
Fu-», I have been or I was. fu-imus, we have been or we were.
fu-isti, thou hast been or thou fu-istis, you have been or you
wast. were.
fu-i<, he has been or he was. fu-iruit, or fu-ers, they have been
or they were.
Diu, long, a long time. saepe, often.
1. Ego semper contentus fui ; sed tu contentus non
fuisti. 2. Bellum longum et triste fuit. 3. Et nos et
filiae nostras infelices fuimus. 4. Vos omnes semper
justi fuistis : ergo felices et estis et semper eritis.
5. Hae mulieres diu infelices fuerunt. 6. Cornua
ilia fortia erant sed inutilia. 7. Milites qui non belli
cosi sunt, inutiles erunt. 8. Non is Justus erit, qui
saepe iracundus est. 9. Mater tua venusta erat ; sed
mater mea bona erat. 10. Frater meus est magnus
rex, et soror mea est magna regina.
15
30.
1. I Lave long been happy, but thou hast always been
unhappy. 2. He has been just. 3. The king has long
been my friend. 4. We have all been happy; tor we have
all been good. 5. You were all passionate and violent.
6. Not only the men, but also the women have been un
happy. 7. Your sons have been my friends. 8. The wine
will be useful, but the water is not pure. 9. My horses
are not black ; they are all white.
37.
Past-Perfect or Pluperfect Indicative of Esse.
fier-am, I had been. fuer-dmws, we had been.
faer-os, thou hadst been. fu£r-dtis, you had been.
fuir-at, he had been. i'iiir-ant, they had been.
Future Perfect Indicative of Esse.
FfiSr-o, / shall or will have •filSr-5mus, we shall or will have
been. been.
fSSr-w, thou shalt or wilt have "fUer-Ww, you shall or will have
been. been.
ffi£r-iV, he shall or will have fuer-int, they shall or will have
been. been.
1 . Diu tristis fueram : nam bellum longum fuerat.
2. Tu non solum tristis sed etiam iraeundus fueras.
3. Nos diu amici fueramus. 4. Vos diu milites fuer-
atis. 5. Pater et mater saepe tristes fuerant. 6. Si
tu bonus puer fueris, ego contentus ero. 7. Vinum
utile fuerit, sed hortus inutilis. 8. Infelices fuerimus,
sed non mali. 9. Si boni fueritis, fueritis reges.
10. Exercitus vestri ingentes fuerint, sed inutiles.
11. Puer, amicus noster, tristis fuerat. 12. Eegina,
soror mea, justa est sed iracunda.
38.
1. My father and my mother had long been sad ; for all
my brothers had been naughty. 2. You had all long been
my friends. 3. The king, my brother, will have been
• The i, in the last syllable tut one of the first and second persons plural of
the future-perfect of all verbs. may he pronounced either long or short ; but
it is better to pronounce it long, as it is marked above.
16
brave and wise. Those immense ports will all have been
useful. 5. You will all have been both useless friends and
bad soldiers. 6. The thunders had been violent, therefore
the women had been sad. 7. The man who is useless will
not be happy. 3. Not all bows are useful. 9. They who
are warlike are not always wise. 10. Women who are
beautiful are not always good.
39.
Preserit Imperfect Indicative of Posse, to be able, and
Velle, to be willing.
Esse, to be.
poss-um, / can, or am able. poss-timus, we can, or are able.
pStes, thou canst, or art able. pStes-iis, you can, or are able.
potes-f, he can or t» able. poss-uni, they can, or are able.
vSl-o, Iwish, am willing, v-is, thou wishest. \vl-t, he wishes.
vti\-umus, we wish. vul-tis, you wish. \t,l-unt, they wish.
ager, ffigr-a, regr-um, sick, ill.
honest-u», a, um, honest, honour
able.
nblque, everywhere. valde, much.
1. Qui aeger est, non est felix. 2. Tu potes esse
felix, si vis esse honestus. 3. Si vis esse meus amicus,
potes esse. 4. Homo seger non potest esse fortis.
5. Semper felix esse possum, si volo. 6. Malus homo
non potest esse sapiens. 7. Omnes homines felices
esse possunt, si volunt. 8. Deus ubique est ; sed
homines ubique esse non possunt. 9. Multi reges
valde potentes sunt : omnes hi reges felices esse pos
sunt ; sed non omnes volunt esse boni.
40.
1. If I can be happy thou canst be happy. 2. We can
be happy if we are willing to be good. 3. If they wish,
they can be our friends. 4. We all wish to be wise and
honourable. 3. Kings wish to be everywhere, but they
cannot. 6. The king, your father, cannot be always
happy ; for he is passionate and often violent. 7. A pas
sionate man cannot always be just. 8. We all wish to be
powerful, but we cannot all be (so). 9. The queen, our
mother, wishes to be wise and good. 10. Both the slave
and the horse were sick.
17

1. TThat are the two terminations of the nominative singular of nouns of the
fourth declension ? 2. How do nouns in us, of the fourth declension, form their
plural nominative ? 3. What is the meaning of the circumflex mark over the
&s. in the termiaation of the plural nominative? [It means that 4s is con
tracted for ues, the older form, and must therefore be pronounced long, like the
English substantive, use.} 4. What is the gender of nouns ending in u of the
fourth declension ? 5. How do they form their plural nominative ? 6. In
what respects is tonitrus irregular in gender, and therefore in the way in which
it is declined? 7. What is the termination of the nominative singular of
nouns of the fifth declension ? 8. How do they form their nominative plural?
9. In the sentence, "Ego et tu laeti sumus," why is the verb in the first
person plural? 10. In the sentence, " Et tu et Ulefelices estis," why is the verb
in the second person plural ? 1 1. If, then, the subject of the verb be two or
more words of different persons, in what number and person must the verb
be put? 12. Why is Ero said to be the future-imperfect tense ? 13. Why is
Fui said to be the present-perfect tense ? 14. What is the meaning of the
word aorist? [Indefinite or unlimited.] 15. Why, then, may Fui be said to be
an aorist, when it means, I was? [Because it refers to an indefinite tract of
past time, without specifying any definite part of it.] 16. Why is Fueram said
to be the past-perfect tense? 17. How do you form the past- perfect indicative
of Esse from the present-perfect? 18. Why is Fuero said to be the future-
perfect tense ? 19. How do you form the future-perfect indicative of Esse from
the present-perfect ? 20. What part of speech is diu, long ; and what part of
speech is longus, long? 21. In the phrase. " The queen, my sister," why must my
sister be in the same case as the queen? 22. What is the derivation of possum,
I am able t [Potis, able, and Bum, I am}. 23. Does this account for the way
in which the present- imperfect indicative of possum is gone through or conju
gated? 24. What do you mean by the moods of a verb? 25. How many
moods are theTe in English and Latin? 26. Why is the indicative mood so
called? [Because it indicates or states the occurrence of a fact.] 27. Why is
the infinitive mood so called ? [Infinitive means indefinite or unlimited ; and
the infinitive mood is so called because it is more indefinite than any of the
other moods, as it is not always limited to a definite subject, and has no distinct
forms for the different numbers and persons.] 28. What mood is Esse, to bet
29. What mood do possum and volo take after them? 30. In the sentence,
" Tupoies essefelix" why is felix in the nominative case?
41.
The Present Imperfect Indicative Active of Verbs of the First
Conjugation, and the Accusatives of Substantives of the First
and Second Declensions, and of Adjectives of three terminations.
FIRST CONJUGATION.
Imperfect Infinitive Active.
Am-are, to love, to like.
Present Imperfect Indicative Active.
Singular. Plural.
Am-o, I love, am loving, or do tttna-mu», we love, are loving, or
love. do love.
fcm-as, thou lovest, art loving, or &ma-tfs, you love, are loving, or
dost love. do love.
%m-at, he loves, is loving, or does &m-ant, they love, are loving, or
love. do love.
18
Declension I.
Nominative. Accusative.
Sing. Regln-a (/. 1), a queen. regln-a/n, a queen.
Plur. regln-ae, queens. regin-as, queens.
Declension II.
Sing. amic-ws (m. 2), a friend. amlc-um, afriend.
Plur. amic-i, friends. amic-os, friends.
Sing. liber (m. 2), a booh. Hbr-um, a book.
Plur. libr-i, books. libr-o», books.
Sing. pfler (m 2), a boy. pfifir-u»t, a boy.
Plur. pttSr-i, boys. pfiSr-o», boys.
Sitig. bell-um (n. 2), war. bell-wm, war.
Plur. bell-a, wars. bell-o, wars.
Sing. me-us, me-ae, me-ui». me-unt, me-ant, me-n, my or
mine.
PUir. me-i, me-ae, me-o. me-os, me-os, me-a, my or mine.
Sing. noster, nostr-o, nos- nostr-unt, nostr-am, nostr-vi»,
tr-um. our or ours.
Plur. nost-ri, nostr-os, nostr-a. nostr-os, nostr-as, nostr-a, our
or ours.
Sing. bon-ws, bon-a, bon-um. bon-um, bon-am, bon-um, good.
Plur. bon-i, bon-ae, bon-a. bon-<w, bon-as, bon-a, good.
Sing. niger, nig-ra, nigr-um. nigr-um, nigr-am, nigr-um, black.
Plur. nigr-i, nigr-ae, nigr-a. nigr-o», nigr-as, nigr-a, black.
Sing. tener, tener-a, tenSr-um. tenSr-um, tenSr-am, tenCr-um,
tender.
Plur. tenSri, tener-ae, tener-a. tenSr-os, tBnSr-a», tener-a, ten
der.
1. Ego amo filiam mcam. 2. Tu amas filium tuum.
3. Rex amat reginam. 4. Amamus amicum nostrum.
5. O nines amamus puerum. 6. Omnes milites amant
bella. 7. Et tu et ilia teneras puellas amatis. 8. Bonus
meus frater amat filium meum. 9. Deum semper
amare volumus. 10. Qui Deum amat, homo est no-
nestus. 11. Amicos meos amo. 12. Bellum non amat
rex noster ; nam non bellicosus est 13. Deus omnes
homines amat.
42.
1. /love my son, but thou dost not love thy daughter.
2. My son loves the little boy. 3. We all love the good
19
and beautiful queen. 4. You can always love God ; for he

is always good and just. 5. My daughter loves the black
horse. '6. My sons love black horses. 7. The slave loves
wine, but he does not love water. 8. This man does not
like long benches. 9. We all love good books. 10. Wise
kings do not love long wars.
43.
The Accusative of the Third, Fourth, and Fifth Declensions, and
of Adjectives of two terminations and one termination.
Laud-arc, 1 ., to praise. excit-ars, I, to rouse.
delect-are, 1., to charm. vulner-dre, 1, to wound.
Declension III.
Sing. Host-is (m. $f. 3.), anenemy. host-em, an enemy.
Plur. host-es, enemies. host-es, enemies.
Sing. pater (m., 3), a father. patr-em, a father.
Plur. patr-es, fathers. patr-es, fathers.
Sing. rex (m., 3), a king. reg-em, a king.
Plur. reg-es, kings. reg-es, kings.
Sing. soror (/., 3), a sister. soror-em, a sister.
Plur. soror-es, sisters. sorSr-es, sisters.
Declension IV.
Sing. exercit-as (m.,4), an army. exerclt-um, an army.
Plur. exercit-as, armies exerclt-us, armies.
Sing. cornu (w., 4), a horn. cornu, a horn.
Plur. cornu-a, horns. cornu-o, horns.
Declension V.
Plur. di-es (m. $f., 6), a day. di-em, a day.
Plur. di-es, (m.) days. dies, days.
Sing. trist-w(m.§-/.);trist-e(».) trist-em (m. #/.) ; trist-e(n.),
sod.
Plur. trist-es(m.#/.);trist-ia(n.) trist-es (m. Srf.) ; trist-io(n.),
sad.
Sing. ingen-s (m./. # n.) ingent-em (m. £/.); ingen-s
(n. ), immense.
Plur. ingent-es (m. $ /.) ; in- ingent-es (m. Srf.) ; ingent-ia
gent-i'a(n.) (n.), immense.
1. Pater meus matrem meam laudat. 2. Bellicosus
miles bonum regem vulnerat. 3. Tenerae filiae laetas
* The use of the numbers placed after the verts in the vocabularies, to
denote the conjugation to which they belong, will be better understood by and
bye.
20
matres delectant. 4. Hoc bellum fortes milites excitat.

5. Parentes nostros delectamus. 6. Is exercitum eum
laudat. 7. Hoc vinum non laudatis. 8. Hostes excitant
exercitum. 9. Sororem meam semper laudo. 10. Rex
malus reginam teneram vulnerat. 11. Milites hostes
honestos laudant. 12. Vinum forte segras puellas
excitat. 13. Regina exercitus nostros laudat.
44.
Put the Nominative first, the Accusative next, and the Verb last in
the sentence.
1. I praise my brother, and thou praisest my sister.
2. The good king praises our wise brother. 3. We are
wounding our friends. 4. Your brother praises my beau
tiful sisters. 5. The horns are rousing the brave army.
6. The immense ports delight the wise king. 7. Not
only the boys but also the parents will be happy. 8. He
who loves (his) sons and daughters is a good father.
9. I cannot praise the mother who does not love (her)
daughter. 10. The good queen praises thy useful hands.
11. Strong wine roused the passionate king. 12 Thou
hast often been ill and unhappy.
45.
The Reflective Personal Pronoun, Se, himself, the Reflective Pos
sessive Pronoun, su-us, eu-a, su-um, his, her, $c, and the Accu
satives of the Demonstrative and Logical Pronouns.
Monstr-are, 1 , to show,pointout, voc-are, I., to call.
port-are, 1, to carry. sttppr-are, I., to overcome, to con
quer.
Sing, h-ic, h-aec, h-oc. this. h-unc, h-anc, h-oc. this,
PI. h-i, h-ae, h-aec, these. h-os, h-as, h-aec, these.
Sing, ill-e, ill-a, ill-ud, he, she, ill-uro, ill-am, i\l-ud, him, her, that.
that.
PI. ill-i, ill-ae, ill-a, those, they, ill-os, ill-a». ill-a, those, them.
Sing, i-s, e-a, i-d,he,she,it, this, e-um, e-am, i-d, him, her, it, this,
that. that.
PI. i-i,e-ae, e-a, they, these, those. e-os, e-as, e-a, them, these, those.
Se, himself, herself, itself, themselves.
Su-u», su-a, su-um, his, her, its, or their.
21
Singular. Plural.
N. Homo, Ace. hSmin-em, m. N. and Ace. hSmln-e», men.
8. a man. N. Liber-t ; Ace. liber-o», m. 2.
me, me. children.
te, thee.
1. Ii parentes filios suos amant. 2. Rex ille hostes
suos superat. 3. Ii liberi qui parentes suos non amant,
boni esse non possunt. 4. Omnes eum bonum regem
et eam bonam reginam amant. 5. Deus me amat,
et ego amo Deum. 6. Mater ea filium suum vocat.
7. Puellae tenerae libros suos portant. 8. Felix
puer hortum suum monstrat. 9. Omnes homines se
valde amant. 10. Infelix miles et se et liberos suos
vulnerat. 11. Omnes qui Deum amant, homines
honesti et justi erunt. 12. Id bellum longum fuit et
triste : ergo pacem omnes laudamus et amamus.
13. Is puer bonus est : valde eum amamus. 14. Hos
tes valde bell'icosi sunt : superare eos non possumus.
15. Omnia ea portare potes.
46.
1. This brave king overcomes that immense army.
2. The little girl is showing her hands. 3. The black horse
is carrying that sick slave. 4. We are praising all those
men. 5. Those violent thunders rouse these sick and
tender girls. 6. Our friends praise their children much.
7. We call those ports immense. 8. You are praising that
water ; but it is not pure. 9. Those bows which cannot
wound our enemies are useless. 10. Joyful days are
often short ; but sad days are always long. 11. This is my
son : he loves me much. 12. This strong man is carrying
all those (things).
47.
The verb used interrogatively.
Amo-ne t do Hove ? Amas-ne ? dost thou love ? &c.
Nonne am-o ? do I not love ? Nonne axa-ae ? dost thou not
&c. love? &c.
ar-dre, 1. to plough. aedific-dre, 1., to build.
vor-are, 1. to devour. sper-are, 1., to hope for.
22
N. Ager, Aco. agr-um, m. 2. N. dom-us, Ace. dom-um, f. 2.
afield. and 4. a house.
N. Leo, Ace. leon-em, m. 3. N. can-is, Ace. can-em, m. and f.
a lion. 3. a dog.
1. Nonne leo canem vorat ? 2. Amasne filium
tuum ? 3. Nonne pater tuus agrum suum arat ? 4.
Nonne omnes liberi parentes suos amant ? 5. Pa
terae tuus domum eam aediilcat ? 6. Nonne aeger
puer eum diem sperat ? 7. Potestne leo omnem ili
um equum vorare ? 8. Non honestum est malos
homines laudare. 9. Omnes volumus agros nostros
arare. 10. Bellicosus miles bellum semper sperat.
11. Omnes homines res suas laudant. 12. Nonne
bellum multos homines vorat ?
48.
1. The immense lions are devouring those white
horses. 2. Does not the black horse delight this beau
tiful girl? 3. Are we building your house? 4. Are not
the sick slaves hoping for that wine ? 5. Have not your
children been very ill 1 6. Are not our dogs devouring
that big lion ? 7. Strong wine overcomes even kings.
8. If the bench was short, it was useless. 9. Both the king
and the queen had been very ill. 10. Do not useful books
delight wise men ? 11. Does not the king praise his dogs,
and the queen her horses? 12. Are not the father and
the mother pointing out their children?
49.
Past Imperfect Indicative of the First Conjugation.
Am-w6am, / was loving, loved, hm-abamus, we were loving,
or used to love. loved, or used to love.
am-dbas, thou wast loving, am-abiitis, you were toving,loved,
lovedst, or usedst to love. or used to love.
&m-dbat, he was loving, loved, or am-abant, they were loving, loved,
used to love. or used to love.
vit-are, 1., to avoid. pugn-are, 1, to fight.
cerv-ws, m. 2. a stag. ov-is, f. 3. a sheep.
lup-u», m. 2. a wolf. naut-o, m. 1. a sailor.
fimid-w», o. um. timid. Svid-us, a, um, greedy.
23
1. Timidus cervus leonem vitabat. 2. Timidae

oves avidos lupos vitabant. 3. Nonne ii nautae sem
per pugnabant ? 4. Nonne liberos meos laudabas ?
5. Domum illam ingentem aedificabamus. 6. Tuusne
canis lupum eum vitabat ? 7. Agrumne ilium in
gentem arabatis ? 8. Nonne tui nautae vinum illud
portare possunt ? 9. Rex potens portus illos utiles
monstrabat. ' 10. Eos dies non possumus felices vo-
care. 11. Eae iracundae mulieres se laudabant.
1 2 . Rex. aeger se infelicem vocabat.
50.
1. The brave sailor was praising that good king.
2. Did not the wolf avoid those brave sailors 1 3. Was
not this sick soldier calling himself unhappy ? 4. Was
not that happy father praising his brave sons, and his
beautiful daughters? 5. Do you wish to avoid that
timid sheep ? 6. The greedy wolf was devouring that tender
stag. 7. Were not those strong men carrying these
immense stags? 8. The war had been long: but we
were hoping for peace. 9. A good king delights God:
and he who delights God will always be happy, 10. The
brave army was overcoming its enemies everywhere.
QUESTIONS ON EXERCISES 41-30.
1. How many voices has a verb in English and Latin, and what do they
mean ? 2. What kind of verbs are said to be transitive ? 3. What kind of verbs
are said to be intransitive ? 4. To which class does esse, to be, belong ? 5. To
which class does amare, to love, belong ? 6. To «hich class does pugnare, to
fight, belong? 7. What case do transitive verbs take after them? 8. What
then may it be said that the accusative case is chiefly intended to express?
9. How do you form the accusative singular of the first declension ? 10. How
do you form the accusative plural of the first declension t 11. How do yon
form the accusatives singular and plural of masculine and feminine words of
the second declension? 12. How do you form the accusatives singular and
plural of neuter words of the second declension/ 13. How do you form the
accusative singular and plural of adjectives of three terminations and possessive
pronouns? 14. In what three respects must adjectives agree with their sub
stantives? Give instances. 15. How do you form the accusatives singular and
plural of masculine and feminine words of the third declension ? 16. How
do you form the accusatives singular and plural of neuter words of the third
declension ? 1 7. How do you form the accusatives singular and plural of ad
jectives of two terminations and one termination? 18. How do you form the
accusatives singular and plural of masculine and feminine words of the fourth
declension? 19. How do you form the accusatives singular and plural of
neuter words of the fourth declension? 20. Why is tonitrm irregular in the
way it forms Its singular and plural accusatives? 21. How do you form the
accusatives singular and plural of words of the fifth declension? 22. Why
24
are se and suus said to be reflective pronouns ? [Reflective means bending back,
and reflective pronouns are so called because they bend back or refer to the
subjects of the sentence to which they belong.] 23. Has liberi, children, any sin
gular number ? 24. In what case are me and te ; and what are their nominative
cases? 25. In translating such a phrase as good men into Latin, is the word
men generally expressed ? 26. In what gender then must the adjective be put ?
27. In translating such a phrase as all things into Latin, is the word thing*
generally expressed ? 28. In what gender then must the adjective be put 7
[In the neuter gender ; as, omnia, all things] 29. What particle must be added
to a sentence to make It interrogative ? 30. Whereabouts in the sentence must It
be placed? 31. If the sentence is negative (that is, has the adverb noMn it),
to which word in the sentence must the interrogative particle be joined ? 3a.
What peculiarity Is there about the mode of declining domus ? 33. How many
conjugations (or ways of going through a verb) are there in the Latin lan
guage? [Four.] 34. How can you tell to which conjugation a verb belongs?
[By examining the termination of its imperfect infinitive.] 35. What Is the
termination of the imperfect infinitive of the first conjugation ? 36. Of what
conjugation then is the verb amo, I love, and why? 37. How do you form the
present imperfect indicative of verbs of the first conjugation from the imper
fect infinitive? 38. How do you form the past imperfect indicative of verbs
of the first conjugation from the imperfect infinitive? 39. In Exercise 47. 8,
why is honestum in the neuter gender ?
51.
Future Imperfect Indicative of the First Conjugation.
Am-uio, I shall or will love. Am-abimus, we shall or will love.
sm-dbis, thou shalt or wilt love. am-abUis, you shall or will love,
am-dbit, he shall or will love. sjn-dbunt, they shall or will love.
Incit-are, 1., to urge on. fatig-are, 1., to tire, to weary, to

cruci-are, 1., to torment. fatigue.
oppugn-are, 1., to attack.
Nom : Pastor. Ace. pastor-em, m. 3. a shepherd.

Nom : and Ace : praestdl-um, n. 2. a garrison, guard.
. Singular. Plural.
Nom. and Ace. animal, n. 3., Nom. and Ace. anlmal-fa, ani-
an animal. mats.
Nom. and Ace. mare, n. 3. the Nom. and Ace. mari-a, seas.
sea.
1. Pastor-ne bonus eas aegras oves incitabit ?
2. Si tu me laudabis, ego etiam te laudabo. 3. Parvum
nostrum filium non fatigabimus. 4. Omnes servos
vestros fatigabitis. 5. Hostes nostri omnia praesidia
nostra oppugnabunt. 6. Timidus puer omnia ea
animalia semper vitabit. 7. Praesidium forte violentos
hostes superabit. 8. Nonne mare ainicos vestros
25
fatigabit ? 9. Pastores oves suas teneras fatigare non

volunt. 10. Mali pueri timidum cervum cruciabunt.
11. Qui bonus est, cruciare amicos suos non vult.
12. Avidus lupus omnia ilia animalia vorabit.
52.
1. Will the slave urge on tbe sick animal? 2. I shall
always love and praise my parents. 3. This black horse
will delight my little son. 4. Will not you call those
sailors ? 5, The powerful king will attack that garrison.
6. We will avoid that greedy wolf. 7. Wilt thou not
plough that immense field 1 8. Our children will tire this
good queen. 9. I cannot point out the pure water. 10.
This sick man will wound both himself and his friends.
11. The happy boy wishes to point out his white dog. 12.
Are you able to build a large house?
53.
Present Perfect or Aorist Indicative of the First Conjugation.
Amav-i, / have loved, or / amav-foitts, we have loved, or
loved. we loved.
amav-wJi, thou hast loved, or amav-istis, you have loved, or
thou lovedst. you loved,
amav-it, he has loved, or he omav-erunt, or amav-ere, they
loved. have loved, or they loved.
Crndsl-w, m. and f. crudel-e, n. miser, a, um, miserable, wretched.

cruel. mit-i», mit-e, gentle, kind.
fertll-is, fertu-c, fertile.
Urb-4, / 3., a city. agricSl-a, m , 1., a husbandman,

farmer.
advent-u», • m. 4. an approach, penctSl-u»i, n. 2. a danger.
arrival.
1. Adventum tuum diu speravi. 2. Agrumne
ilium fertilem aravisti ? 3. Rex sapiens eum ingen-
tem portum aedificavit. 4. Crudele hoc animal om-
nes vitavimus. 5. Hostes vestros non solum fati-
gavistis, sed etiam superavistis. 6. Ii agricolae aeg-
ras suas oves portaverunt. 7. Illi avidi leones se
20
saepe vulneravere. 8. Bellum longum et inutile vi-

tare volumus ; pacem longam et felicem omnes spera-
amus. 9. Deus omnes amat ; sed non omnes amant
Deum. 10. Crudeles hostes teneras et miseras mu-
lieres cruciabant. 11. Rex mitis est et bonus ; is
amicos suos valde delectat. 12. Adventus tuus milites
timidos incitabit.
54.
1. Your arrival has delighted my children. 2. I have
ploughed all this field. 3. Will not that immense horn
tire thee ? 4. The kind queen has much delighted those
sailors. 5. We have everywhere avoided all dangers.
6. You have much fatigued these dogs. 7. This black horse
has carried all those horns. 8. The powerful kings have
built those cities. 9. Both I and you were hoping for a
short war and a long peace. 10. If we love God, he will
be our friend. 11. This water is pure, and that wine is
strong ; therefore they will delight thee.
55.
Past Perfect or Pluperfect Indicative of the First Conjugation.
Amav-Iram, I had loved. amav-eramus, we had loved,
amav-eras, thou hadst loved. amar-Mtit, you had loved,
am&v-hat, he had loved. amlv-erant, they had loved.
Singular. Plural.
qu-em,m.qu-am,f. whomor which, qu-o»,m. qu-as, f. whomorwhich,
qno-d, n. which or what. qu-ac. n, which or what.
from the Relative pronoun, qui, quae, quod.
qu-em? m., qu-am? f., whom ? or qu-os ? m., qu-a» ? f., whom ?
which? qui-rf? orquo-rf? n., or whichl qu-ae, n., what ?
what ? or which ? or which 1
from the Interrogative Pronoun, quis ? quae ? quid 9 or quod ?
quid ? what ? or why ? ubi ? when, where, or where !

cur ? why ? quando ? when ?
nemo (Ace. nemin-em), m. & f. 3., no one, nobody.

27
1. Ego te diu vitaveram : cur non tu me vitaveras ?
2. Leo avidus multa animalia voraverat. 3. Et ego
et tu multam aquam portaveramus. 4. Quid spera-
veratis ? 5. Quod vinum laudaverant amici tui ?
6. 111! libri me diu delectaverant. 7. Quando eam
domum aedificabitis ? 8. Ubi est filia mea?
9. Quem hominem et quam mulierem laudaveratis ?
10. Quae pericula possumus vitare ? 11. Nemo potest
eum timidum militem laudare. 12. Haec mitis mulier
neminem vulneraverat. 13. Superaveram omnes illos
hostes quos tu vitabas. 14. Haec est mulier quam
laudabamus.
56.
1. I had tormented no one. 2. Why hadst thou tor
mented this wretched sheep ? 3. My little son had wea
ried his strong horse. 4. We had urged on our big dogs.
5. What garisons had you attacked ? 6. Which books had
the boys carried 1 7. Did you not hope for our approach ?
8 Where will the soldiers fight 1 9. He who is passionate
will often be cruel. 10. Had the bow wounded your ten
der hands ? 1 1 . He does not wish to urge on the sick sheep.
12. That joyful affair which delighted thee will also delight
that good queen. 13. This is the man whom thou hadst
wounded. 14. What had delighted him 1 15. What wine
had delighted him? 16. When did you overcome your
enemies ?
57.
Future Perfect Indicative of the First Conjugation,
Amav-ero, I shall or will have 'amaviriniti», we shall or will
loved. have loved.
amav-era, thou shalt or unit *amav-eri<M, you shall or will
have loved. lume loved.
amav-erit, he shall or will have amav- erint, they shall or will
loved. have loved.
accus-are, 1., to accuse. aestim-are, 1., to value.
damn-are, 1 , to condemn. liber-dre, I., to free.
avarlti-a, f. 1. avarice. sapienti-a, f. 1. wisdom.
pecunl-a, f. 1. money. mor-», (Ace. mort-em), f. 3. death.
• The i in the last syllable but one of the first and second persons plural of
the future-perfect of all verbs may be pronounced either long or short ; but it
is better to pronounce it long, as marked above.
28
virtus, Ace. virtut-em, f. 3. nobil-is, m. &f. , nobil-e, n., noble.
virtue, valour. innScen-s, m. f. & n., innocent.
magn-t', aestim-are, to value parv-t, jestim-are, to value
highly. lightly.
1. Si innocentes damnavero, infelix ero. 2. Nonne
tu sororem tuam accusaveris ? 3. Nobilis puer scu
tum tuum portaverit. 4. Si nobilem servum liberav-
erimus, contenti omnes erimus. 5. Nonne omnes
avaritiam damnaveritis ? nonne omnes virtutem laud-
averitis ? 6. Sorores meae sapientiam tuam magni
aestimaverint. 7. Et ego et amici mei avaritiam
tuam non possumus non damnare. 8. Deus pater
noster est ; bonos et innocentes amat ; sed malos et
crudeles non amat. 9. Si rex hostes nostros supera-
verit, regina laeta erit.
58.
Injust-ws, a, um. unjust.
1. I shall have praised the just soldiers. 2. When shalt
thou have carried these useful books ? 3. That sailor will
have roused his brother. 4. We shall have carried our
tender children. 5 . If you shall have wounded that cruel
wolf, you will be content. 6. If the kings shall not have
overcome their enemies, they will not be joyful. 7. Death
will have freed this miserable slave. 8. They cannot but
(literally not) condemn your avarice. 9. The cruel king
cannot but (lit. not) condemn both himself and his wicked
soldiers. 10. The fertile fields will have delighted those
husbandmen. 11. He who is not just will not be happy;
for the unjust are always wretched. 12. They who love
God and virtue will always be happy.
59.
The Comparative Degree,
Singular. Plural.
Just-us, a, um, just.
Nom : just-for, m. and f. just- Nom.and Ace, just-iore», m. and
hu. n.,juster, or more just. just-iora, n. juster, or more
Ace. just-iorem, m. and f. just- just.
ius, n., juster, or morejust.
Niger, nigr-a, nigr-um, black.
nigr-for, m. $ £ , nigr-iws, n., blacker. [jrone through like justior ]
29
Tener, tener-a, tener-um, tender.

tener-for, m. $ i'., tener-fus, n., tenderer. [gone through like
justior.]
Fort-t's, m. and f. fort-e, n.
strong, brave.
Nom : fort-for, m. and f. fort- Nom. and Ace. fort-iore», m. and
ius, n., stronger, braver. f. fort-iora, n. stronger,
Ace. fort-iSrem, m. and f. fort- braver.
ius, n., stronger, braver.
Sapien-s, m., f. $ n., wise. (Ace. sapient-em.)
Nom. sapient-ibr, m. ^ f., sa- Mom. & Ace., sapient-tores, m.
pient-fus, n., wiser. & f., sapient-sora, n. , wiser.
Ace. sapient-iorem, m. $ f.,
sapient-ius, n., wiser.
Felix, m., f. & n., happy ; (Ace. felic-em.)
Nom. felic-ior, m. & f., felic- Nom. & Ace. felic-tom, m. &
ius, n., happier. f., felic-iora, n., happier.
Ace. felic-toreni, m. & f., felic-
ius, n., happier.
irrit-dre, 1., to irritate. viol-are, 1., to violate, break a
promise.
fraud-are, 1., to defraud. serv-dre, 1 ., to preserve, keep.
fid-es, (Ace. fid-em) f. 5.faith, promiss-um, n. 2., a promise.
one's word.
nox (Ace. noct-em), f. 3. night, quam, than.
1. Justior rex fidem suam servabit. 2. Jus
tior regina non potest fidem suam violare. 3. Si
promissa sua non servat, injustus est et crudelis. 4.
Longius bellum inutile erit. 5. Nemo mortem vitare
potest : nam omnes mortales sumus. 6. Hieme (in
winter) breviores sunt dies, et noctes longiores.
7. Crudelior ille hostis liberos nostros cruciaverat.
8. Filiae meae venustiores erant, et fratres vestri sapi-
entiores. 9. Purior aqua eos aegros milites delec-
taverat. 10. Is pater avidior liberos suos fraudaverit.
11. Equi mei nigriores sunt quam tui. 12. Vestri
canes fortiores fuerint quam nostri. 13. Teneriores
eas oves cruciabit crudelis puer. 14. Lupus ea mi-
seriora animalia voraverit ?
30
60
aut, or.
1. Our king is more warlike, and your queen is more
beautiful. 2. He who wishes to defraud his own children
is even more unjust than thou. 3. My brother is wise ;
but thy brother is wiser. 4. This little port is useful ; but
that large port is more useful. 5. My hands are white ;
but your hands are whiter. 6. He will be more content,
if he shall have overcome all his enemies. 7. That brave
sailor is also just and honorable : no one can be juster or
more honorable. 8. The garden is long; but the field is
longer. 9. Your friends are just; but my friends are
juster than yours. 10. The king is more passionate than
the queen. 11. That soldier had irritated the more pas
sionate slave. 12. We wish to keep our promises; but
you wish to break your promises : therefore we are juster
than you. 13. The wolves had devoured the more wretched
animal. 14. What wars can be more sad ?
61.
The Superlative Degree.
Just-iw&mw, a, um. justest, most just, or very just.
niger-rimus, a, um, blackest, most black, or very black.
tener-rimus, a, um, tenderest, most tender, or very tender.
fort-issimus, a, um, bravest, most brave, or very brave.
sapient -issimus, a, um, wisest, most wise, or very wise.
1. Is leo fortissimum equum superabit. 2. Cru-
delissimus lupus innocentissimam eam ovem voraverat.
3. Agricolae ii fertilissimos suos agros araverint.
4. Canis utilis est ; equus utilior est ; sed amicus utilis-
simus est. 5. Nemo crudelissimum eum regem vulner-
are potest. 6. Mulier ilia sapient issi mum ilium homi-
nem non irritaverit. 7. Nonneeum injustissimum nau-
tam damnavistis ? 8. Pastores tristissimas eas puellas
fraudabant. 9. Lupi avidi tenerrimas oves crucia-
bant. 10. Id praesidium fortissimum est ; nam peri-
cula non vitat. 1 1. Qui pericula semper vitare vult,
is miles esse non potest. 12. Nonne eae mulieres
nobilissimae sunt quae pericula vitare non volunt ?
1 3. Filius tnus nigerrimum equum speraverit. 14. Le-
ones fortiores sunt quam cervi.
31
62.
1. The parents were very sad ; for their (eorum) sons had
been very unjust. 2. This very useful book had delighted
that very wise man. 3. In winter (hieme) the days are
very short, and the nights very long ; but in summer
(aestate) the days are very long, and the nights very short.
4. That very fertile field had delighted the very sad hus
bandmen. 5. The very gentle shepherd had carried the
very tender sheep. 6. You were all pointing out the
longest bows. 7. God is most just and most wise : do
not you all wish to be just and wise? 8. If you shall
have attacked that most powerful city, no one will praise
you. 9. The greedy are unhappy; the passionate are
more unhappy ; but the bad are most unhappy. 10. That
most honourable man will not break his word. 11. Will
not the sick soldiers value highly this very pure water?
12. The benches are long, but the garden is longer.
13. The enemies had hoped for a very black night.
1. How do you form the future-imperfect indicative of the first conju
gation from the imperfect infinitive ? 2. How do you form the present per
fect indicative of Amare from the imperfect infinitive ? 3. How do you form
the past perfect from the present perfect ? 4. How do yon form the future
perfect from the present perfect? 5. Why is quis? called an interrogative
pronoun ? 6. Of its two singular neuter forms when should quod be used,
and when quidl 7. In what respects does quis agree with the substantive to
which it belongs ? 8. How do you translate / cannot but into Latin ? 9. H ow
many degrees of comparison are there, and what is their use ? 10. How do you
form the comparative degree of adjectives of three terminations whose mascu
line nominative ends in us likeJustus? 11. How do you form the comparative
degree of adjectives of three terminations whose masculine nominative ends in
er like niger and tenerl 12. How do you form the comparative degree of ad
jectives of t«o terminations ? 13. How do you form the comparative degree of
adjectives of one termination ? 14. How many terminations have adjectives of
the comparative degree ? 15. Is the syllable that Is added to adjectives in
Latin in order to form the comparative degree anything like the syllable ad
ded for the same purpose in English? 16. What does the singular neuter
nominative of all comparatives end in ? 17. After what declension are com
paratives declined t 18. What case is used after quam, than? 19. How do
you form the superlative degree of adjectives of three terminations, whose
masculine nominative ends in us ? 20. How do you form the superlative of
adjectives of three terminations whose masculine nominative ends In er 1
21, How do you form the superlative degree of adjectives of two terminations *
22, How do you form the superlative degree of adjectives of one termination t
23, After what declensions are superlatives declined? 24. What two distinct
meanings may be given to the Latin superlative ? 25. Why is is qui more usual
than Me quit [From the nature of the pronoun is. See Questions on Exercises
11—20. 6.] 26. In Exercise 62. (1.) why is not their translated by sui?
32
63.
Ihregui.ar Comparison.
Positive. Comparative. Superlative.

Bon-us, good. mel-for, m. and f. mel-iws, n. optim-us, a, um,
better. best, very good,
mal-ws, bad. pcj-or,m.andf.pej-u»,n. worse, pessim-ws, a, um,
worst, very bad.
magn-us, great, maj-or, m. and f. maj-us, n. maxTm-us, a, um,
large. greater. greatest, very
great.
parv-us, small, min-or, m. and f. min-us, n. mmim-us, a, um,
little. smaller, less. smallest, least,
very small.
mult-u», much. plu-s.m. f. andn. Ace. plur-em, plurim-ws, a, um,
m. and f. plu-s, n. more. most,verymany.
quam optim-us, as good as possible. (lit : how best).

quam inaxim-i/s, as great as possible. (lit : how greatest.)
dare, 1., to give. stare, 1., to stand.
sol, Ace. soI-ctb, m. 3. the sun. lux. Ace. luc-em, f. 3. light.

nunquam, never. uuquam, ever.
1 . Optimus ille rex pessimum exercitum superave-
rat. 2. Potentissima regina quam plurimos milites
sperabit. 3. Pater meus optimus sua minima pro-
missa servabit. 4. Avidissimi lupi quam plurimas
oves cruciaverant. 5. Agricolae nostri maxima ea an-
imalia magni aestimant. 6. Nemo meliorem militem
monstrare potest. 7. Quis unquam pejorem mulierem
damnavit ? 8. Plures milites vocare possumus.
9. Nonne meus ager minor est quam tuus ? 10. Majus
periculum nunquam vitavimus. 11. Puer ille optimus
maximum scutum dabat. 12. FortisBimus is nauta
maxima maria arabit. 13. Aegerrimus frater noster
stare non potest. 1 4. Sol laetissimam dat lucem.
33
64.
1. That most violent lion has wounded my best friend.
2. God, most good (and) most great, will always preserve
all the good. 3. The very powerful king has built very
many cities. 4. Shall not we avoid more dangers? 5.
Shall you carry the smaller books ? 6. The larger ports
are more useful. 7. Who ever praised a blacker horse ?
8. No one ever freed a better slave. 9. I shall never hope
for a larger bow. 10. We cannot but (lit. : not) condemn
that very bad shepherd. 11. We will give as much money
as possible. 12. Who can overcome that worst enemy,
death? 13. Our affairs are very sad; but God will pre
serve the innocent.
65.
The Genitive Singular of the First and Second Declensions of Sub
stantives, of Adjectives of Three Terminations, and of Possessive,
Demonstrative, and Logical Pronouns.
Declension I.
Accusative Singular. Genitive Singular.
Fili-am, a daughter. fili-ae, of a daughter or a daugh
ter's.
Declension II.
nli-ion, a son. fili-i, of a son, or a son's.
puer-um, a boy. puer-i, of a boy or a boy's.
libr-um, a book. libr-i, of a book or a book's.
bell-um, war. bell-», of war, or war's.
bon-w» (m.),bon-am(/.), bon- bon-i (»».), bon-ae (/.), bon-i

«m (».), good. (w.), of good.
nigr-wm, nigr-am, nigr-um, black nigr-i, nigr-ae, nigr-i', of black.
tener-um, tener-am, tener-um, tener-i', tener-ae, tener-i, of
tender. tender.
me-um, me-am, me-um, my. me-i, me-«, me-i, of my.
nastr-um, nostr-am, nostr-um, nostr-»', nostr-oe, nostr-i, of
our.
h-tmc (m.), this. b-ujus (m.f. $ n.\ of this.

ill-um (m. ), him or that. ill-iw», or ill-ftw (m.f. §• ».), of
him, her, or that.
(m.), him, it, this, or that. e-jus (m.f. If n.), qf him, her,
it, this, or that.
34
1. Filius amici mei aeger est. 2. Filia reginae nos-

trae aegra est. 3. Scutum filii vestri parvum et inutile
erat. 4. Hujus agricolae sapientiam non laudamus.
5. Nonne servum malum amici vestri damnabitis ?
6. Venustissimae reginae adventus regem delectabit.
7. Maximum erat nautae illius periculum. 8. Ejus
tenerrimae^ puellae parentes optimi sunt et mitissimi.
.9. Keginae liberi ingentem lupum vulneraverint.
10. Nonne filii tui equus mulierem nobiliorem delecta-
vit ? 1 1 . Nonne Deus fidem suam servabit, et bonos et
innocentes semper servabit ? 12. Praesidia reginae
nostrae periculum vitare non possunt.
66.
1. Our friend's daughter is contented. 2. Your queen's
sons are brave. 3. Thy friend's shields are large and use
ful. 4. Who can ever praise the avarice of this sailor ?
5. Whom did that farmer's daughter praise ? 6. Which
dog did your daughter's slave avoid ? 7. Which sheep
had delighted the good queen's shepherd? 8. What wine
did the queen's soldiers hope for ! 9. WThen shalt thou
have accused this slave's avarice ? 10. Why had you not
carried that little girl's books? 11. Have not you hoped
for the arrival of that black slave? 12. Are not our
little daughter's hands white?
67.
Genitive Plural of the First and Second Declensions of Substan
tives, of Adjectives of three terminations, and of Possessive, De
monstrative, and Logical Pronouns.
Declension I.
Yili-arum, of daughters, or daughters'.
Declension II.
fili-oram, f. of sons, or sons'.
lmer-orum, of boys or boys'.
libr-orum, of books or books'.
beXl-orum, n. of wars, or wars'.
bxm-orum, m. bon-arum, f. bon-6rum, n. of good.
tener-orum, tener-an/m, tener-urum of tender.
nigr-orum, m. nigr-drum, f. nigr-orum, n . of black.
me-orum, m. me-arum f. me-orum, n. of my.
nostr-drum, m. nostr-cirum, f. nostr-orum, n. of our.
35
h-orum, m. h-arum, f. h-orum, n. of these.

Ul-orum, m. ill-urum, f. ill-orum, n. of those, or of them.
e-orum, m. e-arum, f. e-wr«m, n. of them, of these, or of those.
mSmor, m. f. and n. (Ace. immSmor, unmindful.
mSmor-em m. and f.), ignar-us, a, um, ignorant.
mindful.
perit-u», a. um, skilful, skilled.
perit-us bell-t skilled in (lit : of)
war.
I- Filiorum meorum manus purae sunt. 2. Ii
filiarum mearum libri sunt. 3. Scutorum illorum
memores erimus. 4. Dei nostri immemores esse non
possumus. 5. Puerorum horum servi omnes belli
periti fuerunt. 6. Quis liberorum nostrorum libros
portabit? 7. Quem lupum agricolarum eorum canes
superaverant ? 8. Optimarum earum puellarum equi
nigri sunt. 9. Reges belli periti esse debent (ought).
JO. Ignarorum eorum puerorum libri inutiles erunt.
11. Hi fortissimi milites periculorum immemores
sunt. 12. Amicorum nostrorum aegrae filiae stare non
possunt.
68.
1 . Our friends' dogs are greater than ours. 2. The books
of these little girls were not many. 3. Which dogs did the
sons of those queens praise ? 4. The slaves of your sons
will be mindful of their promises. 5. The friends of those
boys will be as good as possible. 6. The boys have tor
mented the dogs of the farmers. 7. The arrival of these
black horses will delight the king. 8. The more inno
cent daughters of the slaves will not urge on the very
tender sheep. 9. The sons of those skilful sailors will all
be unmindful of that danger. 10. The wicked boys had
wounded the horns of the stags. 11. The very good friends
of those boys cannot break their word. 12. The very
joyful king will have praised his friend's very good wine.
69
Genitive Singular of the Third, Fourth, and Fifth Declensions, and
of Adjectives of two terminations and one termination.
Accusative Singular. Genitive Singular.
DECLENStON III.
Patr-em, a father. patr-ts, of a father, or a father's.
.xiror-em, a sister, soror is, of a sislcr. or a sister's.
c2
36
hSmin-em, a man. hSmln-is, of a man, or a man's.
reg-em, a king. reg-is, of a king, or a king's.
animal (n. ), an animal. animal-is, of an animal, or an

animal's.
mar-e (».), the sea. mar-is, of the sea, or the sea's.
trist-em, sad. trist-is, of sad.

minor-em, less. minor-is, of less.
sapient-em, wise. sapient-is, of wise.
Declension IV.
exerclt-um, an enemy. exerclt-as, of an army, or an
army's.
cornu (n.), a horn. cornu, or sometimes cornus, of a
horn.
Declension V.
fid-em, faith. fid-Si, offaith.
di-em, a day. di-ei, of a day, or a day's.
Scul-us,* ocul-i. (m.2),<meye. par-s,* part-is (/. S),apart.
1. Hoe patris mei scutum est. 2. Matris nostrae
adventum diu speravimus. 3. Nonne hominis hujus
servos fraudaveratis ? 4. Mulieris ejus equum nun-
quam irritavimus. 5. Quis potest militis illius sapi-
entissimum servum liberare ? 6. Regis nostri virtutis
immemores esse non possumus. 7. Militis fortioris
virtutem omnes magni aestimamus. 8. Avaritiam homi
nis hujus pessimi quis non damnaverit ? 9. Militis
ejus liberi bellicosiores erunt et violentiores. 10. Cru-
delissimi hostes regis nostri eam maximam urbem
oppugn averunt. 11. Cervus ille timidissimus optimos
pastoris hujus canes fatigabit. 12. Hujus rei semper
memores erimus. 13. Lux diei aegrae puellae oculos
delectabat. 14. Nonne pericula exercitus eum regem
irritaverint ? 15. Partem ejus cornu servavimus.
• From this time, the genitive singular of substantives will always, as in the
present instance, be added in the vocabularies immediately after the nomina
tive, as it is from this case that it may be most readily seen to which declension
a substantive belongs.
37
70.
1. The greedy wolf will devour the shepherd's children.
2. The big lion had tortured my brother's sheep. 3. The
soldier's parents had broken their promise. 4. The most
innocent daughters of this very wicked woman will keep
their word. 5. Will the braver sailor avoid the dangers
of the sea ? 6. The garrison of the city was as brave as
possible. 7. Your brother's children will all be mindful
of your arrival. 8. The enemies were not unmindful of
that immense port. 9. Those most honourable soldiers
will always be mindful of faith and virtue. 10. The horns
of that immense animal will be very useful. 11. That
king's soldiers are all very skilled in (of) war. 12. No
one can avoid the cruel hand of death. 13. Not only
men, but also animals, often fight.
71.
Genitive Plural of the Third, Fourth, and Fifth Declensions.
Declension III.
Patr-um, offathers, or fathers'.
homin-um, of men, or mens',
reg-um, of kings, or kings'.
animali-wm, of animals.
marl-um, of seas.
hosti-um, of enemies.
tristi-uro, of sad (m.,/., J-n.)
minor-wm, of less (m.,f, §• n.)
sapient-um, of wise (m.,f., §• n.)
fellci-um, ofhappy (»».,/.,§.».)
Declension IV.
exercit-uwm, of armies .
cora-ium, of horns.
Declension V.
d ie-rum, of days.
grex, greg-w(m., 3), a flock. multitude multitudin-is (/., 3).

a multitude.
magnitudo, magnitudin-is nfimGr-us, numer-i (m., 2), a
(f, 3), size, greatness. number.
1. Patrum nostrorum servi domum ejus hominis aedi-

38
ficabant. 2. Crudeles leones timidos ovium greges

voraverant. 3. Quis agricolae optimi agros arabit ?
4. Nonne eorum bostium prasidia oppugnavimus ?
5. Si hostium exercitus superaverimus, laeti erimus.
6. Quem non arcuum illorum magnitude» delec-
taverat? 7. Is rex portuum suorum magnitudinem
non potest non laudare. 8. Felicium parentum liberi
optimi erant et justissimi. 9. Pastorum filii majorem
animalium numerum vulnerabunt. 10. Puer timidus
ingentem horum militum multitudinem monstrabat.
11. Nonne roultorum dierum feliciorum adventum
speramus omnes ? 12. Miles bellicosus omnium harum
rerum peritissimus fuit. 13. Sorores militum nun-
quam belli quam pacis avidiores sunt.
72.
1. The sons of those queens had wounded the horns of
all the stags. 2. The more cruel friends of the boys had
roused all the animals. 3. The just children of these very
honourable fathers wish always to keep their word. 4. My
daughters are gentler and more timid than the daughters
of that soldier. 5. The slaves of the soldiers were more
noble; for they were more just, and defrauded no one.
6. The kings' soldiers are always mindful of God; there
fore they will overcome their enemies, who are always
very violent, and very cruel. 7. God is everywhere, and
is always mindful of the good and wise. 8. The size of
the bows had delighted the soldiers. 9. The sailors'
sisters are mindful of all those things, and delight their
sick mothers. 10. The flocks of sheep are very great.
11. The sons of wise parents are not always wise. 12. Who
can praise the avarice of those women?*
• The pupil has now had the whole of the Indicative Mood of Esse, to be ,
and of Verbs of the First Conjugation put before him, together with the
Nominative, Accusative, and Genitive Cases of Substantives, Adjectives, and
Pronouns ; and the Vocabularies lie has used have supplied him with thirty
Verbs, sixty-nine Substantives, fifty-eight Adjectives, and twelve Pronouns.
Before he goes any further, he should now be directed to turn to the Acci
dence, and learn to go through as much of it as he lias had already presented
to him, in the order in which it is there given. He should then learn to
Decline every Noun and Conjugate every Verb which he has had, in the same
1 Are the comparatives and superlatives (riven in the vocabulary of Exer

cise 63, formed according to the rules already laid down for the formation of
comparatives and superlatives? 2. Is there a similar irregularity in
French in any of the adjectives which correspond in meaning to these Latin
ones? 3. Does it seem likely, from this and other points of likeness between
these two languages, that they had a common origin ? 4. How do you trans
late as bad as possible, as little as possible, &c. ? 5. How do you form the sin
gular and plural genitives of the first declension? fi. How do you form the
singular and plural genitives of words ending in us and um of the second de
clension? 7. How do you form the singular and plural genitives of words
ending in er of the second declension? 8. How do you form the singular and
plural genitives of adjectives of three terminations whose masculine nomina
tive ends in vst 9. How do you form the singular and plural genitives of
adjectives of three terminations whose masculine nominative ends in er ?
10. How do you form the singular and plural genitives of the possessive pro
nouns? 11. How are the singular and plural genitives of hie, Hie, and is
formed; and in what respects do they depart from the rules already laid
down ? 12. Do their chief irregularities occur in the singular or in the plural
number? 13. How do you form the singular and plural genitives of the third
declension? 14. How is it that sometimes the termination of the genitive
plural seems to be ium and not um? [The t in tum, whenever it does occur,
is part of the original or crude form of the word, and does not really form any part
of the genitive plural termination, which is always um ; thus the original form
of mare and animal was mari and animali; and hence their genitive plurals
are mari-um and animali-um.] 15. How do you form the singular and plural
genitives of adjectives, of iwo terminations? 16. How do you fonn thesingular
and plural genitives of adjectives of one termination ? 17. How do you form the
singular and plural genitives of comparative adjectives? 1H. How do you form
the singular and plural genitives of superlative adjectives ? 19. How do you fonn
the singular and plural genitives of nouns ending in us of the fourth declension ?
20. What is the meaning of the circumflex mark over the u of the genitiv*
singular? [The circumflex mark is always the sign of a contraction j and it is
used here to show that u"s is contracted for the longer and original form,
uis.] 21. How do you form the singular and plural genitives of neuter noune
of the fourth declension? 22. How do you form the singular and plural
genitives of nouns of the fifth declension. 23. What four adjectives in
Exercise 67 govern the genitive case? 24. What classes of adjectives then may
we conclude govern the genitive case ? [Adjectives meaning memory, forgetful-
ness, knowledge, ignorance, desire, mmX skill.] 25. Why does avidiores govern
the genitive in Exercise 71 (13) ?
way and to the same extent This he will be able to do without any difficulty,
because he is already practically familiar with every word he is now called on
to repeat. Hence there will be no mere mechanic strain upon the memory,
but a simple cataloguing, in an orderly manner, of results previously obtained
by a more circuitous means. This may easily be accomplished in four or five
lessons ; and then, certain of the ground over which he has already travelled,
he will address himself, with increased facility, to the exercises which follow,
and the principles embodied in them.
40
73
VERBS OF THE SECOND CONJUGATION.
Imperfect Infinitive and Present Imperfect Indicative Active of

the Second Conjugation.
Imperfect Infinitive.
Mon-erc, to advise.
Present Imperfect Indicative.
MSn-fo, I advise, do advise, or mone-mus, we advise, do advise, or
am advising. are advising.
mon-es, thou advisest, dost ad- mon-etis, you advise, do advise,
vise, or art advising. or are advising.
mon-et, he advises, does advise, mon-ent, they advise, do advise,
or is advising. or are advising.
hfib-erc.• (pres. perf. ,h$b$.-i,2), terr-ere, ( pres . perf. terrfi-i, 2)
to have. to frighten.
tim-ere (pres. perf.Hm\i-i, 2 ), to vid-ere (pres. perf. vid-i, 2), to see.
fear.
Singular. Plural.
Nom. Ego, /. Nom. nos, we.
Ace. me, me Ace. nos, us.
Gen. me-i. of me. Gen. fnostr-am or nostr-t, of us.
Nom. tn, thou. Nom. vos, ye or you.

Ace. te, thee. Ace. vos, you.
Gen. tu-i, of thee. Gen.fvestr-um or vestr-i, of you.
1. Parentum meorum amicos video. 2. Nonne Deum

times ? 3. Rex potens amicos suos monet. 4. Magni-
tudo ejus periculi nos terret. 4. Leones-ne illiingentes
• In future all the verbs given in the vocabularies will have their present
perfects, which are often irregular, placed immediately after the infinitive
mood. These must be noticed, and carefully committed to memory, as from
them all the other perfect tenses are derived. The number that follows im
mediately after the present-perfect tense of course tells, as before, the con
jugation to which the verb belongs.
t The vowel in the last syllable of nostr-dm, of us, and vestr-dm, of you Is
accented in these exercises to enable the beginner to distinguish them more
readily from cases of the possessive pronouns noster and vester. The contrac
tion denoted by the accent will be explained further on.
\
41
vos terrent? 5. Non solum domum sed etiam agros

habemus. 6. Soror-ne tua memor mei est? 7. Mi-
litis ejus mater et te et tuos amicos ssepe accusat.
8. Tu et bonus et sapiens es ; tui nunquam immemor
ero. 9. Quis vestrum fidem suam servare non vult?
10. Quis nostrum hostium virtutem non laudabit ?
11. Rex et regina et nostri et vestri memores fuerunt.
12. Qui Deum timet, homines non timet. 13. Quid
vos terret?
74.
1. We are advising those boys' parents. 2. We wish to
frighten the garrison of that city. 3. Dost thou fear that
great multitude of wolves ? 4. I see a great number of
men. 5. We do not wish to have that very bad wine.
6. Which (who) of you has a bow ? 7. Which of us does
not fear death ? 8. The least of you can carry my mother's
book. 9. The good do not love those boys ; for they see
them to be unmindful of virtue. 10. The father and mother
of the sick boys will always be mindful of us. 11. Which
of you has worse sons? 12. Death frightens the bad, but
does not frighten the good.
75.
Past Imperfect Indicative of the Second Conjugation.
Mon-ebam, I was advising, ad- mon-ebdmus, we were advising,
vised, or used to advise. advised, or used to advise.
mon-ebas, thou wast advising', ad- vaon-ebdtis,youwere advising, ad-
visedst, or usedst to advise. vised, or used to advise.
mon-ebat, he was advising, ad- mon-ebant, they were advising, ad
vised, or used to advise. vised, or used to advise.
dSc-ere, dSc8.-i (2), to teach. deb-ere, debtt-t (2), to owe.
tea-ere, tSntt-i (2), to hold. deb lo, 1 owe, or I ought.
magister, magistr-i (m., 2), a corpu-s, corpSr-ts (n., 3), a body.
master (in a school).
dSmln-u», dSmin-i (m.,2) , a mas- port-a, port-ae (/., 1 ), a gate.
ter (ofproperty, Sfc.)
1. Nonne parvos pueros monebas? 2. Saepe venus-
tam puellam docebam. 3. Magister optimus amici sui
42
filios docebat. 4. Ii domini saepe servos suos terre-

bant. 5. Eorum servorum dominus multam pecuniam
debebat. 6. Qui amicorum immemores sunt, amicos
habere non debent. 7. Servi miseri pessimum suum
dominum valde timebant. 8. Nonne vos sapientiam et
virtutem docebam ? 9. Multam pecuniam debebatis ;
ergo mali fueratis. 10. Homines mortales sunt ; ergo
mortem omnes timere debent. 1 1 . Non debebatis paren -
tes vestros accusare. 12. Quid cervum timidum tene-
batis? 13. Manus meae urbis ejus portas tenebant.
14. Leonis-ne ejus corpus vulneravisti ?
70.
1. They wish to advise the master of these boys. 2. Do

you wish to frighten the master of those slaves? 3. The
master of those fields was holding the stag's horn. 4. Thou
wast teaching this happy girl. 5. Thy brother's son
ought to have taught {lit., was owing to teach) his little
sister. 6. Wast not thou holding the bow ? 7. We all had
wine. 8. Did not you fear the shepherd's dog? 9. The
hands of that husbandman were holding the money.
10. The dangers of the sea were frightening the friends of
this sailor. 11. The timid girl was fearing the horns of
that immense animal. 12. Dost thou see those flocks of
tender sheep? 13. That king wishes to have as good an
army as possible. 14. The boys saw us.
77.
Future-Imperfect Indicative of the Second Conjugation.
Moxi-ebo, I shall or will advise. mon-ebimus, we shall or will ad

vise.
monibis, thou shalt or wilt ad- mon-ebltis, you shall or will ad
vise. vise,
mon-ebit, he shall or will advise, mon-ebunt, they shall or will ad
vise.
4.3
aud-ere, *aus-u» sum, (2), to c&v-ere, cav-i (2), to take care,

dare. guard against.
aug-ere, aux-i (2), to increase. ci-ere, clv-i (2.), to excite, stir up.
imperator, imperator-is (m., 3), pugn-a, pugn-ae, (/., 1), a fight,

a general. battle.
fur, fur-is (m., 3), a thief.
glori-a, glori-ac (/., 1), glory. ad, to (a preposition governing the
ace.)
1. Sapiens regem monere audebit. 2. Audebis-ne

parentes tuos vulnerare ? 3. Imperator militum suo-
rum numerum augebit. 4. Imperatores gloriam suam
augebunt. 5. Iracundi reges exercitus suos ad pugnam
ciebunt. 6. Mulieres timidse eum furem cavebunt.
7. Omnes debemus avaritiam cavere. 8. Portuum
illorum magnitudinem augebimus. 9. Parentes vestros
videbitis. 10. Nonne amici tui filius mortis adventum
valde timebit ? 11. Sapiens semper rerum suarum
memor erit. 12. Quis unquam pejorem hominem
accusavit ?
78.
C ras, to-morrow. cito, soon, quickly.
Slim, formerly. tandem, at length.
nunc, now.
1. When shall I see my father? 2. You shall see your

garden to-morrow. 3. At length this shepherd's dogs will
dare to attack the greedy lions. 4. Will the glory of virtue
and wisdom ever stir up the multitude? 5. We shall soon
increase our property (res). 6. Will that general dare to
accuse the avarice of the king ? 7. To-morrow thou shalt
teach my children. 8. The very good friend of the sailor
will hold my hands. 9. Formerly the days were joyful
and short; but now they are always long and sad.
• This verb is called a neuter passive, because it is neuter or intransitive in

meaning, and, though of the active voice, has its present-perfect formed after
the model of the present-perfect of the passive voice, as will be better seen
hereafter.
44
10. The water was as pure as possible, and the wine as
good as possible. 11. Formerly we had very many flocks
of sheep, but now we have not many. 12. You ought to
have carried (lit, you were owing to carry) your brothers'
shields. 13. They who are unmindful of their friends will
soon not have (any) friends.
79.
Present- Perfect or Aorist Indicative of the Second Conjugation.
mSntt-i, I have advised, or I ad- montt-imus, we have advised, or

vised. we advised,
mona-isti, thou hast advised, or monfi islis, you have advised, or
thou advisedst. you advised.
mono-it, he has advised, or he morm-erunt, or monu-ere, they
advised. have advised, or they advised.
cohib-ere,cohibtt-i(2),to restrain, sustin-ere, sustmtt-t(2). to sus

tain, support.
mord-ere, momord-i (2 ), to bite. complere, complsv-i (2), to fili.
impit-us, impSt-u» (m., 4), an dignita-», dignitatis (f, 3), dig-

attack, nity.
dvlta-s, civitat-is (/., 3), the bene, well,
state. male, badly, ill.
1. Scutum illud ingens diu sustinui. 2. Regis

optimi fortissimus imperator violentos hostium impetus
sustinuit. 3. Civitatis gloriam et dignitatem bene
sustinuisti. 4. Regis nostri gloriam non solum sus-
tinuimus sed etiam auximus. 5. Furis periti adven-
tum bene cavistis. 6. Agricolarum fili» manus suas
compleverunt. 7. Fures illi cito infelices erunt ; nam
multos homines ssepe fraudaverunt. 8. Canes avidi
puerorum manus momorderunt. 9. Imperator bel-
licosus quam plurimos homines ad bellum civit.
10. Nemo rerum suarum ignarus esse debet. 11. Cru-
deles lupi timidiora animalia mordebant. 12. Injustas
mulieres sapiential et virtutis dignitatem parvi sestima-
bant.
45
80.
Nihil, nothing.
1. To-morrow we shall overcome our enemies, and free
the slaves. 2. You shall soon attack the garrison of that
very large city. 3. I have filled that little girl's hands.
4. That most noble general has long sustained all the
bravest attacks of the enemy. 5. Hast thou restrained
the farmer's avarice? 6. Have not the larger wolves
bitten those very miserable stags? 7. The dangers of the
sea have frightened many men ; but these sailors fear
nothing. 8. The happy master used to teach the boys
well. 9. The cruel master had formerly wounded his
miserable slaves ; but now he fears the just king, and
they are happier. 10. I have taught thee, and thou hast
taught me. 11. We have tired you, and you have tired
us. 12. Which of us is able to support the huge body of
the lion? 13. Thou hast taught me nothing.
81.
Past Perfect or Pluperfect Indicative of the Second Conjugation.
MSnfi- eram, I had advised. vaomi-erdmus, we had advised.
monu-eros, thou hast advised. monvi-erdtis, you had advised.
monu-era<, he had advised. monfi-eran<, they had advised.
obsid-ere, obsed-i (2), to be- obtin-ere, obtinfi-i (2), to hold,
siege. maintain, obtain.
del-ere, delev-i (2), to blot out, mHv-ere, mov-i (2), to move.
destroy.
rega-um, regn-t (w., 2), a rule, memSri-a, memSrf-ag (/.l), me-
reign, kingdom. mory.
fug-ffi, fug-ae (/. 1), flight. brachl-um, brachi-i (n., 2), a»
arm.
1. Magnam urbem diu obsederam. 2. Tandem
onmem eam domum compleveras. 3. Imperator noster
hostium exercitus saepe superaverat et tandem deleverat.
4. Rex optimus regnum diu obtinuerat. 5. FugaB
nostra? memoriam tandem deleveramus. 6. Impetum
exercitus bene sustinueratis. 7. -ZEgri milites brachia
sna moverant. 8. Canis dominum suum momor-
derat. 9. Bellicosi hostes bellum semper ciere volunt.
4C
10. Nonne omnes debemus eivitatis nostra dignitatem

augere ? 11. Canem, si sapientes estis, cavebitis.
12. Brevissima est imperatorum gloria: sed virtus
mortem non timet.
82.
1. I had stirred up many men to war. 2. Thou hadst
taught the boys nothing. 3. The king's worst general
had besieged the garrison (for) a long time. 4. Had we not
at length blotted out the memory of our avarice? 5. The
sick animal had at length moved itself. 6. The very war
like kings had long held their kingdoms. 7. Who will
dare to irritate the passionate shepherd ? 8. The greedy
wolves had bitten the bodies of the wretched children.
9. The timid king had feared the arrival of his own armies.
10. God will blot out the memory of the bad. 11. When
will the sun give more (w) light (lit.: of light) ? 12. The num
ber of those days is very great. 13. You ought to give as
many sheep as possible.
83.
Future-perfect Indicative of the Second Conjugation.
MSnu-e>o, / shall or will have *mSnfiSrimus, we shall or will
advised. have advised.
monQ-era, thou shall or wilt •monfleritis, you shall or will have
have advised. advised.
monfl-mY, he shall or will have monuferint, they shall or will
ii-a, ir-ae (/., 1), anger. M\x.,scarcely,hardly,withdifficully.
mox, presently, soon. iterum, again.
jam, already.
1. Magnum numerum eorum arcuum obtinuero.
2. Plura et majora animalia non iterum videris.
3. Mitissima regina violentiorem ejus regis iram vix
sustinuerit. 4. Jam multos servos, virtutis nostra? non
immemores, habuerimus. 5. Amici nostri domum
male aedificaveritis. 6. Minor lupus cervum majorem
cruciaverit. 7. Nemo unquam pejorem et crudeli-
orem hominem monstraverit. 8. Maximus exercitus
See the Kote at the bottom of p. 27.
47
minimam hostium urbem diu obsederit. 9. Crudelis-

simi canes plurimas oves voraverint. 10. Rex optimus
innocentes amabit et liberabit ; sed malos damnabit et
cohibebit. 11. Si boni eritis, memores vestri semper
erimus. 12. Quis vestrum violenti leonis impetum
sustinebit ?
84.
1. The flight of the armies will presently have frightened
the kings. 2. Thou wilt again have ploughed the farmer's
field badly. 3. If I shall have built the gates of the city
well, I shall be content. 4. Those animals had very short
horns. 5. We shall have owed much money. 6. The
greatness of the danger will have urged on the shepherd's
friends. 7. Will the dignity of the state and the glory of
virtue have urged on no one to (ad with ace.) the fight?
8. Formerly the army hoped for the arrival of more
soldiers, and were ignorant of the king's flight ; but now
they hope for nothing. 9. The naughty boys will again
have broken their promise, and cheated their master.
10. The queen's beautiful daughter will have shown her
white hands. 11. The wise king is skilled in (lit. of) all those
matters ; for he wishes to increase the dignity of his king
dom. 12. The approach of the dog will again have in
creased the anger of the lion. 13. Our hands can hardly
hold these shields.
1. What is the termination of the imperfect infinitive of verbs of the
second conjugation? 2. What vowel stands before re in the imperfect
infinitive of the first conjugation ? 3. What vowel occurs before re in tire
imperfect infinitive of the second conjugation ? 4. Why may these two
vowels be called the characteristic letters of their respective conjugations J
5. What tense does the note at the bottom of page 40 say will be placed
immediately after the infinitive mood of every fresh verb which will be intro
duced into the vocabularies ? o. Why? 7. What is the meaning of the
number placed immediately afterwards? 8. How many forms of the genitive
plural have erio and tu? !). Why is there a circumflex over the u in no$trHm3
[To show that it is contracted from a longer form, nostrorum.] 10. Which
form shoulU be used with partitive words, that is, words which express a part
taken out of a greater number ? 11. Which form should be used when a par*,
titive is not employed ? 1 2. How do you translate into Latin both thou and /?
13. How do you form the present-imperfect indicative of the second con
jugation from the imperfect infinitive? 14. How do you form the pasfr.
imperfect indicative? 15. How do you form the future-imperfect indicative?
16. Can any single rule be given for the formation of the present-perfect
indicative from the imperfect infinitive? [No.] 17. Why then was a rule
48
given for the formation of the present-perfect Indicative, of the first conju-
Sation? [Because only those were used which might he formed by changing
je termination of the present-imperfp-ct infinitive are into avi. The present-
perfects of verbs which could not be formed in that way were not used.]
18. What are the most usual ways of forming the present-perfect indicative?
[1. By prefixing the first letter of the imperfect infinitive, together with
either the following vowel or e, and changing the termination into i, as
mord-ere, mo-mord-t; 2. By changing the last two letters of the Im
perfect infinitive into vi, as am are, am-am", del-ere, del-evt; 3. By changing
the termination of the imperfect infinitive into ut, as vet-are, vet-t*\
mon ere, mon-t/t; 4. By changing the termination of the imperfect in
finitive into si, as man-ere, iuan-st, aug-ere, aux-t (for ang-«). 5. By
changing the termination of the imperfect infinitive into t, and lengthening,
or changing and lengthening, the vowel of the syllable preceding the
termination, as vld-ere, vid-t"; obsld-ere, obsed-t; 6. By simply changing the
termination into t; as scand-ere, scand-i.] 19. How do you form the past-
perfect from the present-perfect ? 20. How do you form the future-perfect
from the present-perfect "* 21. What is the difference in meaning between
magister and dominus t 22. If debeo docere (lit. / owe to teach) is used for /
aught to teach, how do you translate / ought to have taught (lit. / owed to teach) ?
23. How many accusatives does docere govern ? 24. What part of speech is
ad t 25. What case does it govern ?
85.
The Cardinal Numbers.
Un-w», a, wm, one. quatuordecim, fourteen.
du-o, ae, o, two. quind£cim, fifteen.
tr-es (m. $*/•), tr-ta (n.), three. sedecim, sixteen.
quatfior, four, septemdecim, seventeen.
quinque, five. duo-de-viginti, eighteen.
sex, six. un-de-viginti, nineteen.
aeptein, seven. viginti, twenty.
acto, eight. viginti un-us, twenty one.
novem, nine. triginta, thirty.
decem, ten. quadraginta, forty.
undScim, eleven. quinquaginta, fifty.
dnodecim, twelve. centum, a hundred.
trcdeciiu, thirteen.
Gen. \m-lu* or xm-lus, (m.tf.t $ n.), of one.
Ace. du-os or du-o, du-as, du-o, two.

Gen. du-orum, du-arum, du-oruw, of two.
Ace. tr-e», tri-a, three.

Gen. tri-ttm, of three.
49
mens-is, mens-w (m., 3), a arbor, arbSr-is (/., 3), a tree.
month.
alt-us, a, um, high, deep. ann-us, ann-i (m., 2), a year.
pe-s, ped-w (m., 3), afoot. foss-a, foss-ae (/., 1), a ditch.
1. Decem libros habemus. 2. Amiei nostri pater

quatuor servos habuit. 3. Hortus noster novem altis-
simas arbores habebat. 4. Hostes tui te quinque
menses cruciabunt. 5. Unam partem ejus regni duo-
decim annos obtinebamus. 6. IJnum canem et triginta
oves mox habebimus. 7. Nonne tredecim pueros et
duodeviginti puellas videratis ? 8. Is agricola quinque
liberos habuit, duo Alios, et tres filias. 9. Hi homines
septem equos nigros habebant. 10. Fossae sex pedes
altae fuerunt. 1 1 . Crudelissimi hostes centum milites
cruciaverant. 12. Rex Justus duo fures damnaverat.
13. Filius meus duos annos aeger fuerat. 14. Est unus
Deus.
86.
1. I have this one bow. 2. The avarice of one man has
blotted out all the glory of the city. 3. I saw the bodies
of two stags and two sheep. 4. We have three shields.
5. That shepherd has three flocks of sheep. 6. My friend
was urging on his four very large dogs. 7. Hast not
thou built thirteen large houses ? 8. The greedy wolves
had bitten forty men. 9. The sailor, eager for (lit.
greedy of) glory, has overcome eight soldiers. 10. This
day is the most joyful of all days ; for we have conquered
all our enemies, and freed both ourselves (lit. : us) and the
state. 11. I cannot but be mindful of my three children and
of the danger which they wish to guard against. 12. Was
not the ditch two feet deep ? 13. The tree was not nine
teen feet high. 14. Was your daughter ill [for] three years
(ace.) 1
50
87.
The Ordinal Numbers.
Prlm-w, a, um, first. sext-u» decim-w», a, um, six-
secund-us, a, um, second. teenth.
terti-ws, a, um, third. septim-ws decim-us, a, um, se-
quart -us, a, um, fourth. venteenth.
qaint-us, a, um, fifth. duo-de-vicesim-ws, a, um,
sext-us, a, um, sixth. eighteenth.
septim-us. a, um, seventh. un-de-viceslm-w, a, um, nine-
octuv-us, a, um, eighth. teenth.
non-us, a, um, ninth. viceslm-ws, a, vm, twentieth.
dgcim-us, a, um, tenth. vicesim-as prim-ws, a, um,
un-decim-ws, a, um, eleventh. twenty-first.
duo-A&cim-us, a, um, twelfth. tricesim-w, a, um, thirtieth.
terti-us dC'ciui-u«, a, um, thir- quadragesim-us, a, um, fortieth.
teenth. quinquageslm-u», a, um, fiftieth.
quart-u3 dScim-us, a,um,four- centesTm-iis, a, um, hundredth.
teenth. [teenth. vASm-us, a, um, last.
quint-ws decim-u», a, um, fif-
Par-», part- is, (/. 3. ) a part. Roman-iw, a, um, Roman.
legio, legion-w, ( /. 3.) a legion, hor-o, hor-ae, (/. 1.) an hour.
gen-», G. gent-w, (/. 3.) a no- finitim-»s, a, um, neighbouring.
tion.
1. Legionis nonae inilites omnes hostium impetus
sustinuerant. 2. Duodecima legio bene pugnavit ; un-
decima legio non bene. 3. Tres menses tecum (with
thee) erimus. 4. Hie est nonus annus. 5. Tu-ne
pote3 sapientum octavus esse? 6. Hie miles, primus
omnium, hostem vulneraverat. 7. Romulus, qui pri
mus regum Romanorum fuit, bellum valde amavit et
multas finitimas gentes superavit. 8. Decima legio
nunquam male pugnabit. 9. Romulus primus Roman
orum fuit ; tu ultimus es. 10. Duo fortissimi exer-
citus sex horas iterum pugnaverant.
88.
1. Thou art the first and best of all my friends. 2. The
last of all my friends wishes now to avoid me. 3. This is
the sixth city which I have attacked. 4. That (f.) was the
seventh city of the Romans that you had attacked. 5.
51
This is the sixth month. 6. This is the twentieth wolf

that I have wounded. 7. We were hoping for your arrival
up to (ad) the ninth hour of the day. 8. Does he dare
to call himself the eighth of the wise men ? 9. Of these
men we can call hardly one noble or gentle. 10. To-mor
row the Romans and the neighbouring nations will fight
all day (ace).
89.
The Singular and Plural Genitives of the Interrogative Pronoun
quis ? and the Relative Pronoun qui.
Singular Genitive. Plural Genitive.
Cujus, (m.,/., §. n.) whose 9 of quorum? quarum? quorum?
whom 1 of which ? whose? of whom ? or of which ?
from the Interrogative Pronouns, quis ? quae ? quid ? or
quod ? who ? which ? or what ?
Cujus, (m., f., & n.) whose, of quorum, quarum, quorum,

whom, of which. whose, of whom, of which.
from the Relative Pronoun, qui, quae, quod, who, which,
or what.
Furt-um, furt-», (n. 2.) theft. SocrSt-es, (m. 3.) Socrat-i», So-
proditio, prodition-w, (/. 3.) crates.
treason, treachery. Atheniens-es, Atheniensi-am,
caput, capit-is, (n. 3) a head. (m. &f. 3.) the Athenians.
Capitis accus-rere, to accuse capitally, (lit. of the head.)

capitis damn-lire, to condemn to death.
1. Cujus hominis manum vulneravisti ? 2. Quarum
urbium agros laudabatis ? 3. Horum hominum, quo
rum gloriam et virtutem laudas, nemo mortem timet.
4. Ille lupus, cujus adventus nos terrebat, omnes meas
oves momordit. 5. Hae res, quarum omnes memores
estis, nos in bellum vocaverunt. 6. Hie homo, cujus
manum teneo, optimus est et justissimus. 7. Quid
times ? Quod bellum times ? 8. Athenienses Socratem,
omnium hominum sapientissimum et honestissimum,
52
capitis damnaverant. 9. Cras fures illos furti accusa-

bimus. 10. Olim duo pessimos homines proditionis
damnaveramus. 11. Milrtes illi sex horas pugnabant.
12. Quis vestrum me, omnium mulierum miserrimam,
capitis damnare audebit ?
90.
Tot-ws, a, um, (G. tot-ius, D. tot-i), all, all the, the whole. [Gone
through like i!h.'\
1. Whose shield art thou holding? 2. I am holding the

shield of the man whose father I shall see to-morrow. 3.
What were you praising? What wine were you praising?
4. The sailor's black dog had bitten the arm of the man
whose garden we were praising. 5. Formerly I taught
the sons of those men whose books you are now carrying.
6. My arm is not three feet long. 7. Art thou six feet
high? 8. Socrates, whom the Athenians condemned to
death, was the best and wisest of men. 9. The thunders
frightened the whole multitude of soldiers who were be
sieging the city. 10. The horns which you saw will rouse
the boys well. li. The animals which you saw, are as
gentle as possible. 12. The horses whose size you were
praising, will plough my field again to-morrow. 13. If to
morrow the Roman generals shall not have accused me of
treachery, I shall be the happiest of all men.

1. What are Cardinal Numbers? 2. What is the meaning of the word
Cardinal ? [It is derived from the Latin word cardo, a hinge ; and Cardinal
Numbers are so called because all other numbers hinge on to or are derived
from them.] 3. How many of the Cardinal Numbers are declinable!
4. What word is unus declined like! 5 What word is duo declined like, and
with what exceptions ? 6. What word is tret declined like ? 7. Uow do
duo-de-viginti and un-de-vigii,ti come to mean eighteen and nineteen ? 8. In
Exercise 85, 10, "Whyis«x.p«fegput in the accusative case? [Because the mea
surement of size or distance is generally expressed by the accusative] 9. In
Exercise 85, 13, why is duo* annos in the accusative case ? [Because the space
of time is expressed by the accusative.] 10. Why are the Ordinal Numbers so
called ? 1 1. What kind of adjectives are they all declined like ? 12. Why do
they govern a genitive case? 13. In the phrase tapientissimus omnium why
la omnium in the genitive case? 14. How do you form the singular and
plural genitives of quis» and quit 15. Of the two neuter forms for the sin
gular nominative, and accusative of quis? which should be used when there
is a substantive expressed in the sentence for it to agree with? 16. Which
53
should be used independently, that is, when there is no substantive expressed
for it to agree with ? 17. In what case is the charge brought or the amount of
punishment proposed put into after accusare7. 18. In what case is the charge
brought or the amount of punishment to be inflicted put into after damnare ?
19. What word is Mm declined like? 20. Who was Socrates? 21. Who were
the Humans and the Athenians; and where did they live?
91.
The Dative Singular of the First and Second Declensions of Sub
stantives, of Adjectives of three terminations, and of the Possessive,
Personal, Reflective, Demonstrative, Logical, Relative, and Inter
rogative Pronouns.
Declension I.
Oenitive Singular. Dative Singular.
Fili-o», (f.l.)ofa daughter. fili-ae, to or for a daughter.
Declension II.
fili-t, (m. 2.) of a son. fili-o, to or for a son.
bell-i, («. 2.) of tear. bell-o, to or for war.
Bon-t, bon-ue, bon-t, of good. bon-o, bon-ae, bon-o, to or for
good.
me-t, me-ae, me-t, of my. me-o, me-ae, me-o, to orfor my.
nigr-t, nigr-ae. nigr-t, of black, nigr-o, nigr-a», nigr-o, to or
for black.
me-t, of me. mi-hi, to me.
tu-t, of thee. tX-bi, to thee.
sa-i, of himself, fterself, itself, si-Ai, to himself, herself, itself,
themselves. themselves.
Hu-jus, (m.f. $ n.) of this. hu-ic, (m.f. $ n.) to or for this.
ill-tu», of that, him, or her. ill-i, to or for that, him, or her.
e-jus, of him, her, it, this or that, e-i, to or for him, her, it, this or
that,
cu-jus, whose, ofwhom, of which, cu-l, to orfor whom, or which, to
whose r of whom ? of which '! orfor whom ? to orfor which ?
Verbs governing the Dative.

Dare, dSd-i, (1.) to give. plac-ere, plScii-t, (2.) to please.
imper-are, imperav-s, (1.) to displic-ere, displictt-t, (2.) to
command, order to furnish, displease.
obst-ure, obstit-i, (1.) to oppose, noc-ere, nfictt-t, (2.) to hurt, in
jure.
54
1. Hanc ovem filio meo dabo. 2. Vinum aegrae

puellae dabimus. 3. Exercituum nostrorum fuga glo-
riae nostrae nocuit. 4. Nemo mortalium Deo obstare
potest. 5. Dominus crudelissimus hoc {this thing)
servo suo misero imperavit. 6. Hoc bellum mihi dis-
plicet : nonne tibi etiam displicet ? 7. Cui vinum illud
optimum dedisti ? Amico meo dedi. 8. Fur cui pe-
cuniam dedi, aegerrimus est et infelicissimus. 9. Lu
pus ille avidissimus cervo tenero nocuerat. 10. Si ego
tibi placeo, tu mihi valde places. 11. Qui sui semper
memor est, is mox sibi valde nocebit. 12. Fertilis
ager ignaro nautae non placebat. 13. Iracundi pueri
sibi nocebant.
92.
1. I had given three sheep to my daughter. 2. Wilt
not thou give the white dog to thy son ? 3. The memory
of thy flight will not injure thee. 4. Who has ever op
posed God ? 5. They who oppose God, presently injure
themselves. 6. This most noble general has pleased me
much. 7. The sun gives me light. 8. The gates of that
city displeased me much. 9. To whom did you command
this ? I commanded this to the slave to whom you had
given the wine. 10. The size of the ports will please the
queen's son. 11. I wish to give money to this boy ; and
you wish to give money to that (one). 12. Those unjust
wars will injure him and blot out all his glory.
93.
The Dative Plural of the First and Second Declensions of Substan
tives, of Adjectives of three terminations, and Possessive, Personal,
Reflective, Demonstrative, Logical, Relative, and Interrogative
Pronouns.
Declension I.
Dative Singular. Dative Plural.
Puell-ae, (/. 1) to or for a girl. puell-is, to orfor girls.
Declension II.
PfiSr-o, (m. 2) to or for a boy. pfiSr-w, to or for boys.
bell-o (». 2), to or for war. bell-is, to or for wars.
55
Bon-o, bon-ae, bo-no, to or for bon-w (m. f. $ n.) to or for

good.
vestr-o, vestr-ae, vestr-o, to or vestr-w (m. f. $ w.), to or for
for your. your.
mi-hi, to or for me. no-bis, to or for us.
ti-bi, to or for thee. vobis, to or for you.
si-bi, to or for himself, herself, si-bi, to or for themselves.
h-uic, to or for this. h-is, to these.
illi, to or for that, him, or her. Ulis, to or for those or them.
e-i, to or for him, her, it, this or e-is, or i-is, to or for them, these,
that. or those.
cu-i, to or for whom or which, qui-ous, to or /or wAom or which,
to or for whom ? or which ? to or for whom ? or which ?
Verbs governing the Dative Case.
T&v-ere, fav-» (2), to favour, persuad-#re, persuas-i (2), to
wish well to. persuade,
par-ere, parfi-t (2), to obey. nunti-are, nuntiBv-i (1), to an
nounce, report.
1. Amicorum nostrorum libri nobis utilissimi sunt.
2. Hlorum hominum arcus inutiles vobis erunt. 3. In-
justi semper sibi favent. 4. Malus ille puer, omnium
promissorum immemor, magistro suo valde displicuit.
5. Rex mitis, irae suae immemor, nautis iis iterum
favebat. 6. Quibus servis aquam et vinum impera-
visti ? 7. Servis harum rerum bene peritis ea impe-
raveram. 8. His nautis quam maximam ejus cervi
partem eras dabimus. 9. Illis agricolis mortem duo-
rum canum utilissimorum nuntiabimus. 10. Nonne
omnes debemus Deo parere ? 11. Amicis nostris mul-
tam pecuniam olim debebamus. 12. Ii pessimi homi
nes reginae tandem persuaserant. 13. Non possum
non favere iis qui promissa sua semper servant et fidem
nunquam violant.
94.
PhilSsoph-ws, philosoph-i (m. 2), uxor, uxor-i'a (/. 3),awife.
a philosopher. marit-us, marlt-i (m. 2), a hus-
vit-o, vit-ae (/. 1), life. band.
quia, because, i
56
1 . Why do not you ,wish to obey those good philosophers ?
2. The sad wives will have announced the death of their
sons to their husbands. 3. Life pleases, and death dis
pleases both us and you. 4. The general had announced
to the Romans the danger of his army and the approach
of the enemy. 5. A great multitude of the enemy can
with difficulty oppose a very small number of our best
soldiers. 6. The boys fought (for) six hours (ace .-) ; but
they did not hurt themselves much. 7. The boys have
hurt their arms. 8. We can command our anger, if we
will. 9. The soldiers favour tue war, because, when the
peace shall have come (venerit) we shall accuse them (eos)
of theft and treachery. 10. The timid mother, mindful of
her tender children, opposed the greedy wolf. 11. Romulus
again commanded (to) the Romans (to furnish) an army.
12. The life of a horse is shorter than the life of a man.
95.
Dative Singular of the Third, Fourth, and Fifth Declensions of
Substantives, and of Adjectives of two terminations and one termi
nation.
Declension III.
Genitive Singular. Dative Singular.
Pair-is (m. 3), of a father. | patr-t, to or for a father.
soror-is (/. 3), of a sitter. soror-t, to or for a sister.
animal-u (n. 8), of an animal animal-t, to or for an animal.
Tristis (m.f. $ n.), of sad. trist-t (m.f. $ n.), to or for sad.
sapient-w (m.f. $ n.). of wise, sapient-i (m.f. $ n.), to or for
wise.
Declension IV.
Exercit-a» (m.), of an army. exerclt-ai, to or for an army.
corn-u (n.), of a horn. corn-u, to or for a horn.
Declension V.
Vie-i, of a day. die-i,tooTforaday.
Verbs governing the Dative Case.
Prao-es-se, to be over, have the ad-es-»e, to be present, stand by.
command of. inter-es-»e, to be engaged in.
do-os-se, to be wanting, to fail.
57
Senex, scn.is(m. 3), an old man. senat-w», senat-us (m. 4), the
legio, legion-i» (/. 3), a legion. senate. *
centurio, centuri5n-i» (m. 3), a hiem-s, MSm-is (/. 3), winter.
centurion. heri, yesterday ; hSdie, to-day.
longe, by far, far, much.
1. Hodie tu praees exercitui ; eras ego praeero.
2. Tune heri patri tuo deeras ? 3. Bene amicis tuis
adfuisti. 4. Centurionis bellieosi Alius multis pugnis
interfuerat. 5. Illi legioni iterum praeerimus.
6. Longe optimus amicorum meorum hos equos mihi
dederat. 7. Nonne senex ille huic rei interfuit ?
8. Haec hiems ei altissimae arbori nocuit. 9. Le-
giones illae imperatori suo parebunt. 10. Omnes de-
buistis civitati vestrae adesse. 1 1 . Rem omnem sena-
tui nuntiabimus. 12. Nonne hoc scutum sorori tuae
inutile erit ? 13. Huic rei uxor mea non defuit.
96.
1. The neighbouring nations will stand by the Romans.
2. You cannot show (to) us a worse husband. 3. I will
announce to the senate the danger of the army. 4. I
owed my kind sister money (for) six years (ace). 5. A
husband ought to stand by his wife; and a wife ought
to stand by her husband. 6. The field is as fertile as
possible. 7. That noble general had had the command of
the army (dat.) (for) fourteen years. 8. That immense bench
hurt my head yesterday. 9. That immense bow will have
hurt thy hand. 10. The king's sons were favouring the
innocent soldiers. 11. T shall never be wanting to that
affair. 12. What enemies can oppose the attack of a
Roman legion?
97.
The Dative Plural of the Third, Fourth, and Fifth Declensions of
Substantives, and of Adjectives of two terminations and one termi
nation.
Declension III.
Dative Singular. Dative Plural.
Patr-i (m.), to or for a father. patr-f6us, to or for fathers.
soror-i (/.), to or for a sister. soror-ibus, to or for sisters.
animal-i (n.), to or for an &mmil-ibus, to or for animals,
animal.
58
Trist-t (m. /. $ w•), t0 or for trist-Kbus (m.f. $ n.), to or for

sad. sad.
sapient-t (m. /. $ n.), to or for sapient-iSws (m. /. §• n,), to or
wise. /or wise.
Declension IV.
Exercit-u» (m.), to or /or on exercit-i6ws (m.), to or /or
army. armies.
port-ui (m.), ?o or for apart. port-f&as, or port-u6us, to or
/or ports.
coruu (n.), to or /or o Aorm. com-lbus, to or /or Aoras.
Declension V.
Die-i (m. £/.), to or for a day. die-bus (m.), to or for days.
Lex, leg-i» (/. 3), a law. captiv-ws, a, um, captive.

victor, victor-w (m. 3), a eon- adolescen - », adolescent - is
qaeror. (m. 3), a young man, a youth.
Est adolescent-w, it is (thepart, duty, or business) of a young man.

Me-ara est, it is my part, duty, or business. (Lit. : it is mine.)
Est mi-hi, I have. (Lit. : there is to me.)
Est reg-i, the king has. (Lit. : there is to the king.)
Erat reg-i, the king had. (Lit. : there was to the king.)
1. Patri meo plurimi sunt libri. 2. Patribus nos-

tris semper adesse nostrum est. 3. His animalibus
brevissima sunt cornua. 4. Exercitibus nostris nigrior
nox utilior erit. 5. Urbium illarum portubus nobilis-
simae illius mulieris maritus praefuerat. 6. Puerorum
est magistris parere, et magistrorum est pueros docere.
7. Imperatoris est militum suorum vitam servare, et
hostibus quam plurimum nocere. 8. Quis nostrum
adventui hostium favere potest ? 9. Crudelis rex cer-
vum timidum avidis illis leonibus dedit. 10. Nonne
pluribus bominibus haec res displicuit ? 11. Rex Hie
maximus regnum triginta annos obtinuit. 12. Hie
canis, omnium canum quos unquam vidi, longe mini
mus est.
59
98
1. We ought to give money to the unhappy wires of
those wicked thieves. 2. It is (the business) of philosophers
to command their anger. 3. I shall give the bodies of
those animals to the dogs. 4. We cannot pursuade our
parents. 5. That passionate boy has hurt his hands to
day. 6. The honourable old man had been engaged in all
those affairs. 7. It is your business to stand by the senate,
and oppose the enemies of the state. 8. It is the part of
a young man not to displease his parents. 9. I had the
command of those very brave legions (dat.) (for) ten
months, (ace.) 10. Who will dare to announce to the
Athenians the death of that very brave general? 11. The
ditch was six feet deep and a hundred feet long. 12. The
tender sheep had hurt their feet.

1. What are the signs of the Dative Case? 2. How do you form the sin
gular and plural datives of substantives of the first declension? 3. How do
you form the singular and plural datives of substantives of the second declen
sion ? 4. After what declensions do you form the singular and plural datives
of adjectives of three terminations? 5. How do the possessive pronouns form
their datives? 6. How do you form the singular datives of ego, tu, and suit
7. How do you form the dative singular of hie. Me, is, quis ? and qui ? 8. What
classes of verbs govern the dative case ? [Verbs which imply an advantage
or disadvantage to the person or thing towards which a direction is made; such
as verbs of giving, commanding, opposing, promising, entrusting, pleasing, dis
pleasing, hurting, favouring, obeying, &c] 9. How do you form the plural
datives of ego, tu, andsui? 10. Why are thefirsttwosodififerentfromthe singular
datives? [Because they are derived from a different root] 11. What other
languages exhibit the same irregularity in the personal pronouns ? 12. How
do you form the dative plural of Ate, ille, is, quis ? and qui ? 13. In the phrase
utilissimus mini, very useful to me, why does the adjective utilissimus govern a
dative? [Because adjectives denoting utiliiy, pleasantness, ease, and their
contraries take a dative of the person or thing affected.] 14. Which verbs
mentioned in exercises 9 1—98 take an accusative of the thing as well as a dative
of the person; and which take only a dative? 15. How do you form the
singular and plural datives of substantives of the third declension ? 16. How
do you form the singular and plural datives of adjectives of two terminations
and one termination ? 1 7. ( i ow do you form the singular and plural datives
of masculine and feminine substantives of the fourth declension ? 18. What
exception is to be made with regard to some words which would seem to be
included in the above general rule ? [A few words make ubus instead of ibus
in the dative plural ; and some nouns have both forms : thus portus and
tonitrus make portibus or portubus, and tonitribus or tonitrubus. Arcus is not
found in the dative plural.] 19. How do you form the singular and plural
datives of neuter substantives of the fourth declension? 20. How do you form
the singular and plural datives of the fifth declension? 21. Do ego, tu, quist
and qui form their dative plurals after the same declension as that accord
ing to which they form their genitive plural cases? 22. Of what words are
prae-esse, de-esse, ad-esse and inter-esse compounded ? [Of prae, before, de,
down from, ad, to or near, inter, between or among, and esse, to be.] 23. What
GO
case do all the compounds of esse, except possum, govern ? [The dative case.]
24. In the phrase est adolescentis, it is the part or duty of a young man, why is
adolescentis in the genitive case? [Because the verb esse governs the genitive
case when it means duty, business, office, or possession.] 25. If a possessive
pronoun be used, as in the phrase, it is my business, instead of a personal pro
noun in the genitive case, in what gender must it be, and why? 26. In the
phrase est mihi pater why is mihi in the dative case ? [Because the verb
esse, coupled with a dative, gives the notion of possession. It is then exactly
equivalent to the corresponding part of habere. Thus est mihi pater is equi
valent to habeo patrem.]
99.
THIRD CONJUGATION.
Imperfect Infinitive Active, and Present Imperfect and Past

Imperfect Indicative Active.
Present Imperfect Infinitive.

B£g-e>e, to rule.

Singular. Plural.
RSg-o, I rule, am ruling, or do rig-imus, we rule, are ruling, or
rule. do rule.
reg-w, thou rulest, art ruling, or fig-ttis, you rule, are ruling, or
dost rule. do rule,
reg-i<, he rules, is ruling, or does Teg-unt, they rule, are ruling, or
rule, do rule.
Past Imperfect Indicative.
Singular. Plural.
Reg-ebam, I teas ruling, ruled, reg-ebamus,wewere ruling,ruled,
or used to rule. or used to rule.
reg-ebas, thou wast ruling, reg-ebatis, you were ruling,
ruledst, or usedst to rule. ruled, or used to rule.
reg-ebat, he was ruling, ruled, or reg-ebant, they were ruling,
used to rule. ruled, or used to rule.
Duc-ere, dux-i (3), to lead. vinc-ere, vic-i (3), to conquer.

fxmd-ere, fud-i (3), to pour out, mitt-ere, mis-i (3), to send.
put to flight. mitt-ere (ad), to send to.
Hum-t, on the ground. epistSl-a, epistol-ae (/. 1), a

letter.
61
1. Pater filios suos regere debet. 2. Rex civitatem

regit, sed regina regem regit: ergo regina civitatem
regit. 3. Imperator, gloriae avidus, exercitum ad
pugnam ducit. 4. Timidiores servi aquam illam humi
fundunt. 5. Amicorum nostrorum epistolaa ad liberos
nostros mittimus. 6. Civitatis vestrae injustos hostes
vincitis. 7. Oves meas ad eam aquam ducebam.
8. Maritus optimus id vinum aegrae suae uxori funde-
bat. 9. Quid ad me multitudinem eam hominum heri
mittebas ? 10. Hodie longissimas epistolas ad parentes
nostros mittebamus. 11. Legiones nostrae hostium
crudelium impetum sustinebant. 12. Nonne heri tim-
idos vestros filios ad magistri ejus domum ducebatis ?
100.
1. Our king rules a very small part of that state. I am
sending two black horses to [ad.) that very noble centurion.
3. You scarcely ever send (any) wine to the sick philoso
pher. 4. We are again putting to flight the wicked queen's
armies. 5. They are pouring out the wine and water on
the ground. 6. The Athenians were leading their unfor
tunate general, the best of all men, to {ad) death. 7. The
Roman general was conquering all the neighbouring na
tions. 8. The immense lion was conquering all the shep
herd's dogs. 9. The thief well skilled in (of) theft
has avoided all those gangers. 10. The old man had
wounded a large number of the young men. 11. It is (the
duty) of all men to keep their promises. 12. Socrates
used to call the good happy, and the bad unhappy.
101.
Future Imperfect and Present Perfect Indicative of the Third
Conjugation.
Future Imperfect Indicative.

Singular. Plural.
Keg-am, I shall or will rule. reg-emus, we shall or will rule.
reg-es, thou shall or wilt rule. ieg-etis, you shall or will rule.
reg-et, he shall or will rule. reg-ent, they shall or will rule.
Present Perfect or Aorist Indicative.
Singular. Plural.
Itex-t, I have ruled, or I ruled. rex-imus, we have ruled, or vie
ruled.
rex-isti, thou hast ruled, or thou rex-istis, you have ruled, or you
ruledst. ruled.
rex-it, he has ruled, or he ruled. rex-erunt, or rex-ere, they have
ruled, or they ruled.
Em-ere, em-i (3), to buy. parc-Sre, peperc-i (3.) (dat.), to

spare.
vend-ere, vendid-i (3), to sell. cred-Sre, credid-i (3.) (dot.) to
trust, entrust, believe.
scribSre, scrips-i (3), to write. ignosc-Sre, ignov-i (3.) (dat.), to
pardon.
Vest-is, vest-is (/. 3), a gar- vict-ws, a, um, conquered,

ment. nov-ws, a, um, new.
Christian-ws, Christian-i (m. 2), vetu-s (m.f. $n.), vStSr-£s, old,
a Christian. veteran.
judex, judic-is (ro. 3), a judge. du-obus, du-abus, du-obus, to or
for two (from duo, two).
1. Novam judicis vestem emam. 2. Illasne novas
vestes mihi vendes ? 3. JJuas longiores epistolas hodie
scripsi. 4. Nonne ad uxores nostras huj us cervi partem
eras mittemus ? 5. Heri legiones nostrae finitimas
gentes iterum vicerunt. 6. Vitam nostram Eomano
senatui credidimus. 7. Hodie ,duobus furibus peper-
cistis ? 8. Pessimoillijudicinemo credet. 9. Judicis
est bonis adesse, et malos cohibere. 10. Veteris phil-
osophi virtus et sapientia dignitatem et gloriam civita-
tis sustinebunt. 11. Captivus miles aegerrimus est :
vix stare potest. 12. Christiani est victis hostibus
parcere.
102.
1. Thy daughter's husband has bought me (dat.) four
new garments. 2. We have pardoned that unjust slave.
3. To whom have you intrusted your little sons? 4. I
shall sell those very high trees to this old man's brothers.
5. Whom of the enemies will you spare? 6. The Roman
63
legions will soon put to flight the army of the Athenians.

7. The old general had long had the command of the
legions (dat.) 8. The veteran soldiers have engaged in
many battles. 9. Will the centurion dare to announce
the flight of these armies to the king? 10. Who wishes
to accuse that very good philosopher of treachery?
11. We besieged the city (for) six months (ace.) 12. You
ought to increase the number of the ditches and the size
of the ports. 13. We will send you (lit. : to you) our
children's letters. 14. We have spared the conquered
enemies.
103.
Past Perfect and Future Perfect of the Third Conjugation.
Past Perfect or Pluperfect Indicative.
Singular. Plural.
Rex-eram, I had ruled. rex-erdmus, we had ruled.
rex-eras, thou hadst ruled. rex-erdtis, you had ruled.
rex-irat, he had ruled. rex-erant, they had ruled.
Future Perfect Indicative.
Singular. Plural.
'Rex-Sro, I shall or mil have *rex-erimus, we shall or will have
ruled. ruled.
rex-iris, thou shalt or wilt have *rex-eritis, you shall or will have
ruled. ruled.
rex-erit, he shall or will have rex-erint, they shall or will ham
ruled. ruled.
C&a-ere, cecln-i (3.), to sing. ger-ere, gess-i (3.), to carry on,
caed-ere, cScid-i (3.), to cut, cut manage, wage.
down, beat, kill. fer-re, tul-i (3.), to bear, endur*,
cSl-ere, cS1fi-i (3.), to till, culti- bring, tell.
vote. curr-^re, cucurr-i (3.), to run.
Eruptio, eruption-is (/. 3), o creber, crebr-a, crebr-am, fre-
sally. quent.
Bene, well. mSli-us, better. optfme, best, very well.
Hale, badly. pej-us, worse. pessime, worst, very badly.
Saepe, often. saepww, oftener. saepissime, oftenest, very often,
cito, soon, quickly. citi-us, sooner, more quickly.
* See the Note at the bottom of p. 27.

64
1. Ego male cecineram ; sed tubeneceoineras. 2. Ma-

lus puer onirics patris sui arbores ceciderat. 3. Feli-
cissimus ero, si eam rem bene gesseris. 4. Bellum
quam optime gesserimus, si hostium exercitus omnes
victi fuerint. 5. Ingentia ilia scuta vix ferre possu-
mus. 6. Saepissime ad nos aquam et vinuin tuleratis.
7. Contenti erimus, si ii agricolae agros suos melius
coluerint. 8. Nonne omnes hodie bene cucurrerimus ?
9. Patrem nostrum delectabimus, si ad eum scutum illud
tulerimus. 10. Ejus praesidii eruptiones hostes valdo
fat iga vera nt. 1 1. Nihil hostes nostros citius fatigabit
quam crebrae prasidii eruptiones. 12. Chrisliani est
Dei legibus parere et miseris quam plurimum adesse.
104.
1. The little girl had sung very well. 2. The slaves
will soon have cut down the twelve highest trees. 3. Our
friend's children had cultivated their gardens very well.
4. We shall have carried on the war very badly every
where. 5. At length you will have brought these very
useful books to (ad.) the master. 6. Years, hours and days
all run quickly (by). 7. The stag has (lit: there are to the
stag) two horns and four feet. 8. Why was the multitude
expecting the arrival of the king and queen ? 9. Had not
you sold the blacker of those two horses to the judge's
daughter? 10. The unjust judges had pardoned the
thief, and condemned the innocent shepherd. 11. To
morrow we shall have conquered our cruel enemies.
12. We will pardon not only the innocent boy but also
the ignorant old man. 13. Shalt not thou have killed the
sick sheep?
105.
Foueth Conjugation.
Imperfect Infinitive Active, and Present Imperfect and Past Im
perfect Indicative Active of the fourth Conjugation.
Aud-Jre, to hear.
65

Singular. Plural.
Audl-o, / hear, am hearing, or &ai-imus, we hear, are hearing,
do hear. or do hear.
aud-t's, thou hearest, art hearing, &ud-ltis, you hear, are hearing,
or dost hear. or do hear.
aud-tY, he hears, is hearing, or aud-iunt, they hear, are hearing,
does hear. or do hear.
I
Singular. Plural.
Audi-ebam, I was hearing, heard, &udi-ebdmus, we were hearing,
or used to hear. heard, or used to hear.
aadi-ebas, thou wast hearing, audiebatis, we were hearing,
heardest, or usedst to hear. heard, or used to hear.
Uudi-ebat, he was hearing, heard, audiebant, they were hearing,
YSn-ire, Ten-i (4), to come. sent-lre, sens-i, to feel, hear,

perceive, think.
invSu-ire, inven-i (4), to find. fin-ire, finlY-i (4), to finish, to
end.
Labor, labor-w (m. 3), labour, stinXt-us, sonit-a» (m. 4), a

work. sound.
calor, calor-w (m. 3), heat. dolor, dolor-is (m. 3), grief,
vi-a, vi-ae (/. I), a way. pain.
maxime, chiefly, very greatly.
1. Veteris pastoris greges tandem veniunt. 2. Frat-

trum meorum amicus librum suum invenire non potest.
3. Rex Justus id bellum finiebat. 4. Labores nostros
heri finiebamus. 5. Nonne sonitum magnum sentitis ?
6. Maxima aegrarum ovium multitudo vitam suam
finit. 7. Hodie solis calorem sentimus. 8. Nonne
olim dolorem capitis saepissime sentiebas ? 9. Ej us ex-
ercitus imperator plurimos labores sustinebit. 10. Ux-
oris illius dolor me maxime movebat. 11. Si mihi
pecuniam dabitis, viam vobis optimam et brevissimam
monstrabo. 12. Judex civitatis legibus praeest : ergo
justissimus et sapientissimus esse debet.
66
106.
C&d-ere, cScid-i (3), to fall. frang-ere, freg-i (3), to break.
vox, voc-w (/. 3), a voice. mur-ws, mur-i (m. 2), a wall.
1. Thear the sound of the horns. 2. We hear nothing;.
3. Do not you perceive the avarice of that man? 4. We
felt a great heat; but we saw nothing. 5. The army at
length perceived its danger. 6. The shepherd used often
to hear the wolves. 7. The sick sailors used often to feel
a pam in (of) the head. 8. We were finishing the letters
which we were writing to (ad) our parents. 9. Art thou
finishing the book which thy mother gave thee (dat.)t
10. The voice of the wolf had frightened the timid stags.
11. The flight of the veteran soldiers will have displeased
the warlike king [dat.). 12. The old centurion had fallen
(down) on the ground, and broken his arm. 13. The wall
was twenty feet high.
107.
Future Imperfect and Present Perfect Indicative of the Fourth
Conjugation.
Future Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
audi-am, 1 shall or will hear. audi-emws, we shall or will hear.
audi-es, thou shalt or wilt hear. audi-etis, you shall or will hear.
audi-e<, he shall or will hear. auH-ent, they shall or will hear.
Present Perfect or Aorist.

Singular. Plural.
Audiv-i, / have heard, or / audiv-imus, we have heard, or
heard. we heard.
audiv-isK, thou hast heard, or audiv-wft's, you have heard, or
thou heardest. you heard.
&adiv-it, he has heard, or he audW-erunt, or audiv-ere, they
heard. have heard, or they heard.
Serv-ire, servJv-iorserv5U'(4),<o sepel-Ire, sepeliv-i (4), to bury.

serve, be the slave of. (Dat.)
pun-ire, punlv-i, or punl-i, (4) SpSr-ire, apertt-i (4), to open,
to punish. declare.
67
Mortii-u», a, um, dead. consul, consul-w (m. 3), a con
sul.
sentenH-d, sententi-a» (/. I), quam plurimum, as much as
an opinion. possible.
1. Judex ille optimus innocentibus parcet, et malos
puniet. 2. Tristissimi illi adolescentes corpora patrum
suorum mortuorum eras sepelient. 3. Philosophi ser-
vus urbis portam hostibus aperuit. 4. Qui Deo semper
servit,judicem nunquam timebit. 5. Qui Dei immemor
est dolorem cito sentiet. 6. Tristissima uxor mortuum
suum maritum hodie sepelivit. 7. Omnia mortuorum
hostium corpora sepelivimus. 8. Imperator noster,
fugae legionum memor, quam plurimos milites puniet.
9. Crebrae nostrorum militum eruptiones hostes max-
ime terruerunt. 10. Murus quem aedificant quindecim
pedes altus erit. 11. Sunt nobis tres canes, et magna
ovium multitude 12. Christiani est miseris adesse et
sibi quam plurimum imperare.
108.
Wilt not thou come to-morrow ? 2. I shall find the book
which you sold (to) me, to day. 3. We shall again hear
the voice of that very good man, Socrates. 4. You will
soon feel the heat of the sun. 5. The centurion has pun
ished those very bad soldiers. 6. I have at length finished
all my labours ; and now 1 wish to send a letter to (ad)
the senate. 7. These slaves have served their master as
well as possible (quam optime) for many years. 8. The
sound of those great horns frightened the timid queen.
9. The new Consuls will very often declare their opinions
to the senate. 10. We will bury the greater part of the
enemy to-morrow. 11. The old man has pardoned the thief
(dat:). 12. The husbandman's wife was cultivating the field.
109.
The Past Perfect and Future Perfect Indicative of the Fourth
Conjugation.
Past Perfect or Pluperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Audlv-eVam, / had heard. audiveramus, we had heard.
audiv-eVoa, thou hadst heard. audiv-erafw, you had heard.
audiv-eVai, he had heard. audiv-erant, they had heard.
63
Future Perfect.
Audiv-ero, / shall or will have *audiv-enmws, we shall or will
heard. have heard.
audiv-era, thou shalt or wilt *audiv-eri(is, you shall or will
have heard. have heard.
audiv-mf, he shall or will have audiv-erint, they shall or will
heard. have heard.
Dorm-ire, dormlv-i, or dormi-i mun-ire, munlv-i , or munt-i

(4), to sleep. (4), to fortify.
subven Ire, subven-t' (4), (dot.), trans-»rs, translv-t', or transit
to help. (4), to eross.
cupldita-», cupiditat-i's (/. 3), lumen, flumln-i» (». 3), a river.
a desire, passion. dives (m.f. $ n.), divit-i», rich.
pSpal-ws, popOl-t (m. 2), a pauper (m. /. Jf w.), paupSr-i»,
people. poor.
1. Ego bene dormiveram, et tu male dormiveras.
2. Miles vetus duobus hujus anni consulibus saepius
subvenerat. 3. Finitimae gentes omnes suas urbes
quam optime muniverant. 4. Ejus periculi ignari flu-
men ingens transiveramus. 5. Si filia tua aegra bene
dormiverit, felicissimi erimus. 6. Qui bellum cito finiv-
erit, civitatem miseram servaverit. 7. Sententias nos
tras cito aperuerimus. 8. Cras ultimum meum filium
sepelivero. 9. Servo-ne ei qui fidem suam pessime vio-
lavit, ignoscemus? 10. Avidissimi lupi tenerrimas
pastoris tui oves mordebant. 11. Matris est et se et
liberos suos docere. 12. Homines divites saepe mis-
eriores sunt quam pauperes.
110.
1. You had all very often been slaves to anger. 2. The
passions of the young men will have overcome their (eo-
rum) virtue. 3. I shall have helped you ; and you will
have helped me. 4. We shall have slept very well all this
month. 5. The Roman people had fortified both their own
garrisons, and the garrisons of the neighbouring nations.
6. Greater armies had never crossed those immense rivers.
See the Note at the bottom of p. 27.

69
7. The rich centurion's friends had buried the poor Christian.
8. Is it not the duty of the Christian to help the poor?
9. Is it our duty to serve wicked men ? 10. It has pleased
(to) the people to condemn Socrates to death (lit : of the
head.) 11. To-morrow we shall all see our parents.
12. The heat of the sun was fatiguing the sick judge.
1. What is the termination of the imperfect infinitive active of the third
conjugation? 2. How do you distinguish it from that of the second con
jugation? 3. How do you form the present imperfect indicative from the
imperfect infinitive? 4. How do you form the past imperfect indicative?
5. How do you form the future-imperfect indicative? 6. In what respect does
the future-imperfect indicative of this conjugation, differ from the future-im
perfect indicative of the first and second conjugations? 7. How is it that
there is an x in the present perfect indicative of regere? [because one of
the ways of forming the present perfect indicative from the imperfect
infinitive is hy changing ere into si; as reg-ere, reg-.fi,- and the g and the s
afterwards coalesced into x.) 8. How do you form the past perfect indicative
of the third conjugation? 9. How do you form the future perfect indicative
of the third conjugation? 10. Why does enter e govern a dative case in
exercise 102, 1? II. Why do vendere and scribere, govern a dative, and
mittere, and ferre take ad with an accusative after them ? [Because verbs
which express direction towards an object govern a dative of the object
towards which they express direction : but mittere and ferre imply absolute
motion towards a place or person, and therefore are followed by ad, the pre
position which signifies motion towards.] 12. Why do pat cere, ignoscere, and
credere govern the dative? [Verbs of sparing, trusting, and believing, &c.
govern the dative for much the same reason as that given in the last answer.]
13. Why are the present perfect indicative offeire and the tenses formed from
it so different from ferre itself? [Because having no present perfect of its own,
it borrows one from a different root; just as esse borrows fui for its present
perfect.] 14. How many degrees of comparison have adverbs? 15. How are
positive adverbs mostly formed from adjectives of three terminations ?
16. How are comparative adverbs formed? 17. How are superlative adverbs
formed ? 18. What is the termination of the imperfect infinitive active of the
fourth conjugation? 19. Repeat the terminations of the imperfect infinitive
active of the other three conjugations. 20. How then may you readily rind
out to which conjugation any given verb belongs? 21. How do you form the
present imperfect indicative from the imperfect infinitive? 22. How do you
form the past imperfect indicative ? 23. How do you form the future imperfect
indicative ? 24. Is the future imperfect indicative of this conjugation hke the
future imperfect indicative of the first and second conjugations or of the third
conjugation? 25. Repeat the five general rules tor forming the present perfect
indicative from the imperfect infinitive. 26. How do you form the past perfect
from the present perfect ? 27. How do you form the future perfect ? 28. What
is the difference of meaning between cecidi and cecfdi? 29. How do you ac
count for the difference of quantity? 30. Why does aperire govern a dative
of the person in exercise 107, (3)? 31. Why does servire govern a dative?
[See Questions on Exercises 91—98.] 32. Why does svbvenire govern a da
tive ? [Because verbs compounded with the prepositions prae, ab, ad, con,
sub, ante, post, ob, in, inter generally govern a dative.] 33. In exercise
1 10, (2) why should eorum and not suam be used for their ?
70
111.
Passive Voice.
Imperfect Infinitive, and Present Imperfect and Past Imperfect

Indicative Passive of the First Conjugation,
AmBri, to be loved.

Singular. Plural.
Am-or, / am being lovedy or / am-aar, we are being loved,
am loved. or are loved.
am-dra, or am-are. thou art &m-amini, you are being loved,
being loved. or art loved. or are loved.
am-atur, he is being loved, or is am-antur, they are being loved,
loved. or are loved. s

Singular. Plural.
Am-dbar, I was being loved, was am-abamur, we were being loved,
loved, or used ttbe loved. were loved, or used to be loved.
am-abaris, or am-abare, thou am-abamlni, you were being
wast being loved, wast loved, or loved, were loved, or used to be
usedst to be loved. loved.
am-abatur. he was being loved, am-abantur, they were being
was loved, or used to be loved. loved, were loved, or used to be
loved.
"Laud ari (1), to be praised; monstr-ari (1), to be shown;

laudat-u», a, um. praised. monstrat-u», a, um, shown.
delect-an (1), to be delighted, port-ara (1), to be carried;
charmed; delectat-»w, a, um, portBt-us, a, um, carried.
charmed. voc-dri (1), to be called; vo-
excit-an (1), to be roused; ex- cat-us, a, um, called.
citnt-us, a, um, roused. super-an (1), to be overcome,
vulner-dn (I), to be wounded; conquered; superat-ws, a, um,
vulnerat-iw, a, um, wounded. overcome, conquered.
Flo-s, flor-w (m. 3), a flower. fBelle, easily.

mSrito, deservedly.
• For the active voice of verbs used in this exercise see the vocabularit.,
to Exercises 43, 45.
71
1. Ego saepe laudor ; sed tu nunquam laudaris.

2. Mater mea valde delectatur. 3. Regis nostri milites
excitantur. 4. Cur non epistola ilia nobis monstratur ?
5. Socrates saepissime philosophus vocabatur. 6. Uti-
lissimi illi libri judicis filiis monstrabantur. 7. Ego
semper fortis vocabar. 8. Nonne omnes facile su-
perabamini ? 9. Nos tandem vulneramur ; nonne
hostes vos etiam vulneravere ? 10. Nonne olim saepe
iracundi vocabamini? 11. Romanus exercitus tandem
superabatur. 12. Solis lux et calor flores aperiebant.
13. Tristes agricolae mortuos cer.vos sepelient.
112.
1. Not only am I being wounded ; but I am also being
overcome. 2. I was much delighted yesterday. 3. Usedst
not thou to be very often praised? 4. I was often praised;
but you were praised oftener. 5. The enemies of the state
were being conquered. 6. Thou art praised; but he is
not praised. 7. The soldiers of the old king have been
very brave ; therefore they are deservedly praised.
8. They who are skilled in (lit : of) war are not easily
overcome. 9. You were deservedly called cruel ; for you
used often to wound those innocent stags. 10. Why used
we to be called ignorant? 11. The Roman general had
punished the treachery of the neighbouring nations.
1 2. I have (lit : there are to me) three shields and two bows.
13. The stag has (there are to the stag) two horns.
113.
Future Imperfect and Present Perfect Indicative Passive of the
First Conjugation.
Future Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Am-abor, 1 shall or will be nm-aMmur, we shall or will be
loved. loved.
am-a5ms, or am-a&re, thou am-ablmlni, you shall or will be
shall or wilt be loved. loved.
am-dbttur, he shall or will be am-abuntur, they shall or will
loved. be loved.
72
Present Perfect.
Singular. Plural.
Amat-us B-um, or fu-i, / have amat-i s-umus, or fu-imus, we
been or was loved. have been or were loved.
amat-us es, or fu-isti, thou hast amat-i es-tis, or fu-istis, you
been or wast loved. have been or were loved.
amat-us es-t, or fu-it, he has amat-i s-unt, fu-erunt, or fu-
been or was loved. ere, they have been or were
loved.
*Ar-ari (1), to be ploughed; sper-dn (1), to be hopedfor, ex

aratus, a, um, ploughed. pected; sperat-ws, a, um,
hopedfor, expected
vor-ari (1), to be devoured; vo- vit-ari (1), to be avoided; vi-
rat-us, a, um, devoured. tat-us, a, um, avoided.
aedific-uro'(l), to be built; aedi- pugn-ari (l),to be fought; pug-
ficBt-u», a, um, built. nfit-v/.v, a, um, fought.
incit-dr» (1 ), to be urged on ; in cruci- ari (1), to be tormented;
ch at- as, a, um, urged on. cruciat-ws, a, um, tormented.
Fortasse, perhaps. graviter, severely.

nisi, unless. certe, certainly.
1. Ego fortasse eras incitabor ; sed tu hodie incit-

atus es. 2. Si bonus es, bonus vocaberis. 3. Optimi
ejus agricolae agri optime arabuntur. 3. Patris nostri
domus cito aedificabitur. 4. Nisi lupus vitabitur mox
omnes vorabimur. 5. Agricolae sapientis ager bene
aratus est. 6. Agricolarum sapientum agri melius
arati sunt. 7. Uxoris meae nova domus aedificata est.
8. Duae novae portae aedificatae sunt. 9. Bene pug-
natum est ; hostes nostri superati sunt. 10. Fratrum
meorum capita graviter vulnerata sunt. 11. Vulnera-
torum militum corpora graviter cruciata sunt. 12. Pa-
cis diu speratae omnes memores erimus. 13. Si boni
eritis, certe omnes laudabimini.
• For the active voice of the verbs used in this exercise, see Exercises 47—5 1 .
\
73
114.
Imperlt-us, a, um, unskilled. tam, so.
pruden-s (m. /. ^ n. ), pru
dent-»», prudent.
1. The warlike king's brave soldiers will certainly be
stirred up. 2. I shall be called good, because I am good.
3. The more prudent husbandman's fields have been far
better ploughed. 4. I have been often severely tormented ;
but thou hast never been tormented. 5. You will be de
servedly called timid, if you have fought so badly. 6. Thou
wilt be overcome ; for thou art unskilled in (of) war. 7. If
we are (shall be) passionate and violent, we shall deservedly
be avoided. 8. That tender sheep will soon be devoured.
9. Perhaps the consul will have been overcome. 10. We
have fought (lit. : it has been fought) very badly. The
Koman army has been conquered, and the neighbouring
nations are besieging the city. 11. The wounded soldiers
were sleeping. 12. The good Christian had given wine to
the wounded sailors.
115.
Past Perfect and Future Perfect Indicative Passive of the First
Conjugation.
Past Perfect, or Pluperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Amat-us er-am, or fuer-am, / amat-i er-amus, or fuer-amus,
had been loved. we had been loved.
amat-ws er-as, or fuer-<»s, thou amat-i er-dtis, or fuer-atis, you
hadst been loved. had been loved.
amat-ws er-at, or fuer-a<, he had amat-i er-ant, or fuer-ant, they
been loved. had been loved.
Future Perfect.
Singular. Plural.
Amat-us er-o, or fuer-o, / shall amat-i ir-imue, or *fuer-imus,
or will have been loved. we shall or will have been loved.
amat-us er-is, or fuer-is, thou amat-i ir-itis, or *f\iir-itis, you
shall or wilt have been loved. shall or will have been loved.
amat-u» er-it, ovfuer-it, he shall amat-i er-unt. or fHZr-int, they
or will have been loved. shall or will have been loved.

*Fatig- Sri (1), to be tired; fati- liber-an (1), to be freed; libe-
gat-a», a, um, tired. rat-us. a, um, freed.
oppugn-ari (1), to be attacked ; irrit-an (1), to be irritated;
oppugnat-us, a, um, attacked, irritat-as, a, um, irritated.
accus-an ( I), to be accused; ac- fraud-an (1), to be defrauded ;
cuss\t-us, a, um, accused. fraudat-us. a, um, defrauded.
damn-ari (1 ), to be condemned ; serv-ari ( 1 ), to be preserved,
damnat-us, a, um, condemned. kept; servat-us, a, um, pre-
dari ( 1 ), to be given ; d&t-us, a, served, kept.
um, given. viol-ffri ( 1 ), to be violated, bro-
aestim-an (1), to be valued; ken (of a promise) ; viol5t-us,
acstimat-us, a, um, valued. a, um, violated, broken.
Tarquini-», Tarquinl-i (m. 2) , superb-us, a, um, proud.
Tarquinius. turpiter, basely, disgracefully.
1. Pauperibus militibus datum erat vinum. 2. Re-
ginae nostrae niger equus valde fatigatus erat. 3. Ejus
urbis portae oppugnatae fuerant. 4. Manus mea
graviter vulnerata erat. 5. Militis manus fatigatae
erunt. 6. Injusti judices certe proditionis accusati
erunt. 7. Cras fortasse capitis damnati eritis. 8. Pa-
trum nostrorum memoria semper magni aestimata erat.
9. Captivi milites tandem liberati erant. 10. Furti
accusati erimus, sed non damuati. 11. Aegri senis
servus nunquam irritatus erat. 12. Promissorum tu-
orum tam turpiter violatorum non possumus non mem-
ores esse. 13. Romanorum legiones turpiter fraudatae
erant ; promissa imperatoris non servata erant ; pe-
cunia non data. 14. Septem fuerunt Romanorum
reges, quorum ultimus fuit Tarquinius Superbus.
116.
1. A new garment had been given to the young men.
2. I had been accused of avarice ; but thou hadst been
accused of theft. 3. We had all been tired yesterday.
4. The Christian's promise will have been kept far better
than thine. 5. The rich old man will have been irritated
easily. 6. Who of you had not been accused of treason ?
• For the active voice of the verbs used in this Exercise, see the vocabu
laries to Exercises 51—59.
75
7. Not only the captives but even the slaves had been
freed. 8. The walls of that immense city will, perhaps,
have been attacked to-morrow. 9. The frequent sallies
of the braver army had been often avoided. 10. The
philosopher's new house will soon be built. 11. Both
thou and I (say, I and thou) had been severely wounded.
12. Much money used frequently to be given to the unjust
judge's wife.
117.
Second Conjugation.
Imperfect Infinitive and Present Imperfect and Past Imperfect

Indicative Passive of the Second Conjugation.
Mon-en, to be advised.
Present Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
MSn-&r, I am advised, or am mon-emur, we are advised, or
being advised. are being advised.
mon-era, or mon-ere, thou art mon-emlni, you are advised, or
advised, or art being advised. are being advised.
mon-etor, he is advised, or is mon- entur, they are advised, or
Past Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Mon-eftar, / was advised, was mon-ebamur, we were advised,
being advised, or used to be were being advised, or used to
advised. be advised.
mon-ebaris, or mon-ebare, thou mon- ebamlni, you were advised,
wast advised, wast being ad were being advised, or used to
vised, or usedst to be advised. be advised.
mon-ebatur, he was advised, was mon-ebantur, they were advised,
76
*Hab-m(2), to beheld, thought; vid-m (2), to be seen, to seem;
hSbit-u», a, um, held, thought, vis-us, a, um, seen, seemed.
considered. ten-eri (2), to be held, kept,
tim-m (2), to be /eared. guarded.
terr-m (2), to be frightened; doc-eri (2), to be taught; doc-
territ-us, a, um, frightened. t-us, a, um, taught, learned.
Fere, almost. discipfil-t», discipttl-i (m. 2 ), a

i,dhuc, a» yet, still. pupil.
1. Avaritia ejus ingens habebatur. 2. Ego sapiens
esse videor ; sed tu sapiens es. 3. Tu omnium fere
rerum videris ignarus esse. 4. Multitudo hostium
ingens esse videbatur. 5. Non facile terremur.
6. Discipuli doctorum magistrorum me multa docuer-
ant. 7. Si innocentes habemur, cur captivi adhuc
tenemur ? 8. Athenienses veteris suae gloriae mem-
ores semper habebantur. 9. Oppugnatarum urbium
portae quam optime tenentur. 10. Multa pecunia ei
dabitur. 11. Nonne sonitum majoris multitudinis
hodie audis ? 12. Dominus eorum servorum timetur,
sed non amatur. 13. Deus semper nostri memor est,
sed nos non semper memores Dei sumus.
118.
Deb-m (2), to be owed; de- aug-eri (2), to be inereased;
iAt~us, a, um, owed. auct-us, a, um, inereased.
Aur-um, aur-s (n. 2), gold. argent-um, argent-i (n. 2),

silver.
1. All this money is owed to our wounded soldiers.
2. We ought to give the money to the poor Christian.
3. The rich ought to give money to the poor. 4. The pain
in (of) my body seemed greater. 5. It seems to me best
(».) to keep our word. 6. The gold had been given to the
wives of the captive soldiers. 7. The silver is owed to the
sons of the sick sailors. 8. Flocks of sheep are easily
frightened. 9. Very learned women are very often feared.
• The verbs in the vocabulary are to be found in the active voice in the
vocabularies to Exercises 73—75.
77
10. The more learned boy seemed to be very useful to his
parents. 11. It is our business not only to seem but
also to be good (ace :). 12. If God is everywhere, he hears
all (things). 13. The life of the unhappy always seems to
be longer than the life of the happy.
119.
Second Conjugation.
Future Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
iion-ebor, I shall or will be ad mon-ebimur, we shall or will be
vised. advised.
mon-eberis, or mon-ebere, thou mon-ebimlni, you shall or will
shalt or wilt be advised. be advised.
monebitur, he shall or will be mon- ebuntur, they shall or will
Present Perfect, or Aorist.
Singular. Plural.
Mi5nft-ws, s-um, I have been or mSnit-t s-umus, we have been
was advised. or were advised.
mSnit-iw es, thou hast been or mSnit-i es-tis, you have been
wast advised. or were advised.
mSnit-us es-tf, he has been or mOnit-i s-tmt. they have been
*Cav-m (2), to be guarded mord-m (2), to be bitten ;

against. mors-us, a, um, bitten.
ci-eri (2), to be stirred up, ex sustin-m (2), to be sustained,
cited. supported.
cShib-cri (2), to be restrained; compl-m (2), to be filled; com-
cohibit-ws, a, um, restrained. plet-u», a, um, filled.
1. Omnes illorum ingentium exercituum impetus
tandem cohibiti sunt. 2. Arborum earum Humerus
cito augebitur. 3. Luporum avidorum adventus cave-
buntur. - 4. Exercitus nostri gloria quam maximc
aucta est. S. Ego facile cohibebor ; sed tu cohiberi
• The verts in the vocabulary are to be found in the active voice in the
vocabularies to Exercises 77 and 79.
78
non potes. 6. Nonne avaritia caveri debet ? 7. Illo-

rum portuum magnitudo tandem aucta est. 8. Fini-
timse gentes ad bellum facile ciebuntur. 9. Civitatis
dignitas bene sustinebitur. 10. Et ego et tu graviter
territi sumus. 11. Puerorum mantis mordebuntur.
12. Fossa omnes completes erant, et omnes hostes
vulnerati. 13. Fortis centurio pessimum imperatorem
proditionis accusare ausus est. 14. Aurum melius est
quam argentum.
120.
1. As many men as possible shall be stirred up to (ad)

war. 2. The more timid animals were being bitten. 3. The
enemies have been overcome, and all the slaves have been
freed. 4. The hands of the little girls have been filled.
5. All the bravest attacks of our most warlike enemies
have been restrained. 6. The farmers' avarice has at
length been restrained. 7. The pupils of the learned
master have been advised. 8. The bodies of the captive
soldiers have been severely wounded. 9. Shall we not all
be bitten 1 9. Which (who ?) of us has been frightened ?
10. The tender women seemed to fear that stag. 11. Yon
seemed to be ignorant of almost all things. 12. The
judge's sou was thought to be very warlike.
121.
Past Perfect and Future Perfect Indicative Passive of the Second
Conjugation.

Singular. Plural.
MSnlt-u» er.om, or fuer-am, / monit-i er-amus, or fuer-amu»,
had been advised. we had been advised.
mSnit-us er-as, or fair-as, thou monit-i erat-is, or faer-atis,
hadst been advised. you had been advised.
mSnlt-u» er-at or faiT-at, he monit-i er-ant, or fuerant,
had been advised. they had been advised.
79
Future Perfect.
Singular. Plural.
MSnlt-ue er-o, or fSSr-o, / monit-i ir-imus, or fuerl-mus,
shall or will have been advised. we shall have been advised.
monlt-us er-is, or fdSr-i», thou monit-i ir-itis,or fuer-Uis, you
shalt or wilt have been advised. shall have been advised.
mSnit-uS er-it, or fdir-it, he monit-i er-unt, or fair-int, they
shall or will have been advised. shall leave been advised.
*Obsideri (2), to be besieged; mSv-m (2), to be moved;

obsess-us, a, um, besieged. vaot-us, a, um, moved.
del-m (2), to be blotted out, de- faud-ire (2), to dare; aus-us,
stroye.d; delet-us, a, um, s-um, I have dared.
blotted out, destroyed. nunti-ari (1), to be announced ;
obtin-m (2), to be held, main- nuutiut-us, a, um, announced.
tained.
Romfil-ws, Romul-t (m. 2), Romulus.

Num-ffl, Num-ae, (m. 1), I\7uma.
Tall-ws HostiB us, Tull-i Hostili-i (m. 2), Tullus Hostiliu«.
Anc-us Marci-tis, Anc-J Marci-i (m. 2), Ancus Marcius.
Tarqumi-w Prisc-ws, Tarqulni-t' Prisc-i (m. 2), Targuinius
Priscus.
Serv!-ws Tulli-us, Servl-i TulU-i (m. 2), Servius Tullius.
Rom-a, Bom-oe (/. 1 ), Rome. frustra, in vain.

copi - ae, copi - arum (/. 1 ), paene, almost.
forces, troops. nomen, nomin-t», (n. 3), a name.
1. Urbs Roma sex menses frustra obsessa erat.

2. Atheniensium exercitus psene deletus est. 3. Duo
annos obsessi sumus. 4. Finitimarum gentium copiaa
facile delete erunt, si tu imperator militum nostrorum
fueris. 5. Tandem marito meo aegri nostri filii mortem
nuntiare ausa sum. 6. Tandem filiae nostrae mortem
uxori me® nuntiare ausus sum. 7. Has res cito senatui
nuntiatae fuerint. 8. Omnis fere populus motus fuerat.
9. Crudelis ilia injustissimorum judicium sententia
captivo nautse eras nuntiata fuerit. 10. Si rex vir
tues memor erit, regnum ejus facile obtinebitur.
• The verbs in this vocabulary are to be found io the active voice in toe
vocabulary to Exercise 81.
t See the note at the bottom of page 43.
80
11. Nemo iis credet: nam fidei suse immemores sunt-

12. Nonne novem annos obsessi fueratis? 13. Septem
regum Romanorum nomina sunt, Romulus, Numa,
Tullus Hostilius, Ancus Marcius, Tarquinius Priscus,
Servius Tullius, Tarquinius Superbus.
122.
Null-us, at um, no, none ; G. null-Ju» ; D. null-i.
1. Thou hadst dared to stir up thy husband to the fight.
2. I and my slave shall be severely bitten. 3. The more
timid queen will have been frightened yesterday. 4. The
walls of the besieged cities will soon have been destroyed,
and the ditches filled up, 5. Had not you been very often
defrauded? 6. We had been accused of treachery, but not
condemned. 7. To-day thou shalt be condemned to death
(capitis). 8. The bench was being again moved. 9. That
very great danger had been announced to the skilful
general. 10. All the garrisons of the Roman army have
been attacked ; but no Roman soldier fears an enemy.
11. The frightened legions will not dare to sustain the
attack of the Athenians. 12. Much(u.) (of) gold had been
owed to me, and much (of) silver to thee.

1 . What Is meant by the voice of a verb ? 2. What is meant by the active
voice? 3. What is meant by the passive voice? 4. In what case must the
object or accusative after a transitive verb in the active voice be put when the
verb is changed into the passive voice? 5. What kind of verbs, then, can
alone have a regular passive voice? [Transitive verba.] 6. How is the im
perfect infinitive passive of the first conjugation formed from the imperfect
infinitive active? 7. How Is the present imperfect indicative passive formed
from the present imperfect indicative active? 8. Howls the past imperfect
indicative passive formed from the past imperfect indicative active? 9. How
is the future imperfect indicative passive formed from the future imperfect in
dicative active ? 1 0. In the sentence, 1 am culled a philosopher, in what case is the
word philosopher ? 11. Why? [Because after passive verbs of calting the name
given is only a description of the subject, and therefore must be in the same
case with it] 12. Which is the common form for the second person of the
imperfect tenses of the passive voice, that ending in ri* or that ending in re ?
[That ending in re is very seldom employed in the present imperfect, but often
in the other imperfect tenses.] 13. What part of the passive verb occurs in
the vocabularies immediately alter the imperfect infinitive passive? [The
perfect participle.] 14. Why is it called participle! 15. Why Is it called
perfect participle? [The literal meaning of the perfect participle is something
more than is given in the vocabularies. Thus, la«datus means literally having
been praised; though, for convenience, praised is the only English given in
the vocabularies. Hence it will be seen that the action It denotes Is altogether
81
perfect ot finished.] 16. How is the perfect participle declined? IV. Tnwhat
respects must it agree with the substantive which it qualifies? 18. How are
the passive perfect tenses of English verbs formed? 19. In what respect does
the formation of the passive perfect tenses of Latin verbs differ ? [Only in using
the imperfect tenses of esse, to be, as well as the perfect tenses.] 20. Which
are most commonly used in Latin, the imperfect or the perfect tenses of the
verb esse? {The imperfect.] 21. Why? [Because the perfect or finished na
ture of the action having been so strongly expressed by the literal meaning of
the perfect passive participle (see answer to Question li), it is not ordinarily
necessary to express the perfect nature of the action a second time by the use
of one of the perfect tenses of esse. Thus laudatus sum means / am (in the
position of), having been praised. It cannot often be necessary to make the
completed nature of the action more prominent by saying laudatus fui, I have
been (in the position of) having been praised.]
22. Which two tenses of the verb esse are combined with the perfect
participle passive to form the present perfect indicative passive? 23. Which
two tenses of the verb esse are combined with the perfect participle passive
to form the past perfect indicative passive? 24. Wrhich two are combined
with the perfect participle passive to form the future perfect indicative
passive? 25. In what four respects must the perfect tenses of the passive
voice agree with their subject or nominative case? 26. If only transitive
verbs can have a regular passive voice, how is it that pvgnatum est occurs
in Exercise 113 (9), as the present perfect indicative passive from the in
transitive verb pugnare, to fight ? [Impersonal passive verbs in the third person
singular can "be formed from intransitive verbs; but not personal verbs.]
27. What are personal verbs! [Verbs which can have a person for their
subject, and can be conjugated with all three persons.] 28. What are
impersonal verbs? [Verbs which can not have a person for their nominative,
and are found only in the third person singular.] 29. How, then, must
you translate pugnatum est t [Literally, it has been fought, which Is here
equivalent to we have fought.] 30. How are adverbs of the positive degree
generally formed from adjectives of two terminations and one termination?
[Either by changing the s of the genitive singular into ter, as gravis, graviter;
or by using the "neuter accusative singular as an adverb; as facile.] 31. Why
does imperitus govern a genitive case ? 32. In Exercise 116 (11), why are you
told to translate thou and I by ego et tu, and not by tu et ego ? [Because in such
a sentence the Latins always placed a pronoun of the first person before a pro
noun of the second, and a pronoun of the second person before a noun sub
stantive, or a pronoun of the third person.] 33. How is the imperfect infinitive
passive of the second conjugation formed from the imperfect infinitive active ?
34. How is the present Imperfect indicative passive of the second conjugation.
formed ? 35. How is the past imperfect indicative passive of the second con
jugation formed ? 36. How is the future imperfect indicative passive of the
second conjugation formed ? 37. How is the present perfect indicative passive
formed ? 38. How is the past perfect indicative passive formed ? 39. How
is the future perfect indicative passive formed ? 40. What are the two mean
ings of videri in the passive voice ? 41. Why do kaberi and videri take the
same case after as before them ? 42. What verbs have already occurred which
take an infinitive mood after them? 43. Where is Rome?* 44. Who was
Romulus t 45. Who was Numat 46. Who was Tullus Hostiliust 47, Who
was Ancus Marcius ? 48. Who was Tarquinim Priscust 49. Who was Servius
Tullius t 50. Who was Tarquinitu Superbus ?
• The answers to the hisforical and geographical questions will be found in

Vocabulary I., under the name of the person or place referred to.
G
123.
The Ablative, Singular and Plural, of Substantives of the First and
Second Declensions, of Adjectives of three terminations, and of the
Possessive, Demonstrative, Logical, Relative, Interrogative, and
Personal Pronouns, and a list of some Prepositions governing the
Ablative Case.
Diclensiox I.
Dative Singular. Ablative Singular.
Fili-ae, to or for a daughter. fili-d, by a daughter.
Declension II.
Tili-o, to or for a son. fili-o, by a son.
bell-o, to or for war. bell-o, by war.
Adjectives of three terminations.

Bon-o, bon-ae, bou-o, to or for bon-o, bon-rf, bon-o, by good.
good.
nigr-o, nigr-ae, nigr-o, to or nigr-o, nigr-d, nigr-o, by
for black. black.
tener-o, tener-ae. tener-o, to tener-o, tener-d, tener-o, by
or for tender. tender.
Possessive Pronouns.
Me-o, me-ae, me-o, to or for me-o, me-d, me-o, by my.
my.
vestr-o, vestr-ae, vestr-o, to or vestr-o, vestr-d, vestr-o, by
for your. your.
Demonstrative, Logical, Relative, Interrogative, and Personal
Pronouns.
Accusative Singular. Ablative Singular.
H-un-c, h-an-c, h-o-c, this. h-o-c, h-d-c, h-o-c, by this.
Hi-um, ill-am, ill-wrf, that, him, ill-o, ill-d, ill-o, by that, him,
or her. or her.
e-um, e-am, i-d, him, her, it, e-o, e-d, e-o, by him, her, it,
this, or that. this, or that.
qu-em, qu-am, qu-od, or qa-id, qu-o, qu-d, qu-o, by whom, by
whom, which, what, or whom ? which, by what, or by whom ?
which ? what ? by which ? by what ?
Me, me. me, by me.

te, thee. te, by thee.
se, himself, herself, itself, or se, by himself, herself, itself, or
themselves. themselves.
*** Other signs of the Ablative Case which it will often be

found necessary to use, are in, on, with, at, and from.
*** The Ablative Plural is in all cases the same as the

Dative Plural.
Prepositions governing the Ablative Case.

A or ab, away from, from, by. in, in, upon.
cum, with. pro, before, for.
de, down from, from, of, con- sine, without.
cerning, about. sub, under.
e, or ex, out of, from.
culp-ort (1), to be blamed; cul- ex equo pugn-are, to fight on

pit-us, a, to», blamed. horseback (lit. : from a horse.)
1. Pro regina, mea pugnabo. 2. Et ego et tu

pro urbia muro stabamus. 3. Nonne tu semper ex
equo pugnabas ? 4. Hoc libro me (myself) heri delec-
tabam. 5 . Libris meis me semper delecto. 6. A nauta
laudatus sum. 7. Filia mea ab eo agricola laudata
erit. 8. Laudatur ab his ; culpatur ab illis. 9. Ab
bac bona puella saepe monebamini. 10. Nemo sine
maximis periculis miles esse potest. 11. Longissimo
eo bello diu fatigati eramus. 12. Filii mei parvi in
muro stare voluut.
124.
1. Thy children fell down from the wall. 2. The old
philosopher was urged on by the king's frequent promises.
3. The tender sheep was devoured by the greedy wolf.
4. The city (of) Rome was built by (a) Romulus. 5. With
out our children we cannot be happy. 6. What did you
hear about those letters ? 7. Why do you wish to stand
before the house? 8. The more cruel young man ran out
of his father's house yesterday. 9. The slave fell under
his black horse. 10. The master was irritated by (a) his
84
very naughty pupil. 11. The fertile fields will be ploughed

by the joyful husbandmen. 12. The wine was given to
the sick slaves by the very good masters.
125.
The Ablative Singular and Plural of Substantives of the Third,
Fourth, and Fifth Declensions, and of Adjectives of two termina
tions and one termination.
DECLENSION III.
Dative Singular. Ablative Singular.
I'Str-i (m.), to a father. pfttr-e, by a father.
hSmln-t, to a man. hSmin-e, by a man.
mar-t (n. ) to the sea. mari, by the sea.
capit-i (u.), to a head. capit-e, by a head.
Adjectives of two terminations.
Trist-i, to sad. trist-t, by sad.
mellor-i, to belter. *melIor-e, or xnelldr-t, by better.
Adjectives of one termination.
Felic-i, to happy. *felic-t, or felic-e, by happy.
prttdent-t, to prudent. *prudente, or prudent-i, by
prudent.
Declension IV.
Exercit-ut (m.), to an army. exerclt-u, by an army.
corn-u (n.), to a horn. corn-u, by a horn.
Declension V.
Di-ei (m. §•/.), to a day. di-e, by a day.
*** The Ablative Plural is in all Declensions the same as

the Dative Plural.
Sagitt-a, sagitt-os (/. I), an onu-s, oner-is (n. 8), a burden,

arrow.
Ips-e, ips-a, ips-um. G. ips-lus, D. ips-i, myself, thyself, himself,
herself, or itself. [Cone through like ill-e, ill-a, ill-mo?.]
• Of these two forms far the ablative the one that stands first la the one
moat in use.
85
1. A patre meo laudatus sum. 2. Idtibi manu mea

monstrabo. 3. Et ego et voa sonitu pugnae excitaba-
mur. 4. Milites alta voce centurionem vocaverant.
5. Ego et servus meus sub altissima arbore stabamus.
6. Magno cum periculo hostes civitatis superavimus.
7. Sine te id onus portare non possum. 8. Pro ux-
oribus et liberis nostris omnes pugnare volumus.
9. De Socratis virtute saepe audivimus, sed nunquam
ipsum vidimus. 10. Fur pessimus ab omnibus judici-
bus furti damnatus erat. 11. Eo ipso die (on that very
day) Athenienses iterum superati sunt. 12. Oonsulum
servi equos manibus suis tenebant. 13. Brachium
meum sagitta tua vulneratum est.
126.
Vir, vir-t (ro. 2), a man (a good or brave man).
1. There are many sheep in this field. 2. I carried my
shield (in) my hand. 3. (InJ three days the general will
have overcome all the neighbouring nations. 4. I saw
many very good sailors in that port. 5. The stags will all
be bitten by those cruel dogs. 6. The joyful pupils used to
be taught by the wise philosopher. 7. Socrates is a man
(vir) of better faith (abl. or gen.) than thou art. 8. The
king himself is frightened by his own armies. 9. We were
at length wounded by the arrows of our enemies. 10. I
will show this law to the judge himself. 11. Our sheep
often stand in the water. 12. My husband fell (down)
from that very high tree, and broke both his head and
arm. 13. He will be accused by the consuls of treachery.

1. What are the signs of the ahlative case ? 2. How do you form the abla-
tive singular of the first declension from the dative singular? 3. Why is the
a in the last syllable circumflexed ? [To show that a contraction has taken
place, and to distinguish it from the nominative.] 4. How do you form the
ablative singular of the second declension from the dative singular? 5. How
do you form the ablative singular of adjectives of three terminations ? 6. How
do you form the ablative singular of possessive pronouns ? 7. How do you
form the ablative singular of the logical and demonstrative pronouns? [In the
same way as the ablative singular of adjectives of three terminations, that is.
after the model of the first two declensions.] 8. How is it that the letter c is
to be found at the end of almost every case of hie, haec, hoc. [See Answer
21 in Questions on Exercises 21—30.] 9. How do you form the ablative
singular of the relative and interrogative pronouns? 10. From which case
86
may you most readily form the ablative singular of the personal pronouns ego
and tu, and the reflective pronoun «? 11. How do you form the ablative plu
ral of all substantives, adjectives, and pronouns? 12. What is a preposition ?
13. What is the meaning of the word preposition? [It is derived from two
Latin words, prae, before, and positus, placed, and is so called because it is
generally placed before the substantive which it governs.] 14. Have you met
with any prepositions in any previous exercises? 15. What case did that
preposition govern ? 16. What case do the prepositions given in exercise 1x3
govern ? 17. Of the two forms a and ab, when do you use a, and when ab ?
18. Of the two forms e, and ex, when do you use e, and when ex? 19. In the
sentence hoc libro me detecto, why is hoc libro put in the ablative case ? [Be
cause the instrument, cause or manner of an action is always put in the ablative
case without a preposition. Here the book is the instrument with which I
delight myself] 20. In the sentence a nautd laudatus sum, why Is the prepo
sition a put before nautd t [A sailor is not a dead instrument, but a living
agent or doer ; and the living agent requires the preposition a or ai to be
used before it.]
21. Three prepositions, a or ah, e or ex, and de mean from. Does it not
matter which you use when you wish to translate the English word from into
Latin ? 22. When, then, should you use am, ah? 23. When should you usee
or ex? 24. When should you use rfe? 25. Translate the phrase to fight on
horseback, into Latin. Why do you use ex for on ? 26. In translating the phrase
the city of Rome into Latin, why is the word of left out and Home put in the same
case as city. [Because Iiome means the same thing as city ; and in Latin, two
substantives meaning the same thing are alwayB put in the same case.]
27. How do you form the ab!ative singular of the third declension from the
dative singular? [Generally by changing the final t of the dative singular into
e, as I Jut., patrl; Abl.,patre; but sometimes no change is made, as Dat., mari;
Abl., marl.] 28. How can you tell when to leave the finalj unchanged?
[1 . Neuter substantives ending in e, al and ar have the ablative singular ex
actly like the dative singular. 2. Some substantives whose nominatives end in
is form their accusative singular in tm instead of em. All these have also their
ablative singular exactly like the dative singular.] 29. How do yon form the
ablative singular of positive adjectives of two terminations ? 30. How do you
form the ablative singular of comparative adjectives? 31. How do you form
the ablative singular of adjectives of one termination ? 32. Which form is the
commoner with adjectives ending in ns, like prudens ? 33. How do you form
the ablative singular of masculine and feminine nouns of the fourth declension
from the dative singular ? 34. How do you form the ablative singular of
neuter nouns of the fourth declension? 35 How do you form the ablative
singular of the fifth declension from the dative singular? 3ii. How do you
form the ablative plural of substantives of the third, fourth, and fifth declen
sions and adjectives of two terminations and one termination ? 37. What
words is ipse declined like? 3H. In the phrase eo ipso die, on that very day,
why is the ablative case used ? [Because in Latin the word expressing the
part of time, or the time when is put in the ablative case.] 39. Why has the
verb audere, to dare, no regular passive voice ? 40. Tn the phrase Socrates is a
man of better faith, why should the words of better faith be put in the ablative
or genitive case? [Because they express the quality or nature of Socrates;
and in Latin, words expressing quality are put in the ablative, or less often in
the genitive case.]
127.
The Ablative used after Comparative Adjectives when the adverb
quam is omitted, to express the latter of two things compared.
Verita-a, veritat-i» (/. 3), truth, pulcher, pulchr-a, pulchr-um,

fel-es, fel-is (/. 8), a cat. beautiful.
87
pUtrl-a, pHtri-oe (/. 1), one's dule-is, dulc-», tweet, pleasant.

native country. fidel-M, fidel-», faithful,
pat-are, putav-i ( 1 ), to think. clar-tw, a, um, clear, bright.
prSHo9-u», a, um, precious. vil-w, vil-e, cheap.
turp-is, turp-e, base, disgraceful, du-obus, abus, obus, by two.
velox (m.f. $ n.), G. vel5c-is, (Abl. of du-o.)
swift. amplius, more.
Sapientia melior auro est, Wisdom is better than gold.
I. Nihil sapientia pretiosius est. 2. Turpis fuga

mortis {front death) omni morte pejor est. 3. Canis
mens fele tua major erat. 4. Leones cervis iis velo-
ciores erunt. 5. Quid potest esse sole majus?
6. Fugnam eam amplius duobus horis sustinueramus.
7. Homines nihil hominibus pulchrius putant. 8. Nihil
mihi veritatis luce dulcius est. 9. Canes hominibus
longe fideliores sunt. 10. Quis locus debet esse dul-
cior tibi patria ? 11. Ea quae ad te scripsit pater tuus,
ipso sole clariora sunt. 12. Vilius argentum est auro,
virtutibus aurum.
128.
Lnn-a, lun-a» (/. 1), ths moon, insiil-a, insttl-a* (/. 1), an
servitu-», servitut-w (/. 3), island.
slavery. rStio, ration-w (/.3), reason.
liberta-», libertat-is (/. 3),
liberty.
1. What is better than wisdom? 2. The sun is bigger

than the moon. 3. Do not you think my dogs swifter
than your horses? 4. Nothing is more beautiful thau
virtue. 5. Is not light swifter than sound? 6. The
soldiers fought very bravely (for) more than six hours.
7. Rome was besieged by the Gauls (for) more than seven
months. 8. No one in this immense island is more
skilful than thou. 9. God is greater and more powerful
than all. 10. Nothing is baser than slavery ; nothing
more divine than liberty. 11. What can be more divine
iu man than reason ?
88
129.
THIRD CONJUGATION.

Indicative Passive of the Third Conjugation.
RSg-i, to be ruled.

Singular. Plural.
Reg-or, I am ruled, or am being rSg-fmur, we are ruled, or are
ruled. being ruled.
rig-iris, thou art ruled, or art rig-imini, you are ruled, or are
being ruled. heing ruled.
reg-ttur, he is ruled, or is being rig-unlur, they are ruled, or are
ruled. being ruled.

Singular. Plural
ISHg-ebar, I was being ruled, was reg-ebdmur, we were being ruled,
ruled, or used to be ruled, were ruled, or used to be ruled.
rig-ebaris, or reg-ebdre, thou reg-ebdmlni, you were being
wast being ruled, wast ruled, ruled, were ruled, or used to be
or usedst to be ruled. ruled.
reg-ebdtur, he was being ruled, reg-ebantur, they were being
was ruled, or used to be ruled. ruled, were ruled, or used to
be ruled.
*Duc-i'(3).to be led; duct-us, Sm-i (3), to be bought ; empt-ws,

a, um, led. a, um, bought.
fundi (3), to be poured out, put vend-i (3), to be sold; ven-
to flight, routed; fus-us, a, dit-UJ, a, um, sold.
um, poured out, put to flight, scrlb-i (3), to be written;
routed. script-iw, a, um, written.
mitt-i (3), to be sent; miss-us, parc-ere, peperc-i(3), to spare,
a, um. sent. (dot. ).
vinc-i (3), to be conquered;
vict-us, a, um, conquered.
Hue, hither. illuc, thither.
• The verbs in this vocabulary may be found in the Active Voice in the
89
1. Saepe a liberis meis ex urbe ducor. 2. Tu mit-

teris a me, et ego mittor a te. 3. Cur aqua ilia pura
a vobis humi funditur ? 4. Certe hostibus nostris ab
ipso imperatore nostro vendimur. .5. Cupiditatibus
vestris omnes, mea sententia (in my opinion), regimini.
6. Novae illae vestes a nostris militibus emuntur.
7. Epistolae a veteribus uxoris meae amicis scribeban-
tur. 8. Et ego et judex ille honestus illuc ducebamur.
9. Et tu et amici tui a servis nostris hue ducebamini.
10. Ii ipsi milites, quibus olim peperceram, heri a
consule vendebantur. 11. Septem diebus regis ipsius
exercitus ab imperatore nostro non solum funditur sed
etiam deletur. 12. Voci3 tuae sonitu illuc ducebar.
130.
1. You have spared all those (dat.) who had children.
2. All his opinions about that matter used to be written
in his letters. 3. Thou art being led by the opinion of
that philosopher ; but I am being led by the opinion of this
Christian. 4. The army was being led hither by a general
more skilled in war ; therefore we were being frightened.
5. We are being sent out of the city by the consuls. 6. As
many soldiers as possible are being sent by the warlike
king. 7. The old slaves used oftener (ado.) to be sold by their
cruel masters. 8. The poor pupil will be better taught by
his very good master. 9. We shall soon be delighted by
the arrival of the kings themselves. 10. We had ploughed
all the farmers' fields (in) three days. 11. Under those
higher trees the sun's heat will not be so violent. 12. In
that city very many men were always led by glory and
virtue. 13. We cannot be conquered ; for we fight for our
wives and children ; therefore God will preserve us.
131.
Third Conjugation.
Future Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Reg-ar, I shall or will be ruled, reg-emur, we shall or will be
ruled.
90
Teg-iris or reg-ere, thou shalt reg-emini, you shall or will be
or wilt be ruled. ruled.
Teg-etur, he shall Dr will be teg-entur, they shall or will be
ruled. rukd.

Singular. Plural.
Rect-u», »-i/m, orfu-»,/Aaee6ec» rect-i s-umus, or fu-imus, we
or was ruled. have been or were ruled.
rect-ns es or fa-isti, thou hast rect-i es-tis, or (u-istis, you
been or wast ruled. have been or were ruled.
rect-w» es-t or fu-it, he has been rect-i s-unt, fu-erunt, or fu-ere,
or teas ruled. they have been or were ruled.
*Can-t (3), to be sung. ger-i (3), to be carried on,

waged, managed; gest-us, a,
um, carried on, waged, mana
ged.
caed-i" (3), to be cut, cut down, ferr-i (3), to be brought, borne,
beaten, killed ; caes-us, a, um, told, proposed; lat-us, a, um,
cut down, beaten, hilled. brought, borne, told, proposed.
cSl-i (3), to be tilled, cultivated; cred-i (3), to be believed, en
cult-m, a, um, tilled, cultiva trusted ; credit-tw, a, um, be
ted. lieved, entrusted.
Ignosc-ere, ignov-i (3), to par- dees-se, deffi-i, to be wanting, to

don(dat:). fail (dat:).
curr-ere, cucurr-i (3), to run. ades-se, adffi-i, to be present,
stand-by (dat'.).
praees-se, praeffi-t, to be over, interes-ec, inter! u-i, to be engaged
have the command of (dot:). in (flat:).
virg-a, virg-ae (f. 1), a rod. poet-a, poet-ae (m. 1), a poet.
silv-a, silv-ae (f, 1), a wood. ambit us, amblt-us, (m. 4), un
lawful canvassing, bribery.
carmen, cairmn-is (n. 3), a song,' civ-is, civ-i» (3, m. §•/.) a citi-
poem. zen.
Graec-us, a, um, Greek. que, and.
• The Passive Verbs in this vocabulary are to be found in the Active Voice
in the vocabulary to Exercise 103.
91
1. Carmina ea optima ab omnibus civibus canentur.

2. Poetae illi optimi venustissima carmina heri cecinere.
3. Si ego hodie virgis caesus sum, tu eras caederis.
4. Bellum a senatu populoque Romano bene gestum
est. 5. Socrates omnium Graecorum longe nobilissimus
et sapientissimus semper ab omnibus credetur. 6. Le-
gionis pecunia seni centurioni credita est. 7. Consules
ipsi senatui praefuere. 8. Omnes fere illius silvae ar-
bores a parentum nostrorum servis caesae sunt.
9. Omnes res meae a vobis optime gestae sunt.
10. Liberati servi totam urbem Romam terruerunt.
11. Hie ager valde fertilis est ; nam semper a peritis-
simis agricolis cultus est. 12. Duae de ambitu leges
ad vos latae sunt (were proposed).
132.
pleb-s, pleb.is ( f. 3), the com- curr-u», curr-Ks (m, 4), a cha-
mons, commonalty. riot.
militar-w fm. $• f.J, militar-e
(n. ), military.
1. These three laws shall be proposed to (ad) the

Commons to-morrow. 2. Thou shalt be borne in a chariot
to (ad) the river. 3. The enemies were frightened by the
frequent sallies of the garrison. 4. I can run quickly, but
thou canst run more quickly. 5. That youth has the
command of a legion ; but he is unskilled in (of) military
affairs (sing.), and cannot endure labours. 6. They who
are wanting to their friends are wanting to themselves ;
and they who stand by their friends stand by themselves.
7. All the citizens who had been engaged in that matter
were beaten (with) rods. 8. We have been sold (as) slaves
by the consuls, to the army. 9. You have been disgrace
fully routed by slaves and women. 10. You will be sent
to-morrow, by the senate and the Roman people, to (ad)
the Athenians. 11. The Christian will pardon those who
have condemned him to death.
92
133.
Past Perfect and Future Perfect Indicative Passive of the
Third Conjugation.

Singular. Plural.
Rect-aser-amor (u-tlram, I had reet-i er-amus or fu-ertimus, we
been ruled. had been ruled,
rect-us er-as or ftt-£ras, thou rect-i er-atis or fa-eratis, you
hadst been ruled. had been ruled.
rect-«» er-at or ftt-erat, he had reet-i er-ant or fH-hant, they
been ruled. had been ruled.
Future Perfect.
Singular. Plural.
Rect-«s er-o or fttSr-o, I shall or rect-i Frim-M or f\xer-%mus, we
will have been ruled. shall or will have been ruled.
rect-us er-i» or fttSr-w, thou rect-i er-ftis or fuer-ltis, you
shalt or wilt have been ruled. shall or will have been ruled.
rect-«» er-rt or ftteV-fc, he shall rect-i er-unt or fuer-inf, they
or will have been ruled. shall or will have been ruled.
Relinqu-ere, reliqa-i (3), to incend-£re, incend-i (3), to

leave; relict- us, a, um, left, burn, sex. on fire, inflame;
incens-u», a, um, burnt, set
on fire, inflamed.
dic-ere, dix-i (3) (dat.) of per- praemitt-£re. praemls-i (3), to
son), to say, tell, speak ; diet- send before; praemiss-us, a,
us, a, um, said, told, spoken. um, sent before.
prSpgr-are, prSpe"rav-t, to has- Txx-he, ru-t (3), to rush,
ten.
Prepositions governing the Accusative case.
Ad, to, near. in, into, to.
ante, before. per, through, by meant of, by.
contra, opposite, against. post, after, behind.
verb-um, verb-i, (». 2), a word, pStlus, rather.

lcgat-m, legiit-i (m. 2), an am- insldl-ae, insidi-urum (f. 1),
bassador, a lieutenant. snares, ambuscades.
ne —quidera, not even.
1. Ex flumine in silvam properare volumus. 2. Ves-

tes nostrae sub arbore relictae erant. 3. Duo legati
93
ab hostibus ad consulem missi erunt. 4. Per te rex

captivis militibus pepercit. 5. Post tres menses mor-
tuus ero. 6. Hostium copiae ad flumen, quod post eum
urbis murum est, pugnabant. 7. Ira incensae, ipsae
in hostem ruebamus. 8. Hoc non solum non pro me
sed potius contra me est. 9. Ne verbum quidem a
me unquam dictum erit. 10. A senatu ad te maximo
cum periculo per omnes hostium insidias praemissi er-
amus. 11. Nisi ante omnia plures milites ad me missi
fuerint, facile a rege vincar. 12. Hoc bellum est om
nium contra omnes. 13. Haec via in urbem ducit.
134.
Quam optime, as well as possible.
1. I have spoken my opinion about these matters before
the Senate itself. 2. The laws had all been proposed to
(ad) the Commons before the ninth hour of the day. 3. I
shall have been sent before from the port to the river ; and
thou wilt have been sent before from the river to the port.
4. The house had been set on fire by that passionate young
man. 5. Both the gold and the silver will have been left
(behind) in the city without a guard. 6. Both 1 and the poet
had been wounded by the arrows of the enemy (enemies).
7. You will certainly have been moved by the grief of
your parents. 8. The bodies of the dead soldiers will
perhaps have moved even the cruel king. 9. That very
brave dog fears not even a lion. 10. We wish to avoid
the ambuscades of our enemies, and attack them (while)
ignorant of their danger. 11. Through thee and thy
husband I shall, perhaps, preserve my children. 12. It is
the master's business to teach his pupils as well as pos
sible.

1. How do you form the imperfect infinitive passive of the third conjugation
from the imperfect infinitive active? 2. How do you form the present indica
tive passive of the third conjugation from the present imperfect indicative
active ? 3. How do you form the past imperfect indicative passive from
the past imperfect indicative active? 4. How do you form the future
Imperfect indicative passive from the future imperfect indicative active?
5. How are the passive perfect tenses of the third conjugation made up?
[See Questions on Exercises 111—122.] 6. Which are most in use in conjuno
94
Won with the perfect participle, the Imperfect or perfect tenses of the verb
utet 7. How do you form the present perfect or aorist? 8. What is the
meaning of the present perfect, and what is the meaning of the aorist ? 9. How
do you form the past perfect; 10. How do you form the future perfect?
11. Why have parcere, currtre, ignoscere, deese, adesse, itc, no regular passive
voice? 12. WhyisiaXits, the perfect participle at fern, so unlike it» [Because
it is derived from a totally different root, though of the same meaning. So
fl»i, the present perfect of em, is utterly unlike esse for the same reason.]
13. What is the difference between el, and and que, and? [Et joins together
two things of equal importance which are to be considered separately : que
joins two things together of which the tatter is to be looked on as belonging to
the former, and forming one notion with it.] 14. What two cases do preposi
tions usually govern in Latin? 15.. Do any prepositions govern both cases?
16. Have they a different meaning according to the case they govern?
17. What does in mean when It governs the ablative ? 18. What does in mean
when it governs the accusative? 19. Has insidiae, any singular number?
20. Mention some English substantives that have no singular? 21. Mention
any Latin words you know that have none. 22. How mast ne-quidem be placed
with respect to the word it Is meant to qualify I 23. Should enemy when it
means a hostile army be translated into Latin by the singular or plural of
hostul 24. Why? 25. Why does dicere govern a dative of the person
spoken to ?
135.
FOUETH CONJUGATION.

Indicative Passive, and the Vocative Case of Substantives and
Adjectives.
Aud-in, to be heard.

Singular. Plural.
Aud-for, / am heard, or am aud-imur, we are heard, or are
being heard. heing heard,
aud-lris, or aud-ire, thou art aud-Im(rat, you are heard, or are
heard, or art being heard. being heard.
aud-tlur, he is heard, or is being aud-iuntur, they are heard, or
heard. are being heard.
Singular. Plural.
AudX-ebar, I was being heard, audX-ibdmur, we were being
was heard, or used to be heard. heard, were heard, or used to
be heard.
aiaM-ebdris, or audi-ebfire, thou audl-ebdmini, you were being
wast being heard, wast heard, heard, were heard, or used to
or usedst to be heard. be heard.
95
audi-ebatur, he was being heard, axidi-eBantur, they were being
was heard, or used to be heard, were heard, or used to
heard. he heard.
Vocative Case.
The Vocative Case is always the same as the Nominative,
except in the Singular Number of Nouns of the Second Declen
sion ending in us, and in the Masculine Singular of Adjectives of
three terminations, ending in us, a, um ; as,
Nominative Singular. Vocative Singular.
Amic-ws (m. 2), a friend. amic-e, 0 friend.
bon-us (m.), good. bon-e (m.), 0 good.
But T)e-us, God, has O Be-us, 0 God, for the Vocative.
Fili-u», a son, makes fil-i, 0 son ; and me-us, me-a, me-um, my
or mine, make m-i, me-a, me-um, 0 my.
*Inven-TW, to be found (4); in- pun-in, to be punished; (4),
vent-us, a, um, found. punlt-us, a, um. punished.
sentlri, to be felt heard, per- sSpel-in, to be buried; (4), se-
ceived, thought (4). pult-us, a, um, buried.
finiri, to be finished ; (4), finlt- SpSr-Iri, to be opened; (4),
us, a, um, finished. apert-us, a, um, opened.
1. Ajudice illo optimo innocentes nunquam puni-

untur. 2. A tristissimis illis adolescentibus corpora
mortuorum parentum sepeliebantur. 3. Urbis porta
a philosophi servo hostibus crudelissimis aperiebatur.
4. Omnia mortuorum hostium corpora hodie ab ipsis
victoribus sepeliuntur. 5. Pater optime, malus ille
puer a magistro punitur. 6. O pessime fur, merito ab
adolescente puniris. 7. Ego merito, o domine, a te
punior ; sed is non merito. 8. O milites, ab hostibus
sentimur ; nunc urbem frustra oppugnabimus. 9. O
miserae meae filiae I mortua est mater vestra. 10. Mi
fili ! te hodie docere non possum. 11. Tu, mi amice,
a magistro nostro puniebaris heri ; hodie ego punior.
12. 0 dies laetissimi ! vos nunquam iterum videbo.
• The Verbs in this vocabulary are to be found in the Active Voice in the
96
136.
GaUI-a, GalB-ae (/. 1), Gaul. Germani-a, Germani-ae (/. 1),
Germany.
1. We were being punished by the centurion of our
legion. 2. You were perceived by all the people. 3. The
flowers were being opened by the heat and lijiht of the sun.
4. Ten legions were led by the Roman general from (out
of) Gaul into Germany. 5. The sheep used always to be
found by the shepherd's dog. 6. No man can fight with
the enemy without soldiers. 7. Not even thou wishest to
condemn an innocent man to death. 8. The wall was
being finished with very great danger to (of) the soldiers.
8. The slaves were being sent hither and thither by their
master. 10. Mother, why do you not send the slave to (ad)
the city? My son, I have sent him. 11. My friends, we
are fighting for our ting, for (our) wives, and children ;
we cannot but conquer the legions of the enemy. 12. O
Athenians! you have condemned Socrates, the wisest and
best of men to death ! 13. I think with thee (tecum)
O, philosopher! but I am very often conquered by my
passions.
137.
The Future Imperfect, Present Perfect, Past Perfect, and Future
Perfect Indicative Passive of the Fourth Conjugation.
Future Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Audi-ar, I shall or will be heard. audi-emur, we shall or will be
heard.
audi- iris or audi-ere, thou shalt &rxdi-imini, you shall or will be
or wilt be heard. heard.
audi-eto-, he shall or will be audi-mtor, they shall or will be
heard. heard.
Siugular. Plural.
Audit-ws 8-um, or fu-t, / have audit-i s-umus, or fa-imus, we
been or was heard. have been or were heard.
&c. &c. &c. &c.
97

Singular. Plural.
Audit-us er-am, or ffiSr-am, / audit-i er-amus, or ftigr-amus,
had been heard. we had been heard.
&c. &c. &c. &c.
Future Perfect.
Singular. Plural.
Audit-us er-o, or fuSr-o, Ishall audit-i %-rimus, orffier-imws, we
or will have been heard. shall or will have been heard.
&c. &o. &c. &c.
Mun-iri (4), to be fortified, viac-iri (A), to be bound ; vinci-

guarded ; munlt-us, a, um, us, a, um, bound.
fortified, guarded.
haur-iri (4), to be drawn, drunk
in; hs,ust-u-s, a, um, drawn,
drunk in.
haur-Zre, haus-i (4), to draw, redl-re, rSdiv-i, or rSdi-i (4),

drink in. to return.
i-re, Iv-i, or I-t (4), to go. transl-re, transiv-i, or transi-i
(4), to eross.
1. Ego, civis Romanus, a servis furibusque vinctus

sum, et virgis caesus. 2. Mox a militibus vinciar, et
morti dabor. (3. Sub hac ipsa arbore sepeliemur.
4. Aqua a pastore hausta est, et omnibus ejus ovibus
data est. 5. Praesidium contra omnes hostium erup-
tiones melius munitum erat. 6. Omnes Eomani exer-
citus insidias cavere volumus. 7. Omnia ilia vina ab
avidis victoribus cito hausta fuerint. 8. Legiones
nostrae flumen sine periculo transiverant. 9. Cras
fures illi ex silva in urbem redierint. 10. Omnes
puniemini, si unquam vos in meo horto videro.
11. Multi in ilia ingenti multitudine innoeentes inve-
nientur. 12. Aqua ex- hoc flumine haurietur] et in
domum meam portabitur. 13. Debemur morti nos
nostraque.
H
98
138.
Dorm-ire, <Jormlv-i,or dorml-i aery-ire (4), serviv-i, or servX-i,
(4), to sleep. to serve, be the slave of (dat.).
vest-ire, vestlv-i, or vesti-t (4), vest-in, to be clothed; vestlt-ws,
to clothe. a, um, clothed.
castr-a, castr-orum (». 2), a loc-us, loc-i (m. 2), (but mas-
camp. online and neuter in the plural,)
a place.
vall-um, vall-t (n. 2), a ram- barb8r-u,, a, um, barbarian.

part.
1. We wish to go to-morrow to that great city. 2. The
place was well fortified by a very high wall. 3. The con
sul's camp had been well fortified against the attacks of
the barbarians by a rampart and ditch. 4. The mother
will have clothed the poor man (in) her son's garments.
5. The fields will soon be clothed (with) the most beautiful
flowers. 6. You certainly do not wish to be the slave
of your passions (dot.) 7. The consuls, inflamed with
anger, wish to return with three legions into Gaul. 8. I
had crossed the river, behind the trees. 9. The slaves
served their master (dat.) well all their life (ace.) 10. The
garrison will have been besieged during (through) ten
days. 11. We shall be bound by the centurion, and led
before the general. 12. We drank in wisdom and virtue
from those noble words of Socrates.

1. How do you form the imperfect infinitive passive of the fourth conjugation
from the imperfect infinitive active ? 2. How do you form the present imper
fect indicative passive of the fourth conjugation from the present imperfect
indicative active ? 3. How do you form the past imperfect Indicative passive
from the past imperfect indicative active ? 4. How do you form the future
imperfect indicative passive from the future imperfect indicative active?
5. How do yon form the present perfect indicative passive ? 6. How do you
form the past perfect ? 7. How do you form the future perfect ? 8. What is
the sign of the vocative case ? 9. In what respects does the vocative case of
substantives and adjectives generally differ from the nominative case ?
10. How do you form the vocative singular of substantives of the second de
clension ending in us t 11. How do you form the vocative singular of adjec
tives of three terminations whose nominative singular masculine ends in ta 1
12. What is the vocative of Deusi 13. What is the vocative of filiust
14. Why? [Because Jilie, the regular vocative, readily contracted into^t.]
15. What is the vocative singular masculine otmeust 16. Why? [Because
99
mee, the regular vocative, was contracted into mi.] 17. How does tecum mean
with thee ? [It is used for cum te. See Exercise 1 67, where more instances of the
union of cu77i with the ablative of the personal pronouns are given,] 18. What
do you mean by a compound verb ? [A verb compounded or made up of a verb
and a preposition prefixed to it ; as trans-ire, to go across, from trans, across,
and ire, to go.] 19. Give instances of English compound verbs. 20. Give
other instances of Latin compound verbs. 21. How is the shorter form of
the present perfect of ire and its compounds, of dormire, seroire and many
other verbs of the fourth conjugation, whose present perfect end in ivi, formed
from the longer form? 22. How does redire mean to return? [Because re
means again or back ; the d is put in only to separate the e in re from the
i in ire. ] 23. How is it that transire governs an accusative, when ire does not ?
24. In what respects is locus irregular in gender and therefore in the way in
which it is declined ?
139.
The Irregular Verbs—Posse, to he able, and Velle, to wish.
Pos-se, to le able.
Present Imperfect Indicative I am able, or I can, &c.

Poss-utb, pStes, pStes-£. poss-fenii», pStes-<£s, poss-uni.
Past Imperfect.—I was able, I could, &c.

Pot-Sr-aw, -Sr-as, -er-at. -Sr-amus; -ISr-dtis, -fa-ant.
Future Imperfect.—I shall or will be able, &c.

PSt-er-o, -fa-is, -fa-it. -fa-imus, -er-aw, -fa-unt.
Present Perfect, or Aorist.—I have been able, or I could, &c.

PSttt-i, -isti, -it. -imus, -istis, -erunt, or -ere.
Past Perfect or Pluperfect I had been able, &c.

PSttt-»ram, -has, -hat. -hdmus, -eratis, -hant.
Future Perfect.—I shall or will have been able, &c.

Votu-ho, -his, hit. *-himus, -hitis, -hint.
' See the Note at the bottom of p. 27.

h2
100
Velle, to wish, to be willing.
Present Imperfect Indicative.—I wish, I am willing.

VSl-o, vis, vul-t. vSl-umws, vul-ri», vSl-an<.
Past Imperfect I was wishing, I wished, I was willing.
Vtil-ebam, -eBas, -ehat. -ebamus, -ebatis, -ehant.
Future Imperfect I shall or will wish, I shall or will be willing.

VSl-am, -es, -et. -emtis, -etis, -ent.
Present Perfect, or Aorist I have wished, or I wished ; I have

been willing, or I was willing.
VSlfi-i, -isti, -it. -imus, -istis, -erunt, or ere.
Past Perfect, or Pluperfect I had wished, I had been willing.

VSlfi-eram, -iras, -erat. -iramus, -eratis, -erant.
Future Perfect.—I shall or will have wished, I shall or will have

been willing.
VSlfi-ero, -iris, -erit. . *-erimus, -iritis, -irint.
1. Non poteram malos pueros laudare. 2. Poterisne

hue eras venire ? 3. Non potueramus hostium insidias
vitare. 4. Consules Christianum proditionis non potue-
runt accusare. 5. Servi philosophum eum fraudare
facile potuerint. 6. Romani non facile superari poter-
unt. 7. Consules plebem liberare voluerant. 8. Non-
ne fidem vestram servare volebatis ? 9. Fures ne
verbum quidem nobis respondere volent. 10. Si hos-
tes nobiscum (with us) pugnare voluerint, consules
laeti erunt. 11. Filius noster miles esse non volet.
12. Cur non voluistis ad uxores vestras pecuniam eam
mittere? 13. Quod carmen melius inveniri potest ?
• Sec the Note at the bottom of page 37.

101
140.
1. I shall be able to give you that dog to-morrow.
2. You could not easily avoid that danger. 3. The general
will not have been able to increase his forces. 4. Not
even thou wert able to carry that burden the whole day
{ace.) 5. They could not but send more horses to (ad) the
soldiers. 6. The husbandmen had not been able to sustain
those immense labours. 7. Why did not you wish to
stand under that tree ? 8. The naughty boy will perhaps
wish to frighten the sailor's children. 9. We had often
wished to teach the sick master's pupils. 10. No one will
have been willing to announce to the general the death of
his (ejus) sons. 11. Have not you long wished to give
your master this useful book? 12. You will often have
wished to help those wretched captives (dat.)
141.
The Irregular Verbs, Nolle, to be unwilling, and Matte, to prefer.
Nolle, to be unwilling.
Present Imperfect Indicative I am unwilling, I do not wish.

Nol-o, nonv-w, nonvul-<. nol-umus, nonvul-tw, nal-unt.
Past Imperfect—I was unwilling, I did not wish.
N5l-eJom, -ebas, -ehat. -ebdmus, -ebutis, -ebant.
Future Imperfect I shall be unwilling, I shall not wish.
Nol-am, -es, -et. -emus, -etis, -ent.
Present Perfect, or Aorist.,—I have been or was unwilling, I have

not wished or did not wish.
Noltt-i, -isti, -it. -Imus, -istis, -erunt, or ere.
Fast Perfect, or Pluperfect I had been unwilling, I

had not wished.
THola-ham, -has, -erat. -eramus, -eratis, -erant.
102
Future Perfect.—1 shall or will have been unwilling, I shall or
will not have wished.
NohWro, eris, erit. *erimus, -eritis, -erint.
Malle, to prefer.
Present Imperfect Indicative I prefer, I had rather.

Mal-o, mav-is, mavul-<. mal-umus, mavul-<w, m&l-unt.
Past Imperfect I was preferring, I preferred.
Mal-eSam, -eias, -ehat. ehamus, -ehatis, -ebant.
Future Imperfect—I shall or will prefer.
Mal-am, -es, -et. -emus, -etis, -ent.
Present Perfect, or Aorist,—I have preferred, I preferred.
Mal-ii», -uisti, -Hit. -uimus, -uistis, -uerunt, or uere.
Past Perfect or Pluperfect—I had preferred.
Maltt-eraB, -eras, -irat. -eramus, -eratis, -erant.
Future Perfect I shall or will have preferred.
MaUUero, -eris, erit. * erimus, -eritis, -erint.
1. Nolumus iracundo homini servire. 2. Consules

senatui displioere nolent. 3. Nolebamus avaritiae a
liberis nostris accusari. 4. Milites noluerunt cum
civibus (fellow citizens) suis pugnare. 5. Fusae legi-
ones in urbem ante noctem venire noluerant. 6. Certe
nemo bonus Socrati, capitis accusato, adesse noluerit.
7. Is homo servire quam pugnare mavult. 8. Sapiens
bonus esse quam videri malet. 9. Eex mitis maluh
hostibus ignoscere quam morti dare. 10. Quis non
maluerit iis captivis parcere quam punire ? 11. Mal-
ebamus fraudari quam fidem nostram violare. 12. Bo
nus puer promissa sua servare maluerat.
* See the Kote at the bottom of page 27.

103
142.
Gnav-ii», a, um, industrious. ignav-»w, a, um, idle.
1. The idle pupils do not wish to be taught by their

master. 2. The philosopher was unwilling to build a large
house for himself. 3. Shall you be unwilling to fight for
our king? 4. If the husbandmen shall have been un
willing to plough that field, I shall call them idle and
unjust. 5. I have been unwilling to believe those men.
6. The greedy young men had been unwilling to giv e money
to the poor. 7. If he shall have been called hither, will
he have been unwilling to come? 8. Do the idle boys
prefer to displease their parents? 9. Yesterday the in
dustrious boys preferred to hear that poet's beautiful
songs. 10. The citizens will prefer fighting (to fight) be
fore their city. 11. Thou hast preferred perhaps to rush
through the ambuscades of the enemy. 12. We have pre
ferred to besiege the enemy, than to be ourselves (ipsi) be
sieged by them. 13. The legions who have so often con
quered the Greeks, will never have preferred to avoid them.
143.
The Irregular Verbs edere, to eat, and ferre, to bear.
Imperfect Indicative.
Ed-ere or es-se, to eat.
Present Imperfect Indicative.—I eat or am eating.

iid-o, ed-is or es, e"d-i< or es-t. Sd-imus, ed-Uis or es-tis, ed-
unt.
Past Imperfect I was eating or I ate, Sfc.

Zd-ebam, -ebas, -ebat. -ebamus, -ebatis, -ebant.
Future Imperfect.—1 shall or will eat, Sfc.

vd-am, -es, -et. -emus, -etis, ~ent.
Present Perfect or Aorist I have eaten or I ate, $•<:.
Ed-i, -isti, -it. -imus, -Utis, -erunt or ere.
104
Past Perfect or Pluperfect.— I had eaten, tfc.
Bd-eram, -iras, -irat. -eramus, -eratis, -erant.
Future Perfect.—I shall or will have eaten, SfC.

ed-ero, -eris, -grit. *-erimus, *-erltis, -irint.
Fer-re, to bear, bring, tell, say, propose, i;c.
Present Imperfect Indicative. — I am bearing or I bear, Sfc.

Fer-o, fer-s, fer-<. (ir-lmus, fer-ris, ftr-unt.
Past Imperfect. —I was bearing or I bore, Ifc.

Y^v-ebam, -ebas, -ebat. -ebdmus, -ebatis, -ebant.
Future Imperfect.—I shall or will bear, fyc.

FSr-am, -es, -et. -emus, -ctis, -ent.
Present Perfect or Aorist.—I have borne or I bore, Sfc.

Tfil-i, -isti, -it. -imus, -istis, -erunt or ere.
Past Perfect or Pluperfect.—I had borne, $-c.

Tfil-cram, -eras, -irat. -eramus, -eratis, -erant.
Future Perfect.—I shall or will have borne, fyc.

Tu7-<'ro, -eris, -erit. *-erlmus, *-eritis, -erint.
Bo-s, bSv-is (m. $"./m-3) an ox. uv-a, uv-ae (/. 1), a grape.
(G. plur., bo-um; D. & Abl., fruct-us, fruct-us (m. 4'), fruit.
bo-bus or bu-ous.) matur-tts, -a, -um, ripe.
pabfil-un^pabfil-iXn. 2), fodder. legn-dre, regnav-t, (1.) to
pom-um, pom-f (n. 2), an apple. reign.
pan-is, pan-is (m. 3), bread.
1. Nigrae boves maturum pabulum edunt. 2. Filii

tui poma mea heri edebant. 3. Nonne edetis poma
quae vobis hodie amici vestri dederunt ? 4. Cur om-
nem panem edisti ? 5. Leones avidi tres oves nocte una
• See the Note at the bottom of p. 27,

105
ederant. 6. Si omnes uvas die uno ederitis, merito

avidissimi vocabimini. 7. Nonne omnes in horto tuo
arbores fructum ferunt ? 8. Magna civium multitudes
argentum ad consules ferebat. 9. Haec via vos per
urbem in portum feret. 10. Maximos labores, amici
mei, pro civitate nostra optime tulistis. 11. Id onus
in urbem saepe tuleramus. 12. Si libros eos ad ma-
gistrum eras tuleris, valde eum delectaveris. 13. Reg-
navit Ancus annos quatuor et viginti.
144.
Vit-is, vit-is (/, 3), a vine. arment-um, arment-i (u. 2), a
frument-um, frument-i (n. 2), herd,
corn.
1. Your father's flocks will eat up all the fodder.

2. What are you eating ? We are eating bread. 3. We
were eating apples with our friends in the garden yesterday.
4. Grief will have eaten (up) that wretched woman.
5. Those herds of black oxen {boum) had eaten up almost
all the corn. 6. Have you eaten the grapes which I gave
yesterday? 7. The slaves are bringing the wine which I
bought yesterday. 8. My husband was bringing me most
beautiful flowers out of our garden. 9. Shall we bring
you those letters to-day ? 10. The oxen have brought the
ripe corn which I sold to you yesterday. 11. Before this
year the vine had never borne (any) grapes. 12. The
wounded horse will scarcely have borne his master to the
gate of the city.
145.
The Irregular Verbs, Ferri, to be borne, £0.; Fieri, to
be made ; and Ire, to go.
Ferri, to be borne, brought, told, said, proposed.
Present Imperfect Indicative. —I am borne, brought, &c.

FSr-or, fer-ri», or fer-re, fert-ur. fSr-imur, fer-imini, fer-untur.
106
Past Imperfect.—I was borne, I was being borne, &c.

Fer-e6ar, -ebSria or -ebSre, -ebamur, -ebammi, -ebantur.
-ebatur.
Future Imperfect I shall or will be borne, &c.
Fer-ar, -eris or -ere, -etur. -emur, -emini, -entur.
Present Perfect, or Aorist I have been borne, I was borne, &c.
hat-us s-um, or fu-i ; lat-us es, or fu-isti, &c.
Past Perfect, or Pluperfect.—1 had been borne.
Latus er-am, or fi-eram ; lat-u» er-as, or fu-eras, &c.
Future Perfect.—I shall have been borne, &c.
Latus er-o, or fuer-o ; lat-u» er-is, or fuer-is, &c.
FiSri, to become, be made.
Present Perfect Indicative I become, am made.

Fl-o, fi-s, &-t. fl-mus, fi-tis, n-unt.
Past Imperfect.— I was becoming, or became ; I was being made,
or was made.
Fi-ebam, -ebas, -ebat. -ebamus, -ebatis, -ebant.
Future Imperfect I shall or will become ; I shall or will be
made.
Fi-am, -es, -et. -emus, -etis, -ent.
Present Perfect, or Aorist I have become, or I became ; I have
been made, or I was made.
Fact-ws s-um, or fu-i ; fact-us es, or fu-isti, &c.
Past Perfect, or Pluperfect.—I had become ; I had been made.
Factus er-am, or fti-iram ; faxt-us er-as, or fa-eras, &c.
Future Perfect—I shall or will have become ; I shall or will

have been made.
Fact-u» er-o, or ffiSr-o ; fact-us er-is, or fflSr-is, &c.
107
Ire, to go.
Present Imperfect Indicative I am going ; I go, Ac.

E-o, w, i-t. i-mus, i-tis, e-unt.
Past Imperfect I was going ; I went, &c.

1-bam, -has, -bat. -bamus, -baits, -bant.
Future Imperfect.—I shall or will go, &c.

1-bo, -bis -bit. -Umus, -httis, -hunt.
Preesnt Perfect, or Aorist.—I have gone, or I went, &c.

Iv-i or I-t, -isti, -it. -!mus, -istis, -erunt or ere.
Past Perfect, or Pluperfect I had gone, &c.

It- or I-eram, -iras, -erat. -ertimus, -erdtis, -erant.
Future Perfect I shall or will have gone, &c.

Iv- or I-ero, -iris, -exit. *-erimus, -eritis, -irint.
fAb-Ire, abiv-t, or abi-i (4), to trans-ire, translv-i, or transW

go away, depart. (4), to go aeross, eross over.
red-Ire, rediv-», or redi-i (4), ad-Ire, adiv-i, or Sdi-i (±),togo
to go back, return. to, approach.
}FSc-ere, fsc-i (3), to do, make, cum, or qunm, when,

cause; fact-ws, a, um, done, Kegfil-u», Begfil-i (m. 2), Re
made. gulus.
fer-re leg-em, to bring, i. e., supplicI-um, suppUci-i (n. 2),
propose a law. punishment.
• See the Note at the bottom of p. 27.

t This and the next three verba being compounds of ire, are of course con
jugated like it ; and, therefore, though in the main conjugated like audire,
differ from it wherever ire differs from it.
I The three imperfect indicative tenses of facere, and its compounds, in
sert an i after the c wherever there otherwise would be none; as, fae-l-a, I
do; fac-i-ebam, I was doing, and fac-i-am, I shall do.
108
1. Haeo de me a vobis feruntur (are said). 2. Tu

belli imperitus esse ferebaris. 3. Hoc onus a servo
meo facile feretur. 4. Hae duae leges a consule ad
populum contra me latae sunt. 5. Ea lex non ad
populum sed ad plebem lata erat. 6. Si eae leges ad
plebem latae fuerint, abierit civitatis nostrae gloria.
7. Poeta nascitur (is born), non fit. 8. Puer adoles-
cens fiebat. 9. Quid de me fiet ? 10. Aqua facta
est vinum. 1 1. Pax cum Atheniensibus facta erat
sed non diu servata. 12. Cras consul factus eris.
13. Nautae filii ad eum ante diem ex urbe redeunt.
14. Equi, a me missi, flumen sine periculo transibant.
15. Ad castra hostium, cum (when) hoc fecero, adibo.
1 6. Abiit e vita. amicus noster. 1 7. Abierat a me uxor
mea. 18. Quum ad me redieris, faciam quod vis.
19. Regulus ad supplicium redire maluit quam fidem
hosti datam violare. 20. Idem vos quondam faciebatis.
146.
1. This (thing) is said by the citizens about thee. 2. He
was said to be unmindful of his parents and mindful only
of himself. 3. Will this large number of shields be borne
by those soldiers into the camp? 4. Has that law been
proposed to (ad) the senate against the consul ? 5. So
cruel a law had never been proposed to the commons.
6. He who becomes a soldier ought never to fear dangers.
7. At length the old man was becoming ill. 8. The tree
had become six feet high. 9. The silver which is in your
hands will soon have become gold. 10. We are returning
to the port with the sailors who went away without us.
11. To-morrow we shall pass (i. e. cross) the place (in)
which that battle was fought. .12. The soldiers whom you
saw were returning to their camp. 13. After three days
our friends went away from us. 14. We had gone away
before the arrival of the judge. 15. Shall you have re
turned before to-morrow night? 16. They will do the
same thing.
1 . Why may posse, telle, nolle. malle, edere, ferre, ferri, fieri and ire be more
especially called irregular verbs? [because these have more and greater irregu
109
laxities than other verbs.] 2. In which tenses do the irregularities
chiefly occur ? [In the imperfect tenses.] 3. Why is posse not conjugated like
any of the four regular conjugations? [Because it is compounded of potw, able,
and the very irregular verb esse, to be.] 4. What is the cause of the chief
irregularities in the conjugation of the verb vellet [The change of the vowel
in the first syllable, which is sometimes o, sometimes e, and sometimes w, and
the contraction of syllables : as in vis., vult, vultis, for volis, volit, volitis.]
5. In what respects is nolle irregular? [In the Bame respects as velle.]
6. Why? [Because It is a compound of ne or non, not and velle.] 7. In what
respects is malle irregular? [In the same respects as velle.] 8. Why? [Be
cause it is a compound of mage., more, and velle.] 9. In what respects is
edere, to eat. irregular ? [In its tendency to change the d into s and contract ;
as, edis (esis), es; edit (esit), est.] 10. In what respects is ferre irregular ? [In
its tendency to leave out the vowels that connect fer, the unchangeable part of
the word, with the part that is always changing to express the different tenses
or numbers. Thus/er-tfisused for fer-it ; fer-tis for fer-itis.] 11. How is it that
tali is used as the present perfect of ferret [Because ferre has no present per
fect of its own in use, and therefore borrows one from another root.] 12. In
what respects isferri irregular ? [Only in the second and third persons singular
of the present imperfect indicative, /er-ris and /er-tur for /er-eris,/er-itnr, in the
imperfect infinitive /er-ri for /er-i, and as will be seen afterwards in two persons
of the present imperfect imperative singular.] 13. How is it that kit us is used as
the perfect participle of ferri t [See answer 12 in Questions on Exercises 127—
133.] 14. In what respects is fieri irregular. [It is used in the imperfect tenses
for the passive voice of facere, to do, but has active terminations throughout,
except in the imperfect infinitive, fieri.] 15. What then are the perfect tenses
of fieri? [It has no perfect participle passive of its own, but borrows in its turn
the perfect participle passive of facere.] 16. In what respects is ire irregular ?
[In the imperfect tenses. In the present imperfect the i changes sometimes
into e ; in the past imperfect e which should join the unchangeable part of
the word to the changeable disappears ; as ibam for i-elmm ; and the future
imperfect is formed like the future imperfect of the first and second conjuga
tion instead of the fourth.] 17. How does ferre legem come to mean to propose
a law ? 18. Who was Regulus?
147.
The Present Imperfect Subjunctive of Esse, to be, Fosse, to be

able, Velle, to wish, Nolle, to be unwilling, and Malle, to prefer.
Present Imperfect Subjunctive of Esse.
Singular. Plural.
S~im, lam, may be, shall be, or B-imus, tee are, may be, shall be, or
should be. should be.
8 -is, thou art, mayest be, shall s-itis, you are, may be, shall be, or
be, or shouldest be. should be.
s-it, he is, maybe, shall he9 or s-inf, they are, may be, shall be, or
110
In the same way are conjugated the present imperfect subjunctive
tenses of Posse, Velle, Nolle and Malle.
Singular. Plural.
Poss-i'm, -it, -it, -imus, -Uis, -int, I can or mat/, shall,
or s hould be able, &c.
Vel-itn, -is, -it, -Imus, -Uis, -int, I wish, or may, shall,
or should wish, &c.
Nol-»m, -is, -it, -imus, -Uis, -int, I am unwilling, or
may,shall, or should be unwilling,Suc.
Mal-im, -is, -it, -imus, -Uis,-int, I prefer, or had rather,
or may, shall, or shouldprefer, &c.
Conjunctions governing the Subjunctive.

,
Ut, so that, in order that, that. ae, lest, that not.
ut non, so that not, that not.
Cog-ere, coeg-i (3), to compel; tut-iw, a, um, safe.

co'dct-us, a, um, compelled. sever-u», a, um, severe.
efficere, effec-i (3), to work out, doct-us, a, um, learned.
bring to pass, manage; effect-us, ita, so.
-a, -um, worked out, brought to quam, how.
pass, managed.
1. Omnia ea pericula vitabo, ut tutus sim. 2. Tune

nonvis miles esse, ut sine vulneribus sis ? 3. Agrum
meum arabo ut fertilis sit. 4. Sol fecit ut uvae meae
maturae sint. 5. Magister noster nos monet ut semper
justi simus. 6. Timeo ne injusti sitis. 7. Nemo
tam doctus est ut doctior esse non possit. 8. Vos
non tam docti estis ut doctiores esse non possitis.
9. Tam potens est Deus ut omnia efficere possit.
10. Si velit te accusare, non poterit. 11. Videbo
quid velint consules. 12. Si filius meus hoc facere
nolit, cogam eum. 13. Nibil est (there is nothing)
quod facere malim. 14. Quid est quod malimus om-
nes ? 15. Judex non ita severus esse debet, ut crude-
lis sit (as to be). 16. Yidetis quam utilis sit bona
uxor.
Ill
148.
Disc-ere, dldlc-i (3), to learn. fi-t, it happens, fact-um est, it
divln-us, a, um, divine. happened.
1. You shall quickly see how happy I am (subj.)

2. Thou oughtest to learn much (many things), that thou
mayest be wise. 3. We will plough our fields that (quo)
they may be more fertile. 4. Good kings will manage that
their people may be happy. 5. It is a divine law that we
should be honourable. 6. It often happens that the sons of
good men are (subj.) not so good as (quam) (their) fathers.
7. I fear lest you should be able to overcome our army.
8. No one is so good that (ut) he cannot be better.
9. If we should wish to accuse you of treason, we shall
be able. 10. We are afraid lest you should be unwilling
to give us that money. 11. We will see what the king
may wish. 12. If we should be unwilling to do this, you
will not be able to compel us. 13. There is nothing which
we should prefer to show to you. 14. Our parents ought
not to be so severe, as to be (that they should be) cruel.
15. Seest thou how mindful we are (subj.) of virtue and
glory? 16. No one was ever great without God.
149.
The Past Imperfect Subjunctive of Esse, Posse, Velle, Nolle, and
Malle.
Singular. Plural.
Ess-etn, / was or were, or might, ess-emus, we were, or might,
could, would, or should be. could, would, or should be.
ess-es, thou wast or wert, or ess-etis, you were, or might,
mightest, couldest, wouldest, could, would, or should be.
or shouldest be.
ess-et, he was or were, or might, ess-ent, they were, or might,
could, would, or should be. could, would, or should be.
So from Poss-e, to be able, poss-em, I could, was able, were able,

or might, $c, be able, makes
Poss-em, -es, -et.. -emus, -His, -ent.
112
And from velle, malle, nolle, vell-em, I wished, or might, $c.,

wish; mall-cm, I preferred, had rather, or might, $c., prefer;
nollem, I was unwilling, or might, §•<;., be unwilling, make
veil- s
mall- [. -em, -es, -et. -emus, -etis, -ent.
noU- •*
Utmam, 0 that, would that. tant-u-s, a, um, so great.

utinam sim, 0 that I may be, cans-», caus-oe (/. 1), a cause.
fitmam essem, 0 that I were, tot, so many.
would that I were. minus [adv. ), less.
utmam ne, 0 that not. numer-are, nfimerav-i (1), to
si essem, if I were. number, count.
1. Longe felicior essem, si minus iracundus essem.

2. Non tam infelix esses si Justus esse velles. 3. Ii
pueri non tam mali essent, si non mortua esset eorum
mater. 4. Semper homines felices esse possent, si
vellent ; si non sunt, ipsi sunt causa. 5. Si omnes re-
ges sapientes essent, populi essent felices, qui nunc
saepe valde miseri sunt. 6. Utinam contentus sis.
7. Utinam omnes reges sapientes, et omnes populi
felices essent. 8. Si omnes reges essent justi, bella
non esse possent, quae nunc sunt multa. 9. Si liberi
omnium parentum gnavi essent et boni, omnes parentes
laeti esse possent. 10. Si bonus esse malles quam
malus esse, felix esse posses. 11. Tot milites in eo
loco erant, ut numerari non possent. 12. Tanta erat
ejus hominis virtus ut eum vulnerare nollemus.
13. Tanta fuit senis ejus avaritia ut pauperibus pecu-
niam dare nollet. 14. Utinam amari quam timeri
malletis. 15. Utinam filii mei fidem suam violare
nollent. 16. Romulus civatem ex suo nomine Romam
vocavit.
150.
Aetern-ws, a, um, eternal. human-w», a, um, human, ku-
fidel-is (m. 4* /.), fidel-e (n.), mane.
faithful, sincere. ver-us, a, um, true.
c&ut-us, a, um, cautious. re vera, really.
113
1. We should not be happy, unless we were good.

2. If he were less cautious, he would be less rich.
3 Would that peace were eternal; for if peace were eter
nal, there would not be (any) war. 4. If thou wertmore
sincere than thou art, thou mightest be (wouldest be able
to be) our friend. 5. If every man were sincere, the life
of men would be happy; for no one would be unjust, no
one wicked. 6. Wars might be (would be able to be)
less cruel, if soldiers were more humane. 7. If all men
were happy who seem to be, more men would be happy
than really are. 8. If all men were bad, who are said to
be bad, more would be bad than really are (so). 9. The
thief was so ignorant that I was unwilling (subj.) to
punish him. 10. Would that you would rather pardon
the old man (dat.) than accuse (him). 11. We should
prefer to give the money (rather) than be cheated. 12. I
should be unwilling to condemn an innocent man ; but thou
dost not seem to me to be innocent.
151.
The Present Perfect Subjunctive of Esse, Posse, Velle, Nolle, and
Malle.
Singular. Plural.
Fu-erim, / have been, or may *fA-erimus, we have been, or may
have been. have been.
&i-eris, thou hast been, or mayest *f\i-erltis, you have been, or may
tH-erit, he has been, or may have f\L-erint, they have been, or may
been. have been.
So from posse, velle, nolle, and malle, pStSerim, / have been

able, or may have been able ; vSitterim, / have wished, or may have
wished; noitterim, / have been unwilling, or may have been unwil
ling; and malttSrim, I have preferred, or may have preferred, make
p8ta- -I
V-la" ?-**», -**»-**• *-Mmus, -eritis, -erint.
maltt- J
• The i In the last syllable but one of the first and second persons plural of
the present perfect subjunctive active of all verbs may be pronounced either
long or short; but it is better to pronounce it long, as it is marked above
I
114
Conjunctions followed by the Subjunctive when they are dependent on

a preceding Verb or phrase.
Utrum—an, whether—or. num, whether.
Kog-ara, rogav-t ( 1 ), to ask. Homer-ws, Homer-t (m. 2),

sc-»re, sciv-i (4), to know Homer.
nesc-Tre, nesciv-i or nesci-i, not c&ec-us. a, um. blind.
to know. lau-s, laud-is (/. 3), praise.
Graec-fo, Graeci-oe, (/. 1), her-us, her-i (m. 2), a master
Greece. (of slaves).
1. Rogat me num aeger fuerim. 2. Scire velim (/

should wish) utrum in hac re cautus fueris an non.
3. Nescimus num Homerus re vera caecus fuerit.
4. Certe nos rogabunt parentes nostri rum boni fuer-
imus. 5. Ab hoc adolescente audivi quam tristes fuer-
itis. 6. Qui judices (the judges who) semper justi
fuerint, eorum laus maxima erit. 7. Timeo ne is
servus herum suum potuerit vulnerare. 8. Cur hoc
efficere volueritis, nescimus. 9. Cur non nobis dicetis
quis vestrum noluerit exercitui senatus sententiam
(the decree) nuntiare ? 10. Ad te saepe scripsi cur
pacem maluerim. 11. Utinam hostes nostros sn-
perare possis I 12. Utinam hostes nostros superare
posses I 13. Omnes fere sapientes Graeciae civitati-
bus suis praefuere.
152.
Expugn-are, expugnav-i (1), to storm.
1. The philosopher asks me whether I have been (subj.)
happy to-day. 2. I should wish (pres. subj.) to know
whether thou hast always been just and honourable.
3. I do not know whether that young man has been
wretched or not. 4. My brother wishes to know whether
we have been able to storm that city. 5. We have heard
how wretched you have been to-day. 6. Do you wish to
know whether your children have been industrious or idle?
7. Nobody can tell us whether the consul has been un
willing to make peace or not. 8. I fear that he has (lest
he may have) prepared war. 9. I will tell you, if you
115
wish, why we have not heen able (subj.) to storm the

camp of the Athenians. 10. I give him the money that
he may be happy. 11. I will give them the money that
they may be happy. 12. I have given them the money
lest they should be unhappy. 13. I was giving them the
money that they misiht be happy. 14. I gave them the
money that they might be happy. 15. I had given them
the money lest they should be miserable.
153.
The Past Perfect or Pluperfect Subjunctive of Esse, Posse, Velle,
Nolle and Malic.
Fu-issem, I had been, or might, f\i~issemus, we had been, orjttight,

should or would have been. should or would have been.
fu-isses, thou hadst been, or might- fu-issetis, you had been. or might,
est, shouldest or wouldest have should or would have been.
been.
fu-isset, he had been, or might, fu-issent, they had been, or might,
should or would have been. would or should have been.
So pStfi-iwem, I had been able, or might have been able, vSlfi-issem,

I had wished or been willing, or might. §*c, have wished or been
willing, notfi-issem. I had been unwilling, or might, i^c., have been
unwilling, malu-issem, I had preferred, or might, §.<:., have pre
ferred, make
pStfi-
vSlfi-
> issem, isscs, -isset -isstmus, -issctis, -issint.
nolfi-
malu
Vlv-ere, vix-i (3), to live. CarSl-u», CarS1-i(»>. 2). Charles.

inspic-^re, inspex-i (3), to look Sueci-a, Sueci-ae (/. 1), Sweden.
at, examine. tobi l-u.s, a, um, sober.
oSici-um, offlci-i, (n. 2), duty. beat-us, a, um, happy.
p&tlenti-a, pfttienti-ae ( /. 1 ), pa mo'derat-us, a, um, moderate.
tience. nimis. too much, too.
Alexander, Alexandr-i (m. 2), t*m — quam, so— as.
Alexander. diutlus, longer.
MSoedSni-a, MacedSnl-ae (/. 2),
Macedon.
116
1. Felicior essem si semper officii mei memor fui-

sem. 2. Non tam dives esses nisi semper cautus fuis-
ses. 3. Si Homerus semper caecus fuisset, nihil ve-
nustum scribere potuisset. 4. Philosophusnosrogavit
utrum libros suos inspicere voluissemus, an non.
5. Nonne rogabant parentes vestri num boni fuissetis ?
6. Si Athenienses minus injusti fuissent, Socratis
mors minus tristis fuisset. 7. Nisi Socratis patientia
tanta fuisset, tam contentus esse nou potuisset quam
semper fuit. 8. Nonne maluisses cupiditatibus tuis
imperare quam servire? 9. Quis nostrum vitam pro
patria dare noluisset ? 10. Alexander ille Magnus,
rex Macedoniae, bellicosissimus omnium regum fuit.
11. Si sobrius fuisset, diutiusvivere potuisset. 12. Bea-
tus esse potuisset ; sed non fuit ; nam nimis bellicosus
erat. 1 3. Carolus etiam duodecimus, rex Sueciae, beatus
esse potuisset, si moderatior fuisset : sed is etiam nimis
bellicosus erat. 14. Sapientum nemo non beatus est.
154.
BIb-£rs, bib-i (3). to drink. nisi, unless, if not.
Cicero, Clceron-i'» (m. 3), Cicero.
1. I should often have been sad unless I had been mind
ful of my duty. 2. Thou wouldest not have been so happy,
if thy children had not been so industrious. 3. Those old
men would have been able to live longer, if they had been
sober. 4. Both Alexander and Charles the Twelfth would
have been greater, if they had been more moderate. 5. Would
that you had been unwilling to drink the wine ! 6. If we
had wished to compel him, we should have been able.
7. I should have preferred to look at the book myself
(ipse). 8. Cicero might have preserved (might have been
able to preserve) his life, if he had been less timid. 9. If
all kings had been just and humane, many nations would
have been far happier than they have ever been. 10. I
should have been unwilling to see you accused of avarice.
11. We should have preferred to see thee compelled
to become a soldier {ace). 12. O that you may be
"-,
117
always faithful! 13. 0 that you always were indus
trious! 14. O that you had always been mindful of the
poor I
1. How many moods are there ? 2. Name them. [The indicative, subjunc
tive, imperative, and infinitive moods.] 3. Why is the subjunctive mood so
called? [It is derived from two Latin words, sub, under, and j unctus, joined,
because it is ioined under or to another verb, and does not stand independently
in the sentence, as the indicative does.] 4. How does the meaning of the
subjunctive differ from that of the indicative? [The indicative states a fact,
the subjunctive states something thought of in the mind.] 5. What are the
signs of the subjunctive mood? [Its sign will vary according to the meaning
of the verb on which it depends, or to the meaning of the word which joins it
to that verb. Sometimes its sign will be the same as one of the signs of the
Indicative mood Sometimes it has the sign of may, might, would, should., &c]
6. How many tenses are there in the subjunctive mood? 7. What are they
called ? 8. Give their various meanings? 9. How do you form the present
Imperfect subjunctive of esse from the present imperfect indicative?
10. Which of the irregular verbs forms its present imperfect subjunctive from
the present imperfect indicative in the same way? [Posse.} 11. How do
nolo and malo form their present imperfect subjunctive? 12. Does volo form
its present imperfect subjunctive in the same way ? [Yes, except that it retains
fiie e of the infinitive instead of the o of the indicative. See answer to
question 4 in Questions on Exercises 139—146.] 13. How do you form the
past imperfect subjunctive of esse from the imperfect infinitive? 14. Which of
the irregular verbs form their past imperfect subjunctive in the same manner ?
15. How do you form the present perfect subjunctive of esse from the present
perfect indicative? 16. Which of [the irregular verbs form their present per
fect subjunctive in the same manner? 17. How do you form the past perfect
subjunctive of esse from the present perfect indicative? 18. Which of the
Irregular verbs form their past perfect subjunctive in the same manner?
19. After what tenses may the present subjunctive be used? [After the present
imperfect, the present perfect, and the future.] 20. After what tenses may
the past imperfect subjunctive be used? [After the past imperfect, the aorist,
and the past perfect.] 21. After what tenses may the present perfect sub
junctive be used? [After the tenses which may be followed by the present
imperfect. 1 22. After what tenses may the past perfect subjunctive be used?
[After the tenses which may be followed by the past imperfect.] 23. In what
three different ways may the word that be used in English ? 24 When it
means so that, or in order that, how must it be translated into Latin ?
25. What mood always follows ut in Latin, when it means so thai, or in order
that ? 26. Both ut non and ne mean that . . . not, how can you tell which should
be employed? [If you can change that . . . not, into so that . . . not, or so it
came to pass that . . . not, you must use ut . . . non. If you can change that
. . . not into in order that . . . not, you must use ne. In other words use ut . . .
non to mark a result or consequence, and ne to mark a purpose.} 27. What Is
the difference in meaning between timeo ne bonus sis, and timeo ut bonus sis?
[ Timeo ne bonus sis means, " / fear that you will be good; timeo ut bonus sis
means, 2fear you will not be good. So that we must remember that the Latin
puts in a negative where the English has none, and the English puts in a
negative where the Latin has none.] 28. Why is the subjunctive mood used
after such phrases as nihil est quod, quid est quod? sunt qui, &c? [Because they
are all indefinite expressions, following a verb of existence ; and in Latin all
such expressions are followed by the subjunctive.] 29. What do you mean by
a direct question? [A question not dependent on any other word or phrase, as,
What o'clock is it?] 30. What is an indirect question ? [A question dependent
on a preceding word or phrase, as, He asked me what o'clock it was.} 3t. What
part of speech joins the indirect question to the preceding verb or phrase?
12
118
[An interrogative pronoun or conjunction.] 32. Tn what mood must the verb
be put that follows the interrogative pronoun or conjunction ? 33. Why should
that be translated by quo in 148- (3). ? [That is translated by quo when followed
by a comparative.] 34. What mood does utinam take after it? 35. When
does utinam take the present imperfect or the present perfect after it ? [When It
seems possible that the wish may be brought to pass.] 36. When does
utinam take the past imperfect or the past perfect after it. [When it seems
impossible that the wish can be brought to pass.] 37. What two moods
is si followed by? 38. When is si followed by the indicative? [When no
uncertainty is intended to be expressed.] 3D. When is si followed by the
subjunctive ? [When uncertainty m intended to be expressed, or when some
thing is conceived of as happening, which has not happened and is not likely to
happen.] 40. Why then is si followed by the subjunctive in Exercise 149, 1 ?
41. Why Is si followed by the subjunctive in the first part of Exercise 149, 4,
and by the indicative in the latter part of the same sentence? 42. Why are
utrum-an and num followed by a subj unctive when dependent on a preceding
verb or phrase ? 43. Can you use utrum for whether without an in a dependent
question? 44. Howmany questions then must there really he in a sentence in
which utrum-an may properly be used ? 45. When there is only one dependent
question in the sentence, what Latin word should be used for whether 1
46. What is the literal meaning of utrum? [Which thing of two?] 47. Why
does quist take nostr&m and vestr&m after it, and not nostri and vestrit
48. Who was Alexander the Great? 49. Where was Macedon ? 50. Who was
Charles the Twelfth ? 51. What are the two meanings of nisi? 52. Can you
ever translate if not by si non instead of by nisi? [Only when the not belongs
not to the whole clause, but to the verb alone.] 53. Why roust soldier be in the
accusative case in Exercise 154, 11? 54. Who was Cicero?
155.
The Present Imperfect and Past Imperfect Subjunctive Active of the
First Conjugation.
Present Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Am-em, / love, shall love, or may tun-emus, we looe, shall love, or
or should love. may or should love.
nm-es. thou lovest, shalt love, or am-itis, you love, shall love, or
mayest or shouldest love. may or should love.
sun -<•/ . he loves, shall love, or may tanent, they love, shall love, or
Past Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Am-arem, I loved, or was loving, am-dremus, we loved, or were
or might, would, or should loving, or might, would, or
love. should love.
axn-dres, thou lovedst, or wast am-arltis, you loved, or were
loving, or mightest, wouldest or loving, or might, would, or
shouldest love. should love.
am-aret, he loved, or was loving, am-arent, they loved, or were
or might, would, or should loving, or might, would or
love. should love.
119
PSa-ere, pSsfi-i (3), to place; somn-ws, somn-t (m. 2), sleep.

pSsit-ws, a, um, placed. immortal-»s (m. $f.), immor-
anim-ws, anim-i (m. 2), mind. tal-e (n.), immortal. •
dux, duc-is (»t. 3), a leader, tantum, only.
general. ne, lest, that not.
1. Hane longam epistolam scribo ut matris meae

animum delectem. 2. Illam longam epistolam scrip-
seram, ut patris mei animum delectarem. 3. Cito
efflciam ut me laudes. 4. Cito effeci ut me laudares.
5. Servum meum praemittam ut eum adolescentem
excitet. 6. Veterem militem praemiseram ut ducem
suum e somno excitaret. 7. Duas legionesin insidiis
posuimus quae quam plurimos hostes primo impetu
vulnerent. 8. Militibus meis monstraveram quem vul-
nerarent ; sed tantum vinum biberant ut omnes dormi-
rent. 9. Carolum vocabo ut hoc pabulum ex agro
in urbem portet. 10. Nos rogabat ne omnem panem
voraremus. 11. Si Ciceronem furti accusemus,
judices eum non damnabunt. 12. Si Ciceronem
capitis damnaremus, plebs eum cito ab omni periculo
liberaret. 13. Corpora tantum hominum sunt morta-
lia ; animus est immortalis.
156.
Fortiter, bravely. patrt-a patri-oe (/. 1), one's
extemplo, immediately. country.
1. I shall go away that I may avoid him. 2. I was

hoping for more (neut.) (of) money, that I might build my
house immediately. 3. -Art thou urging on the soldiers,
that they may fight bravely for their country 1 4. The
woman's grief was so great that it tormented her and
wearied both her (ejus) body and mind. 5. I praised thee
that thou mightest praise me. 6. We wounded him that he
might not (ne) wound us. 7. We ought not to wound him,
that he may not wound us. 8. I shall ask the old man why
you are not ploughing (subj.) the field. 9. The king asked
the general why we were not overcoming the Athen
ians. 10. If you defraud (shall defraud) your father, all men
120
will avoid you. 11. 1 asked the husbandman whether he

was ploughing (subj.) my field or his own. 12. I should
wish to know (pres.) why you are tormenting (subj.) my
horse.
157.
The Present Perfect and Past Perfect Subjunctive Active of the
First Conjugation.
Present Perfect.
Singular. Plural.
Ava-dverim, I have loved, or *am-dverimus, we have loved, or
may have loved. may have loved.
am-dveris, thou hast loved, or *&m-averitis, you have loved, or
mayest have loved. may have loved.
am-dverit, he has loved, or may &m-dverint, they have loved, or
have loved. may have loved.
Singular. Plural.
Ava-avissem, I had loved, or am-avissemus, we had loved, or
might, would, or should have might, should, or would have
loved. loved.
vm-avisses, thou hadst loved, or am-avissetis, you had loved, or
mightest, shouldest, or wouldest might, should, or would have
have loved. loved.
&m-avisset, he had loved, or Bia-avissent, they had loved, or
might, should, or would have might, should, or would have
loved. loved.
A short form for this tense, dropping vi, is

Am-assem, -asses, -asset. -assemus, -assltis, -assent.
Lficer-oVe, lacerav-i (] ), to inqnit, he says.

tear to pieces, mutilate. hhnnt-us, hinnit-ws (ro. 4),
vituper-dre, vituperav-i (1), to neighing.
rebuke. arm-a, arm-drum (n. 2), arms.
par-are, parav-» (1), to prepare, ju-s, jur-is (n. 3), right, law.
design. jur-e, by right, rightly.
cre-dre, creav-i (1), to ereate. turn, then.
* See the note at the hot tom of page 113.

121
Conjunctions governing the Subjunctive Mood in dependent sentences.

QuantSpire 1 how greatly ? how quomSdo ? in what manner ?
much ? how ?
1. Nonne nunc vides quantopere te laudaverim ?
2. Nonne tum videbas quantopere te laudavissem ?
3. Si malos homines laudaveris, ipse jure meritoque
vituperaberis. 4. Videtis, inquit, quomodo me lacera-
verit is qui non virtute sed equi sui hinnitu supera-
verit. 5. Si eos homines vituperasses, facile eis
ignoscere potuissemus. 6. Tc rogabamus num leonem
irritavisses. 7. Nonne rex rogabit num fidem nos-
tram servaverimus. 8. Nisi patriae nostrae leges
violavissetis, nunquam vos culpavissemus. 9. Nonne
nobis dicetis cur nihil pauperi illi militi dederitis ?
10. Multaei dedissemus nisi nos irritavisset. 11. Tam
injusti sunt Socratis judices ut eum capitis dam-
naverint. 12. Si sub hac arbore stetisses, moderatior
fuisset tibi solis calor. 13. Consules volebant scire
utrum milites sui ad arma properassent, an timidi
gloriaeque immemores, fugam parassent. 14. Nisi
Deus nos creavisset, non essemus.
158.
Fug-dre, fugav-i ( 1 ), to put to sublev-dre, sublevav-i (1), to
flight. help.
ignor-dre, ignorav-i (1), to be
ignorant of.
Stell-a, stell-oe (/. 1), a star. quot? (indeclinable adj.'), how

many?
1. Will the king hear how I have put to flight his
enemies? 2. The king had heard how I had put to flight
his enemies. 3. 1 should wish to know whether you have
helped (subj.) that wretched young man. 4. They wished to
know whether you had helped that poor woman (with)
money. 5. He who has (may have) praised idle boys,
will rightly and deservedly be rebuked. 6. He showed us
how much the lion had torn his arm and foot. 7. Now
we know how many things we have been ignorant of (svbj.)
122
8. The judges asked us whether we had been ignorant of

the cause of war. 9. Would not you have praised him,
if he had been better? 10. Was the blind girl able to
tell (to) you who had created all (things) ? 11. I should
wish to know, O consuls, whether you have counted the
senate. 12. If you had counted the stars, I should call
you learned. 13. They who have (may have) rebuked the
bad ought to be praised, not blamed. 14. The centurion
asked the soldiers whether they had prepared an ambus
cade for the enemy.
159.
Present Imperfect and Past Imperfect Subjunctive Active of the
Second Conjugation.
Present Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
MSng-am, I advise, shall advise, mtin£-amus, we advise, shall od
or may or should advise. vise, or may or should advise.
moue-rtx, thou advisest, shalt or voXmi-atis, you advise, shall ad-
mayest or shouldest advise. vise, or may or should advise.
mSne-ai, he advises, shall advise, mSnS-ani, they advise, shall od
Past Imperfect.
Plural.
ilon-lrem, I advised, was ad- mon-eremus, we advised, wen
vising, or might, would, or advising, or might, would, or
should advise. should advise.
mon-eres, thou advisedst, wast raon-crelis, you advised, wen
advising, or mightest, wouldest, advising, or might, would, or
or shouldest advise. should advise.
mon-het, he advised, was ad- mon-erent, they advised, were
1. Ciceronem adibo uteumhaec doceam. 2. Cicero-
nom adii ut eum haec docerem. 3. Herus mens te
rogabit quot sagittas habeas. 4. Uxor mea te rogabat
quot arciis haberes. 5. Cito effieiam ut is puer me
timeat. 6. Magister facile effecit ut discipuli eum
timerent. 7. Non debemus Carolum nocto adire, ne
eum nimis terreamus. 8. Domum (homeward) prope-
raveramus, ut patris nostri novas boves videremus.
9. Nonne vos rogavit poeta quid manibus teneretis ?
123
10. Quae causa est cur exercitum vestrum tot legioni-

bus augeatis? 11. Si pugnare audeant, facile vincen-
tur. 12. Si cum exercitu nostro pugnare auderent
Athenienses, paene extemplo eos superaremus.
160.
Urn-a (/. 1), a water-pot, pute-us, pute-i (m. 2), a well.
pitcher.
1. He advises me to (that I should) guard against the
ambuscades of the Roman army. 2. He advised me to
(that I should) guard against the attack of the Roman
legions. 3. The king advises thee to (that thou shouldest)
increase the number of thy forces. 4. We all wished to
give him money that he might stir up his forces to battle.
5. He has come hither that he may see the learned philo
sopher. 6. We sent more troops to (ad) thee, that thou
mightest sustain the violent attacks of the enemies. 7. The
king of Sweden was so cruel that his people all feared
him. 8. We were standing under that large tree in order
that (quo) we might more easily (facilius) support the heat
of the sun. 9. We will go to the well, that we may fill our
master's waterpots with water. 10. Did you go to the
fields that you might fill your hands with flowers f
11. Those vfolves are so cruel that they bite all the animals
that (which) they see (subj.). 12. The citizens wished to
know whether you were besieging their enemies, or were
avoiding them.
161.
The Preserit Perfect and Past Perfect Subjunctive Active of the
Second Conjugation
Present Perfect.
Singular. Plural.
MSnfi-er/m, / have or may have *mftn&-erimus, we have or may
mhnu-eris. thou hast or mayest *m)inu-eritis, you have or may
have advised. have advised.
mSnfi-^rif, Ae has or may have mSnfi-£rinf, they have or may
* See the note at the bottom of page 1 13.

124
Singular. Plural.
Monfi-mem, 1 had advised, or mtinft-issemus, we had advised,
might, would, or should have or might, would or should have
advised. advised.
m6n&-isses,tkouhadst advised, or monu-issetis, you had advised,
mightest, wouldest, or shouldest or might, would or should have
numu-isset, he had advised, or monu-issent, they had advised,
advised. advised.
It81l-a, ItSlJ-ne (/. 1), Italy. permultum interest, it makes a

tamen, nevertheless, however. great difference.
nihil interest, it makes no differ~
ence.
1. Eam urbem, si omnibus copiis meis obsedissem,
facile delevissem. 2. Audivistine quam facile armis
Galliam et Italiam obtinuerim ? 3. Omnes Italiae
gentes audient quomodo urbem Romam armorum
sonitu et equorum hinnitu compleveris. 4. Cicera
mihi dicebat quantopere senatum patientia et dignitate
tua movisses. 5. Filius meus ad nos scribet quas
urbes deleverit consul noster. 6. Permultum interest
utrum senatui placuerimus an displicuerimus. 7. Nihil
interest utrum mihi \inum an aquam dederitis. 8. Qui
patriae suae tanta proditione nocuerint, ii certe ad
mortem extemplo dari debent. 9. Nisi consul patriae
nostrae plus quam tuae gloriae favisset, immemor officii
sui fuisset. 10. Si tibi potius quam imperatori nostra
paruissemus, pessimi omnium hominum fuissemus.
11. Si hoc nobis persuasissetis ut fidem nostram viola-
remus, centurioni tamen nostro nunquam persuadere
potuissetis. 12. Poteratne nobis is adolescens dicere
quot legionibus hostes copias suas auxissent ?
162.
Intra (prep. governing the ace), within.
1. I fear that (lest) I have hurt my sister with my arrow.
2. I feared that (lest) I had hurt the boy with my bow.
125
3. The citizens have been telling (to) me how many cities

of Gaul thou hast destroyed. 4. The consul is so cautious
that he has guarded against all dangers. 5. If thou hadst
guarded against all the attacks of the enemy, thou would-
est not now be so wretched. 6. If that ignorant general
had moved his camp yesterday, he would have been safe to
day. 7. It makes a great difference whether we have stirred
up the soldiers to battle or restrained them within the camp.
8. Does it make no difference whether you have pleased
your parents by your letters or have displeased (them) ?
9. Those legions which have (may have) frightened the
Greeks by their approach ought to be praised, not rebuked.
10. If we had seen him we would have restrained him.
11. I was showing to the army how much they had dis
pleased the consuls. 12. If you had obeyed him rather
than your parents, you would have been bad girls.

1. How do you form the present imperfect subjunctive active of the first
conjugation from the present imperfect indicative active? 2. How do you
form the past imperfect subjunctive active of the first conjugation from the
imperfect infinitive active? 3. What are the signs of the present im
perfect subjunctive? 4. What are the signs of the past imperfect subjunctive?
5. How do you form the present perfect subjunctive active of the first conju
gation from the present perfect indicative active ? 6. How do you form the
past perfect subjunctive active from the present perfect indicative active?
7. What shorter form is there of the past perfect subjunctive active of the first
conjugation? 8. How do you form it from the longer form ? 9. What are the
signs of the present perfect subjunctive active ? 10. What are the signs of the
past perfect subjunctive active? 11. Why should the word money be puttn
the genitive case in Exercise 156, 2 ? [Because adjectives in the neuter gender
In Latin are often followed by the genitive case.] 12. Why do quantopere and
ouomodo govern the subjunctive in dependent sentences? [ Because they always
Introduce indirect questions ; and the verb in an indirect question must be in
the subjunctive mood.] 13. How do you decline quotl 14. How do you form
the present imperfect subjunctive active of the second conjugation from the
present imperfect indicative ? 15. How do you form the past imperfect sub
junctive active of the second conjugation from the imperfect infinitive
active? 16. How do you form the present perfect subjunctive active of the
second conjugation from the present perfect indicative active? 17. How do
you form the past perfect subjunctive active of the second conjugation from
the present perfect indicative active? 18. Why is augeatis in the subjunctive
mood in Exercise 159, 10? 19. Why is in order that to be translated by quo
In Exercise 160, 8. [See answer 33, In Questions on Exercise 147—154.]
20. From what verb does the Latin word, interest, come? 21. What is it
derived from? [Est, titers is, and inter, between.] What then is the literal
meaning of nihil interest ?
126
163.
The Present Imperfect and Past Imperfect Subjunctive Passive
of the First Conjugation.
Present Imperfect.
Singular Plural.
Am-er, lam loved, shall, or may am-emnr, we are loved, shall, or
or should be loved may or should be loved.
am-ens, or am-ere, thou art loved, am-emini. you are loved, shall, or
shrtlt, or mayest or shonldest be may or should be loved,
loved,
am-etur, he is loved, shall, or may am-entur, they are loved, shall or
or should be loved. may or should be loved.
Past Imperfect,
Singular. Plural.
Am-drer, I was loved, or might, am-dremur. we were loved, or
would or should be loved. might, would or should be
loved.
axa-dreris, or axn-drere, thou am-dremini, you were loved, or
wast loved, or mightest, would- might, would or should be
est or shouldest be loved. loved.
am-dretur, he was loved, or am-arentur, they were loved, or
might, would or should be loved. might, would or should be
loved.
Diglt-us, digit-i (m. 2), a finger. mor-o, mor-ae, (/. 1), delay.
exempl-um, exempl-i (n. 2), an suppllci-tim, supplici-i (n.^2),
example. punishment.
Ali-us, Kli-a, fili-«d, other. G. a\i-us ; D. Sli-t. [Gone through

like ille.]
Monstrari digito, to be pointed at with the finger, to be distinguwhed.
1. Eos laudabo ut ab iis lauder. 2. Rex imperat,
pater optime (voc :) ut tu etiam illuc voceris. 3. Ado-
lescentem monebo ne gloria potius quam virtute de-
lectetur. 4. Cito efficient hostes nostri ut sagittis
vulneremur. 5. Nonne hoc fecistis, Consules, ut
digito omnium monstremini ? 6. Efficiam ut libri tui
ad te sine mora portentur. 7. Amicos meos rogavi cur
ab omnibus civibus vitarer. 8. Timebant omnes
amici tui ne ab Atheniensibus superareris. 9. Cum
omnibus servis tuis per silvam ibat ne a lupis vomretur.
10. Nos in urbem praemisit ut aliorum exempli)
127
incitaremur. 11. Utinam omnibus suppliciis cruciare-

iriini, O omnium Romnnorum pessimi injustissimique.
12 Servi nostri ea onera tanta patientia sustinebant
ut laboribus suis graviter fatigarentur. 13. Dies tem-
pus (a period) est viginti quatuor horarum.
164.
Petr-us, Petr-i (m. 2), Peter. Themisttfcl-es, ThemistScl-is
(m. 3), Themistocles.
1. I fear that I shall be (lest I should be) attacked by
Alexander king of Macedonia. 2. Peter the (ille) great
feared that he would be (lest he should be) overcome by
Charles the Twelfth, king of Sweden. 3. O that thou
mayest be accused and condemned ! 4. O that thou wert
(mightest be) accused of treason and condemned by the
judges ! 5. They sent me into Germany with (cum) that
small number of troops, that I might be attacked and over
come by the enemy. 6. If that old man is (should be) valued
according to (ex) his words, he is both sober and industri
ous. 7. If we are (shall be) freed from (ab) that punish
ment, we shall ljc most joyful. 8. I will send my dogs
into another field, lest you should be irritated by them.
9. It makes a great difference whether they are defrauding
others, or are themselves (ipsi) being defrauded by others.
10. The shepherd managed that we should not (lest we
should) be torn to pieces by the wolf. 11. Our mothers
sent us to (ad) our master that we might be severely
rebuked by him. 12. The senate asked Themistocles
whether the walls were really being built.
165.
The Present Imperfect and Past Imperfect Subjunctive Passive of
the Second Conjugation.
Present Imperfect
Singular. Plural.
MSne-ar, / am advised, shall, or mSne-amur, we are advised, shall,
mdy or should be advised. or may or should be advised.
mSne-aris, or mSne-ore, thou mtii)&-amini,youareadvised,shaU,
art advised, shalt, or mayest or or may or should be advised,
shouldest be advised.
mUni-atur, he is advised, shall, mtiiie-antur,they are advised,shaU,
or may or should be advised. or may or should be advised.
128
Past Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Mon-her, I was advised, or moa-hemur, we were advised,
might, would, or should be ad- or might, would, or should be
vised. advised,
mon-ereris or mon-erere, thou mon-eremlni, you were advised,
wast advised, or mightest, or might, would, or should be
mouldest, or sltouldest be ad- advised.
vised,
mon-eretur, he was advised, or mon-erentur, they were advised,
might, would, or should be ad- or might, would, or should be
vised. advised.
Perfug-a. perffig-ae (m. 1), a Gall-t, Gall-drum (m. 2), Oauls.

deserter. jam, already, now, Just now.
1. Hoc facio ut a plebe timear. 2. Haec faciebam

ut a plebe timerer. 3. Ita fit ut etiam a pueris terre-
aris. 4. Ita factum est ut etiam a mulieribus facile
terrereris. 5. Ab hero tuo audivi quam beatus frater
tuus esse videatur. 6. Tanta erat ejus ira ut vix a
duobus hominibus teneretur ? 7. Rex timere debet ne
ad helium avaritiaejus cieamur. 8. Nesciebas fortasse
quantopere copiae nostrae perfugarum multitudine
augerentur. 9. Viam vobis ex silvS, in urbem mons-
trabo, ne a canibus nostris mordeamini. 10. Centurio
imperat militibus ut fossae omnes extemplo aqua com-
pleantur. 11. Nonne audiverat senatus quot menses
ingenti multitudine Gallorum obsideremur ? 12. Ma-
ritus meus mihi jam dicebat quamdiu (how long) timeret
ne ab Atheniensibus deleremini. 13. Septem uno tem
pore viri sapientes et habebantur et vocahantur.
166.
Vetus, vSWr-t» (m.f. $ n.) old, ancient.
1. Thus it happens that I am restrained by my (own)
children. 2. Thus it happened that I seemed blind. 3. Thou
art so severe that thou art feared by all thy pupils.
4. Thou wast so timid that thou wast frightened by the
neighing of a horse. 5. Your sister will not dare to come
129
to this house, lest she should be bitten by our dog.

6. I asked the philosopher why he was frightened at (by)
the sound of arms. 7. Does not the king fear that we shall
be (lest we should be) moved to arms by the death of so
many noble citizens ? 8. We were afraid that (lest) we
should be destroyed by the Roman legions. 9. O that
you may be at length moved by our patience ! 10. Would
that you were moved by our grief! 11. Have you heard
how much the forces of the Gauls are being increased?
12. Did not the consul announce to the senate how much
the Gauls were being stirred up to war by the memory of
their ancient glory and liberty?
167.
The Present Perfect and Past Perfect Subjunctive Passive of the
First and Second Conjugations.
Present Perfect or Aorist of the First Conjugation.

Singular. Plural.
Am-at-us s-im, or fuer-im, / am-at-i s-imus. or fuer-imus,
have been or may have been we have been or may have been
loved. loved.
am-at-ws s-is, or fuer-w. thou am-at-i s-itis, or fuer-itis, you
hast been or mayest have been have been or may have been
loved. loved.
am-at-us s-it, or fuer-i7, he has am-at-i s-int, or fuer-int. they
been or may have been loved. have been or may have been
loved.
Past Perfect or Pluperfect of the First Conjugation.

Singular. Plural.
Am-at-ws ess-em, or fuiss-em, am-at-i ess-emws, or fniss-
1 had been, or might, would, or emus, we had been, or mioht,
should have been loved. would, or should have been
loved.
am-at-wsess-es, or fuiss-es, thou am-at-i ess-etis, or fuiss-e<is,
hadst been, or mightest, would- you had been, or might, would,
est, or shouldest have been or should have been loved.
loved.
am-at-ws ess-e<. or fuiss-e<, he am-at-i ess-en?, or fuiss-errt,
had been, or might, would, or they had been, or might. would,
sho uld have been loved. or should have been loved.
130
Present Perfect or Aorist of the Second Conjugation.

Singular. Plural.
MSn-it-us s-im, or fuer-im, I mSn-it-i s-imus, or fuer-imus,
advised. advised.
mSn-it-us s-is, or fuer-is, <Aou mSn-It-i s-itis, or fuer-ift's, you
advised, advised.
mSn-it-ws s-ft, or fuer-tY, Ae mSn-it-i s-int, or fuer-inf, they
Aas been or may Aawc Aee» ad have been or may have been
vised. advised.
Past Perfect or Pluperfect of the Second Conjugation.

Singular. Plural.
MSn-It-w ess-em, or fuiss-em, mSn-It-i ess-emus, or fuiss-
/ had been or might, would, or emus, we had been or might,
should have been advised. would, or should have been ad
vised.
mSn-it-us ess-es, or fuiss-es, mSn-it-i ess -eft's, or fuiss -eft's,
thou hadst been or mightest, you had been or might, would,
wouldest, or shouldest have been or should have been advised.
advised.
irtSn-it-ws ess-e<, or fuiss-e<, he mSn-it-i ess-ent, or fuiss-en/,
had been, or might, would, or they had been or might, would,
should have been advised. or should have been advised.
Qui ? how * ; qui fit ut 1 how lev-is (m. ^ /,), lev-e (n.),
happens it that ? light.
concor-s (m. f. $ n.) , concord- pcen-a, poen-ae (/.1), penalty,
is, concordant, united. punishment.
Verr-es, Verr-i» (m. 8), Verres. aut—aut, either—or.
1. Tam gnavus sum ut ab omnibus magistris meis

laudatus sim. 2. Jam audiviab uxore tua quantopere
laboribus meis delectatus sis. 3. Qui fit ut tanta hostium
multitude» ab una Romanorum legione superata sit?
4. Nisi a Deo creati essemus, non essemus. 5. Si
hostes superavissetis, ab omnibus laudati essetis.
6. Graeci non tam facile a Eomanis superati essent, si
Concordes fuissent. 7. Centurio quem cum Lac
epistol& ad vos mittam, dicere poterit a quot legionibus
obsessus sim. 8. Timemus ne tantis periculis valde
131
territus sis. 9. Si hujus urbis praesidium duabus
novis legionibus auctum esset, omnes Gallorum impetus
facile sustinere potuissemus. 10. Rogabat vetus miles
quanta pecunia a civibus suis Atheniensium civitati
deb ita esset. 11. Si fossae aqua completae essent,
hostium copiae transire non ausae essent. 12. Quis
potest nobis dicere cur filiae meae a philosopho laudatae
sint? 13. Nisi Verres a Cicerone accusatus esset,
poena ejus aut nulla aut levissima fuisset.
168.
QuBties ? how often 9
1. Thou knowest not how often I have been praised by
my general. 2. I should wish to hear by whom thou hast
been wounded. 3. It makes a great difference whether
his (ejus) wife has been condemned or only accused.
4. Would that you had all been really freed from your
punishment. 5. How happens it that the waterpots have
not been filled with water from the well ? 6. So it hap
pened that the garrison had been destroyed before our
arrival with (cum) two fresh (new) legions. 7.. If you
had not stood under that tree you would not have been
wounded. 8. The philosopher asked us whether we had
dared to announce these things to the senate. 9. Did we
tell you how much our forces had been increased by the
arrival of many deserters ? 10. We have all heard how (in
what manner) the thiefs hands have been restrained from
(a) theft. 11. You do not know how much those women
have been moved by the grief of their children. 12. Un
less the thieves had been accused by the consul himself,
their punishment would have been either light or none
(at all).
1. How do you form the present imperfect subjunctive passive of theflrst con
jugation from the present imperfect subjunctive active ? 2. How do yon form
the past imperfect subjunctive passive of the first conjugation from the past
imperfect subjunctive active? 3. Which of the terminations of the second
person singular of these tenses is most in use? (See answer 15. in Questions on
Exercisesll 1—122.) 4. Like what word is alius declined? 5. Whatis the quantity
of the second syllable of the genitive of ilkl 6. How does the quantity of the
genitive of alius differ from that of the genitive of tile ? [The second syllable of
the genitive of alius is always long.] 7. Name other words that are declined
132
like Ult. 8. How does digito monstrari come to mean to he distinguished?

9. Who was Peter the Great? 10. Who was Themistocles? 11. Who were
the Gauls ? 12. How do you form the present imperfect subjunctive passive
of the second conjugation from the present imperfect subjunctive active?
13. How do you form the past imperfect subjunctive, passive of the second
conjugation from the past imperfect subjunctive active? 14. What case is
menses in Exercise 165, 11, and why? 15. How do you form the present per
fect subjunctive passive of the first and second conjugations from the present
perfect indicative passive ? 16. How do you form the past perfect subjunctive
passive of the first and second conjugations from the past perfect indicative
passive? 17. Who was Verres? 18. How do you translate either—or into
Latin ? 19. Why do quando and quoties take a subjunctive after them when
they depend on a preceding verb? 20. Poena and suppHcium both mean
punishment. What is the difference between them ? [Poena is a punishment
or penalty that is to atone for a erime ; supplicium is a bodily punishment,
like scourging, death, &c., not involving the notion of atonement.]
169.
The Present Imperfect and Past Imperfect Subjunctive Active of the
Third Conjugation.
Present Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Reg-am, / rule, shall rule, or may reg-dmus, we rule, shall rule, or
or should rule. may or should rule.
rag-as, thou rulest, shalt rule, or reg-dtis, you rule, shall rule, or
mayest or shouldest rule. may or should rule.
reg-at, he rules, shall rule, or reg-ant, they rule, shall rule, or
may or should rule. may or should rule.
So from edere, to eat; ferre, to bear ; fiiri, to become; ed-am,

I eat, or may, shall, or should eat ; feram, I bear, or may, shall, or
should bear ; iiam, / become, or may, shall, or should become, make
Ed- 1
Fer- r •am, -as, -at. -dmus, -dtis, -ant.
Fi- )
Past Imperfect.
Singular. Plural,
RSg-CT-em, / ruled, or might, fig-iremus, we ruled, or might,
would, or should rule. would, or should rule.
rfeg-eres, thou ruledst, or might- T6g-eretit, you ruled, or might,
est, wouldest, or shouldest rule. would, or should rule.
TSg-eret, he ruled, or might, Teg-erent, they ruled, or might,
13.3
In the same way may be gone through ed-erem, I ate, or

might, would, or should eat ; fer-rem, I bore, &c., or might, would,
or should bear, &c. ; H-erem, I became, or might, would, or should
become; as
Ed-er- 1
fer-r- > -em, -es, -el. -emus, -etis, -cut.
6-<?r- S
BarbXr-ws, a, wm, barbarian. nobiscum {put for cum nobis),

mecum (put for cum me), with with us.
me. vobiscum (put for cum vobis),
tecum (put for cum te), with with you.
thee. secum (put for cum se), with
himself, herself, itself, or them
selves.
1. Pater ejus me rogat ut eum in castra ducam.

2. Pater ejus me rogaverat ut eum in castra ducerem.
3. Haurisne aquam ex puteo ut (eam) humi fundas ?
4. Ivistine mecum ad puteutn ut aquam humi funderes ?
5. Nobiscum in urbem ibit ut ai liberos suos episto-
lam mittat. 6. Tam fortis erat ejus exercitus, ut cito
barbarorum copias vinceret. 7. Utinam hostes eras
vincamus ! 8. Viam per urbem vobis monstrabimus ut
panem liberis vestris ^matis. 9. Uvas eas ederemus
si mater nostra nobis daret. 10. Hos adolescentes ad
consulem ducam (fut. indie :), ut arma pro patria
ferant, et cum hostibus suis fortiter pugnent. 1 1. Ma
ter valde timet ne filius suus poeta fiat. 12. Uxor
mea valde timebat quid de filio suo fieret. 13. Nos
secum in urbem duxit ut pabulum bobus nostris emer-
emus. 14. Tam maturi jam erant arborum fructus ut
agricolae eos in urbe venderent, 15. Amici divitum
multi sunt.
170.
OT-are, orav-i (1), to pray, entreat.
1. I will ask him what he is writing. (subj.J. 2. He
asked me what I was writing (subj.J. 3. I fear that thou
wilt (lest thou shouldest) sing badly. 4. We feared that
134
thou wouldest (lest tbou shouldest) sing badly. 5. He
wishes to know whether I am buying an old or a new
book. 6. We asked him to (that he should) spare the
wretched captive (dat.). 7. He entreats us not to (lest we
should) trust our life to that leader. 8. I will advise the com
mons not to (lest it should) spare that very wicked old man.
9. If we eat (shall eat) so many apples our mother will rebuke
us. 10. I will ask my master how often those trees bear
fruit. 11. I asked the boys whose apples they were eating.
12. He advises us not to (lest we should) become idle.
13. The general of the barbarians advised them not to (lest
they should) become unmindful of their liberty. 14. Our
wives entreat us to (that we should) pardon the conquered
(dat. plur.). 15. They were urged on by the example of
the others to (that they should) pardon the captives and
free them from punishment. 16. The slaves entreated us
not to (lest we should) believe their master concerning
that affair.
171.
The Present Perfect and Post Perfect Subjunctive Active of the
Third Conjugation.
Singular. Plural.
Rex-erim, I have ruled, or may *rex-mnu*s, we have ruled, or
have ruled. may have ruled.
rex-iris, thou hast ruled, or *rex-eritis, you have ruled, or
mayest have ruled. may have ruled.
lex-erit, he has ruled, or may rex-erint, they have ruled, or
So id-irim, Ihave eaten or may have eaten, aud VSA-irim, I have
borne, brought, &c., or may have borne, brought, &c., make
Sd- }
tiil i -cnm, ^ns, ~*rtfc *-erimus, -iritis, -erint.
Past Perfect or Plnperfect.

Singular. Plural.
ULex-issem, / had ruled, or might, rex-issemus, we had ruled, or
would, or should have ruled. might, would, or should have
ruled.
See the Note at the bottom of p. 113.

135
rex-isses, thou hadst ruled, or rex-issetis, you had ruled, or
mightest, wouldest, or shouldest might, would, or should have
have ruled. ruled.
rex-isset, he had ruled, or might, rex-issent, they had ruled, or
ruled.
So Ed-issem, I had eaten, or might, would, or should have eaten,

and tnl-issem, I had borne, brought, &c, or might, would, or should
have borne, brought, &c, make,
...- > -issem, -isses, -isset. -issemus, -issetis, -issent.
1. Timeo ne poetae ejus carmina pessime cecinerim.

2. Si poetae carmiua optime cecinissem, nonne ei
valde placuissem ? 3. Te rogo, mi iili, num eas
arbores cecideris. (hast cut down.) 4. Te rogavi,
Carole, num arbores cecidisses. 5. Nihilne interest
utrum captivos virgis ceciderit (has beaten) an ab omni
supplicio liberaverit ? 6. Is agricola, si agros suos
melius coluisset, longe felicior fuisset. 7. Permultum
interest utrum res nostras bene an male gesserimus.
8. Si bellum melius gessissemus, ab omnibus civibus
laudati essemus. 9. Si crebris eruptionibus hostium
copias fatigavissetis, rem melius gessissetis. 10. Mater
nostra nos rogabit quot poma ederimus. 11. Servus
vos rogaverat cur tot poma edissetis. 12. Si homini
iracundo arma tulissent, fecissent male. 13. Si citius
cucurrisses, te laudassem. 14. Si parentes tui te
oravissent ut hoc faceres, nonne sine mora fecisses ?
15. Pars tui melior immortalis est.
172.
Occid-tVe, occid-t (3), to kill ; ne quidem, not even.
occis-u», a, um, killed.
1. You do not know, O citizens, how many wars I have
waged. 2. Thou didst not know, my son, how well I had
136
managed those affairs. 3. If thou hadst sung the poet's

song well, he would have been delighted. 4. I should
wish to know whether you have forgiven the poor man
(dat.). 5. My husband wishes to know how you sang
(subj.) yesterday. 6. If the king had killed the captives,
he would have been the most cruel of all men. 7. The
consuls ask whether we have proposed that law to the
people. 8. If that tree had borne fruit, we should not
have cut it down. 9. It makes a great difference whether
you have pardoned the man or only spared him.
10. If you had believed me (dat.) you would not have
been overcome by the Gauls. 11. It makes no difference
whether they have eaten three or four apples ; they ought
not to have eaten even one (lit. they owed to eat not one
even). 12. The oxen would have eaten the fodder, if it
bad been ripe.
173.
Present Imperfect and Past Imperfect Subjunctive Active of tke
Fourth Conjugation.
Present Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Audi -am, I hear, or / may, audi-amu», we hear, or we. may,
shall, or should hear. shall, or should hear.
ain:li-ws, thou hearest, or thou audi- atis, you hear, or you may,
mayest, shall, or shouldest hear. shall, or should hear.
audi-at, he hears, or he may, &udi-ant, they hear, or they may,
So from ire, to go ; e-am I go, or / may, shall, or should go,

is gone through ; as,
E-am, -as, -at. -amus, -atis, -ant
Past Imperfect.
Singular. * Plural.
Audi-rem, / heard, or might, hudl-remus, we heard, or might,
would, or should hear. would, or should hear.
137
audi-re», thou hearde.it, or audl-refts, you heard, or might,

mightest, wouldest, or shouldest would, or should hear.
hear.
aaix-ret, he heard, or might, audl-reni, they heard, or might,
So I-rem, / went, or miÂi, wouW, or should go, is conjugated ;

as,
1-rem, -res, -ret. -remus, -retis, -rent.
In the same way, of course, the compounds of ire are conju
gated.
1. Me orat pater meus ne veniam (not to come).

2. Me orabat mater mea ne veniret. 3. Timeo ne
invenias arcus et sagittas. 4. Pueri aegri mater time-
bat ne is solis calorem sentiret, . 5. Timeo ne uxor
mea tonitruum eorum sonitum sentiat. 6. Cito
effecit judex ut servus labores suos finiret. 7. Nescis,
philosophe, quam crudeli hero serviamus. 8. Ejus
hominis servi omnes orabant ut eum puniremus.
9. Cras captivos praemittemus ut omnium mortuorum
corpora sepeliant. 10. Consules effecerunt ut milites
portas urbis ante ad ventum regis aperirent. 11. Hoc
vos oramus ne in senatum cras eatis. 12. Facile iis
persuaserunt ut in senatum sine mora redirent.
13. Themistocles Atheniensibus persuasit ut urbera
suam muris extemplo munirent.
174.
Quam pri mum, as soon as possible.
1. My father asks me why I think so (ita). 2. My
friends asked me why I thought so. 3. I will manage
that tbou shalt (mayest) come hither. 4. I managed
that thou shouldest go thither. 5. It makes a great
difference whether he is coming to the army or is going
away from it. 6. If you find (inveneris) the money,
I will give (it) to you. 7. Does it make no difference
whether we think with you or with your enemies ? 8. The
138
wives of the soldiers all entreated us to finish (that we

should finish) the war as soon as possible. 9. How hap
pens it that you are (subj.) so blind and unmindful of virtue
as to be (that you should be) the slaves of your (own)
passions (dat.)1 10. They were warned (advised) by the
punishment of the other soldiers not to be (lest they
should be) the slaves of their own passions. 11. O
that the judges may punish those wicked thieves!
12. Would that the consuls would punish that idle cen
turion !
175.
The Present Perfect and Past Perfect Subjunctive Active of the
Fourth Conjugation.
Present Perfect.
Singular. Plural.
Audiv-mm, I have heard, or *audiv-mmws, we have heard,
may have heard. or may have heard.
audiv-era, thou hast heard, or *&udlv-erltis, you have heard,
mayest have heard. or may have heard.
&udiv-erit, he has heard, or may budiv-erint, they have heard, or
have heard. may have heard.
A shorter form of this tense is also made by leaving out the

v in verbs in which it occurs ; as,
audi-mm, -iris, -irit. *-erimus, *eritis, irint.
So from i-re, to go, Iv-erim, I have gone, or may have gone, is
conjugated ; as
Iv- >
wl- \ .erim, -eris, -erit. *-erimus, eritis, -erint.

Singular. Plural.
Audiv-issem, I had heard, or smdw-issemus, we had heard, or
might, would, or should have might, would, or should /uwe
heard. heard.

139
audiv-mes, thou hadst heard. or &udvi-issetis, you had heard, or

have heard. heard.
andiv-isset, he had heard, or audiv-issent, they had heard, or
might, would, or should have might, would, or should have
heard. heard.
A shorter form of this tense is also made by leaving out the

v in verbs in which it occurs ; as,
Andi-issem, -isses, -isset. -issemus, -issetis, -issent.
Or still shorter, by contracting the two Cs into one ; as,
Aud-issem, -isses, -isset. -issemus, -issetis, -issent.
So Iv-issem, I had gone, or might, would, or should have gone, is

conjugated ; as,
Iv-
T >) -issem, -tsses, -isset. ....
-issemus, -issetis, -issent.
or 1- )
Or still shorter,
I-ssem, i-sses, i-sset. i-ssemus, i-ssetis, i-ssent.
1. A senatu rogabor num urbem contra babarorum

impetus muniverim. 2. Magister me rogavit quot
horas heri dormivissem. 3. Si tu pauperi ei militi
heri subvenisses, ego etiam tibi hodie subvenire volu-
issem. 4. Quomodo illud flumen transiveris, hoc
omnes scire volumus. 5. Qui fit ut hortus meus venus-
tissimis se floribus vestiverit ? 6. Utinam consul
nobis citius subvenisset ! 7. Si consul citius rediisset,
tot Romani a barbaris Gallis superati non essent.
8. Certe eum rogabit senatus cur ab exercitu abierit.
9. Si flumen transissemus, tuti fuissemus. 10. Nonne
nobis dicetis cur aquam ex puteo non hauseritis ?
11. Permultum interest utrum ii hoc sciverint an
nesciverint. 12. Si hoc nescissent, non potuissemus
eos culpare. 13. Nostri melior pars animus est.
176
1. Does the senate wish to know how much I have for
tified (.subj.) the city? 2. The shepherds did not know
140
(with) what waterpots I had drawn water from theit

well. 3. I will tell thy master with how much {quanta)
patience thou hast served us (dat.). 4. If thou hadst
punished the Gauls, thou wouldst have done well. 5.
The general will ask him how many barbarians he has
buried. 6. The leader of the army had already asked
him how many bodies he had buried. 7. Would that we
had punished you without delay! we should not now be
so sad. 8. Thou knowest not, general ! how often we
have opened the gate of the city to-day. 9. Why will
you not tell us whether you have slept well? 10. Unless
you had helped us, we should never have been able to
cross over the river. 11. Unless they had been united,
they would never have known what (quid) to do (they
should do). 12. How happens it that the young men
have already returned?

1. How do you form the present imperfect subjunctive active of the third
conjugation from the present imperfect indicative active? 2. How do you
form the past imperfect subjunctive active of the third conjugation from
the imperfect infinitive active? 3. How do you form the present imperfect
subjunctive active of edere, to eat, ferre, to bear, ajidfieri, to become? 4. How
do you form the past imperfect subjunctive active of edere and fieri} 5. How
do you form the past imperfect subjunctive active offerre ? 6. In what respect
is it irregular ? [It contracts the regular past imperfect fer-erem into fer-rem
by droping the e.] 7. How does the preposition cum unite with the ablative
of the personal pronoun so as to form one word ? 8. Decline bos. 9. How do
you form the present perfect subjunctive active of the third conjugation from
the present perfect indicative active? 10. How do you formthepast perfect
subjunctive active of the third conjugation from the present perfect indicative
active ? 11. How do you form the present perfect subjunctive active of eder*
and ferre from their present perfect indicative active? 12. How do you form
the past perfect subjunctive active of edere and ferre from their present per
fect indicative active? 13. How must you distinguish in pronunciation be
tween cecuierim, I mny have fallen, and ceciderim, I may have cut down or
beaten? 14. How must ne-quidem be placed in the sentence in which it occurs
with respect to the word which it qualifies, or belongs to ? 15. How do you
form the present imperfect subjunctive active of the fourth conjugation from
the present imperfect indicative active? 16. How do you form the past im
perfect subjunctive active from the imperfect infinitive active? 17. How
do you form the present imperfect subjunctive active of ire, to go, from the
present imperfect indicative active ? 18. How do you form the past imperfect
subjunctive active of ire from the imperfect infinitive active? 19. How
do you form the present perfect subjunctive active of the fourth conjugation
from the present perfect indicative active? 20. What shorter form is there of
the present perfect subjunctive active of the fourth conjugation, and how is it
formed? 21. How do you form the past perfect subjunctive active of the
fourth conjugation from the present perfect indicative active ? 22. What two
shorter forms are there of the past perfect subjunctive active of the fourth
conjugation, and how are they formed? 23 How do you form the present
perfect subjunctive of ire from the present perfect indicative? 24. What
141
shorter form is there of the present perfect subjunctive of ire, and how is it
formed? 25. How do you form the past perfect subjunctive of ire from the
present perfect indicative ? 26. What shorter forms are there of the past per
fect subjunctive of ire, and how are they formed ?
177.
Present Imperfeet and Past Imperfect Subjunctive Passive of the
Third Conjugation.
j
Present Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Reg-ar, / am ruled, or may, reg-Smur, we are ruled, or may,
shall, or should be ruled. shall, or should be ruled.
reg-aris, or reg-dre, thou art Teg-amlni, you are ruled, or may,
ruled, or mayest, shalt, or shall, or should be ruled.
shouldest be ruled,
reg-atur, he is ruled, or may, Teg-antur, they are ruled, or may,
So from ferre, to bear, bring, &c, fer-ar, / am brought, or may,

shall, or should be brought, &c, is conjugated ; as,
Fer-ar, -ans or -are, -dtur. -amur, -amini, -antur.
Past Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Reg-era% I was ruled, or might, rig-eremur, we were ruled, or
would, or should be ruled. might, would, or should be
ruled.
rSg-erm», or rig-forere, thou Teg-eremini, you were ruled, or
wast ruled, or mightest, would- might, would, or should be
est, or shouldest be ruled. ruled.
rig-eretur, he was ruled, or reg-erentur, they were ruled, or
might, would, or should be might, would, or should be
ruled. ruled.
So Ferr-er, I was borne, brought, Sua., or might, would, or should

be borne, brought, &c, makes
Ferr-er, -iris or -ere, -etur. -emur, -emini, -entur.
Silenfi-um, silenti-i (n. 2) , silence.

1. Timeo ne ira nimis incendar, 2. Timebam ne
ir& nimis incenderer. 3. Citius in domum debes ruere
142
ne relinquaris. 4. Ita factum est ut etiam a pueris

relinquereris. 5. Tantum est silentium ut ne verbum
quidem dicatur. 6. Tantum erat silentium ut ne
verbum quidem diceretur. 7. Oramus ut primi per
hostium insidias praemittamur. 8. Nos orabant ut
hoc quam primum faceremus. 9. Tandem effecit
mulier ut libri a rege inspicerentur. 10. Utinam
cogeremini a judicibus ad officium redire! 11. Quis
mihi dicere potest utrum duae an tres legiones in insi-
diis post silvam ponantur ? 12. Si occideremini, pro
patria vitam daretis. 13. Quod erat ei nomen ?
178.
1. They will entreat me not to be (lest I should be) left
(behind). 2. They had entreated me not to be (lest I should
be) left (behind). 3. Thou oughtest to guard against
being (lest thou shouldest be) inflamed with anger. 4. I
feared much that the house would be (lest the house should
be) set on fire. 5. How happened it that thou wast
sent to the consul ? 6. How happens it that the letter
is brought to (ad) me? 7. So it came to pass that the
wine was drunk by the soldiers and the water left. 8. I
will manage that we may be placed before the other le
gions. 9. Our master was so cruel that we were compelled
to come to (ad) you. 10. You seemed so industrious that
you were bought immediately. 11. Your wives entreat
you to take care (that you should take care) not to be
killed (lest you should be killed) by the arrows of the en
emy. 12. They took care not to be killed (lest they should
be killed) ; for they placed themselves the whole day (ace.)
behind a very high wall. 13. If our books were (should
be) looked at by our master to-day, we should be rebuked.
179.
Present Imperfect and Past Imperfect Subjunctive Passive of the
Fourth Conjugation.
Present Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Audi-ar, / am heard, or may, audi-amur, we are heard, or may,
shall, or should be heard. shall, or should be heard.
143
audi-aris or -are, thou art heard, audi-amira, you are heard. or

or mayest, shall, or shouldest may, shall, or should be heard.
be heard.
aadi-atur, he is heard, or may, audi-antur, they are heard, or
shall, or should be heard. may, shall, or should be heard.
Past Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Audi-rer, I was heard, or might, aadi-remur, we were heard, or
would, or should be heard. might, would, or should be
heard.
audi-rerw or -rere, thou wast audi-remini, yoa were heard, or
heard, or mightest, wouldest, might, would, or should be
or shouldest be heard. heard.
audi-retar, he was heard. or aadi-rentur, they were heard, or
heard. heard.
Circum-ven-ire, circumven-i imped-w-e, impediv-i (4) to im-

(4), to come round, surround, pede, hinder.
cheat ; circumvent-as, a, um, vine-ire, vinx-i (4), to bind;
surrounded, cheated. vmct-us, a, um, bound.
custod-ire, custodiv-i (4), to
keep, guard; custodit-ws, a,
um, kept, guarded.
Natur-a. natur-ae(/. 1), nature. dens-us, a, um, thick.

rim-us, ram-i (m. 2), a bough, stultiti-o, stnltiti-ae (/. 1),
branch. folly.
perfidi-a, perfidi-ae (/. 1), Hannibal, Hannibal-t'» (m. 3),
perfidy. Hannibal.
1. Si sine causa punirer, non melior fortasse, sed

pejorfierem. 2. Herum tuum orare debes ne puniare.
3. Timeo ne vinciatur civis Romanus. 4. Ad te
ductus sum ut bene custodirer. 5. Timebamus ne ab
hostibus circumvenireris. 6. Ad flumen properabat
omnis legio, ne ab Hannibale per insidias circumve-
niretur. 7. Videbimus ne a furibus iis circumvenia-
mur. 8. Tam densa erat silva ut arborum ramis
graviter impediremur. 9. Vos oramus ne ea re diu-
tius impediamini. 10. Utinam. ne vincti custodi-
144
antur cives nostri! 11. Utinam contra amicorum per*

iidiam muniremini ! 12. Tanta erat ducis stultitia ut
milites ipsa natura loci graviter impedirentur. 1 3. Nemo
fit casu \by accident) bonus.
180.
Exped-ire, expediv-i (4), to ex- sublto. suddenly.
tricate ; expedit-ws, a, um, ex- undique, on all sides.
tricated. satis, enough.
stult-us, a, um, foolish.
1. I fear that I shall be found (lest 1 should be found)
(to be) foolish. 2. I was afraid that I should be found
(to be) ignorant. 3. Thou oughtest to take care that thou
art not (lest thou shouldest be) cheated by those men.
4. So great was thy folly that thou wast cheated by that
little boy. 5. Such (ea) was the nature of the place that
we were suddenly surrounded on all sides by the enemy.
6. We ought to take care that we are not (lest we should
be) surrounded by the barbarians in this very thick wood.
7. It is (the part) of a wise man, if he is (if he should be)
embarrassed (impeded) by his own folly to extricate him
self as soon as possible. 8. Who managed to extricate
our brother (that our brother should be extricated) out of
the hands of the Gauls? 9. So cautious is our general
that we are guarded on all sides against the attacks of the
barbarians. 10. How happened it that we were so sud
denly surrounded by the forces of the enemy? 11. The
waterpots were so large that enough water (of water) was
soon drawn from the well. 12. The consul asked whether
the bodies of the dead were being buried.
181
Present Perfect and Past Perfect Subjunctive Passive of the Third
and Fourth Conjugations.
Present Perfect of the Third Conjugation.

Singular. Plural.
Bect-w» s-im, or ffi-enm, / have rect-i s-imus, or fu-erimus, ice
been, or may have been ruled. have been, or may have been
ruled.
145
rect-us s-is, or ffi-era, thou rect-i s-itis, or fu-en<w, you

hast been, or mayest have been have been, or may have been
ruled. ruled.
rect-us s-it, or fa-erit, he has rect-i s-int, or fa-erint, they
ruled.
Past Perfect or Pluperfect of the Third Conjugation.
Singular. Plural.
Rect-us ess-em or fu-issem, I recti ess-emus, or fu-issemus,
had been, or might, would, or we had been, or might, would,
should have been ruled. or should have been ruled.
rect-us ess-es, or fu-isses, thou rect-i ess-etis, or fu-issetis, you
hadst been, or mightest, would- had been, or might, would, or
est, or shouldest have been should have been ruled.
ruled.
rect-us ess-et, or fa-isset, he had rect-i ess-ent, or fu-issent, they
been, or might, would, or had been, or might, would, or
should have been ruled. should have been ruled.
Present Perfect of the Fourth Conjugation.
Singular. Plural.
Audit-us s-im, or fa-erim, Ihave audit-i s-imus, or fu-erimus,
been, or may have been heard. we have been, or may have been
heard.
audit-us s-is. or fa-era, thou audit-i s-itis, or fli-eritis. you
heard. heard.
audit-as s-it, or fi-erit, he has audit-» s-int, or fu-erint, they
been, or may have been heard. have been, or may have been
heard.
Past Perfect or Pluperfect of the Fourth Conjugation.
Singular. Plural.
Audit-us ess-em, or fa-issem. audit-i ess-emus, or fu-issemus,
Ihad been, or might, would, we had been, or might, would,
or should have been heard. or should have been heard.
audit-us ess-es, or fu-isses, thou audit-i ess-etis, or fu-issctis,
est. or shouldest have been or should have been heard.
heard.
audlt-us ess-e<, or fu-isse<, he audit-i ess-ent, or fu-isseflZ, they
had been, or might, would, or had been. or might, would, or
should have been heard. should have been heard.
146
So from Fieri, to .become, be made, fact-us s-im, or ffi-erim,

/ have become or may have become, and fact-ra ess-cm, or fu-w»em,
/ had become, or might, would, or should have become ; and from
ferr-t, to be borne, brought, &c., lat-iw s-im or fu-erim, I have
been, or may have been borne, brought, &c., and lat-us ess-ent, or
fu-issem, I had been, or might, would, or should have been borne,
&c., are conjugated ; as,
Present Perfect.
Singular.
Fact-u» ~l s-im, s-is, s.it,
> or or or
hit-us J ru-eriro, fa-eris, fu-erit.
Plural.
Fact-i 1 s-imus. s-itis, s-int.
> or or or
Lat-t J fu-erimus, fu-eritis, fu-erint.
Singular.
Fact-us } ess-cm, ess-c», ess-et,
r or or or
Lat-tM ) fu-issem, fu-isses, fa-itset.
Plural.
Fact-i 1 ess-emus, ess-eft'», ess-en<.
> or or or
Lat-i J fu-iasemus, fu-issetis, fu-issent.
Neque . . . neque or nee . . . nee, neither . . . nor.
1. Dicamtibi cur a judicibus punitus sim. 2. Igno-

rabas fortasse quam turpiter a fratre meo servus (a
slave) finitimis gentibus venditus essem. 3. Jam
dixit mihi uxor tua quoties a barbaris vulneratus sis.
4. Si ad Ciceronis domum praemissus esses, epistolam
jam scripsisses. 5. Si ea mulier a marito suo coacta
esset, culpare eam non potuissemus. 6. Si consules
cautiores fuissent, bellum jam finitum fuisset. 7. Eo-
gabo eum num consul sepultus sit. 8. Judices nos
rogabant quoties jam ante puniti essemus. 9. Si
147
mariti nostri cautiores fuissent, neque illi ab hostibus

oceisi fuissent, neque nos tam miserae essemus.
10. Scire velim quomodo aqua ex hoc puteo sine urna
hausta fuerit. 11. Si urbs melius munita esset, non
coactae essemus eam subito relinquere. 12. Nisi per-
fugae bene custoditi essent, ad exercitum suum nocte ea
redissent.
182.
Vincul-um, vincul-i (n. 2) a quotidie, daily, every day.
chain.
1. You do not know, O consuls, how often I have been
beaten with rods by that cruel centurion. 2. You did not
know how often I had been compelled to bind him with
chains. 3. If thou hadst been placed in ambush, thou
wouldest have been frightened at (by) the approach of the
enemy. 4. Wilt thou not tell (to) him how often thou
hast been sent with us to (ad) his house ? 5. If we had
not (unless we had) been impeded by the branches of the
trees, we should have killed almost the whole army of the
barbarians. 6. If the water-pots had been placed near
(ad) the well, we should have seen them. 7. If the war
had been carried on by a skilful general, it would have
been finished long ago (jam diu). 8. Such (so great) is
the folly of our general that we have always been con
quered even by barbarians. 9. Have you told (to) your
father how we have been cheated by our friends? 10. How
happens it that our house has been burnt? 11. Have you
been so idle that you have been beaten by your master
every day? 12. If the law had been proposed to the
Commons, the state would have been destroyed. 13. Would
that neither we nor our daughters had become the wives of
Roman soldiers !
183.
Deponent Verbs, or Verbs Passive in form and Active in meaning.
Hort-Sn, hortat-M s-um (1), ISqu-i, lScut-u» s-um (3), to
to exhort; hortat-us, a, um, speak; locut-us, a, um, hav-
having exhorted. ing spoken.
aggrSd-i, aggress-ws s-um (3), tntir-i, mortfi-u» s-um (3), to
to attack; aggress-ws, a, um, die; mortfi-us, a, um, having
having attacked. died, dead.
148
con-dri, conat-ws s-um (1), to oblivisc-t, oblit-ws s-um (3),

try, endeavour ; conat-ws a, (gen. of person ; gen. or ace.
um, having tried, endeavoured. of thing), to forget ; oblit-iM,
nlt-i, nis-wsor nix-ws s-um (3), a, um, having forgotten.
(abl.), to lean, strive; rus-us, Ot-», us-ws s-um (3), to use, tx-
a, um, or nix-ws. a, um, hav- perience (all.); us-ws, a, um,
ing leaned, striven. having used, experienced.
seqa-i, secut-ws s-um (3), to prSficisc-8, profect-ws s-um
follow ; secut-us, a, um, hav- (3), to set out ; profect-ws, a,
ing followed. um, having set out.
Mal-um, mal-i (n. 2), an evil, cur-a, cur-ae (/. 1), care.
misfortune.
I. Haec a me scripta sunt ut te horter et moneam
ne id facias. 2. Eum saepe hortatur et monet ut
amici sui Ciceronis exemplum sequatur. 3. Consul,
milites hortatus, castra hostium aggreditur. 4. Frustra
meae vitae subvenire conamini. 5. Manibus et pedi-
bus noctesque et dies conabor te periculo liberare.
6. Senex ramo nitebatur. 7. Themistocles semper ad
(for) gloriam nisus est. 8. Finitimae gentes semper
pro libertate nisae erant. 9. Cicero saepe nobiscum
de virtute et de animo loquebatur. 10. Si mortuus
esset Cicero, omnia alia civitatis mala extemplo, hoc
dolore superati, obliti essemus. • 11. Centurio tanta
cura filium suum docuerat, ut is armis bene, optime
equis uteretur. 12. Perfugae ex castris ad eam domum
jam tandem profecti erunt. 13. Scio quid conere.
14. Qui sapientes sequitur, sapiens ipse fiet.
184.
Injurl-a, injuri-ae (/. 1), an injury.
1. We will exhort our soldiers to (that they may) attack
the enemy. 2. We had exhorted them to (that they
should) follow the forces of the barbarians. 3. We wiU
endeavour to (that we may) persuade (to) the judges.
4. Wast not thou leaning on a branch of that tree?
5. Having bravely attacked the Gauls, we at length over
came them. 6. If we followed (should follow) the example
of the Christian we should keep our word. 7. The boys
talk (with) their fingers. 8. I cannot hear what (quid) thy
149
master is speaking (of) (subj.). 9. Having spoken these

(words), he went away. 10. He died yesterday in Cicero's
house, (having been) severely wounded by an arrow.
11. Unless we had helped him, he would have died in the
ditch. 12. A Christian will always forget injuries.
13. Who can ever forget that night? 14. He entreated us
to (that we should) use that money (abb). 15. It makes
a great difference whether we set out to-day or to-morrow.
16. Would that he had set out before night !

I. How do yon form the present imperfect subjunctive passive of the third
conjugation from the present imperfect subjunctive active t 2. How do you
form the past imperfect subjunctive passive of the third conjugation from the
past imperfect subjunctive active ? 3. How do you form the present imper
fect and past imperfect subjunctive passive of Jerri from the present imperfect
and past imperfect subjunctive active ? 4. How do you form the present
perfect subjunctive passive of the third conjugation? 6. In what respects
must this tense agree with its subject or nominative case ? 6. How do you
form the past perfect subjunctive passive of the third conjugation ? 7. How
do you form the present perfects and f past perfects subjunctive passive
Qfferri and. fieri? 8. How do you account for their perfect participles being
so different from their other parts? 9. How do you form the present im
perfect subjunctive passive of the fourth conjugation from the present imper
fect subjunctive active ? 10. How do you form the past imperfect subjunctive
passive of the fourth conjugation from the past imperfect subjunctive active ?
11. How do you form the present perfect subjunctive passive of the fourth
conjugation ? 12. How do you form the past perfect subjunctive passive of the
fourth conjugation. 13. How does circum-venire come to mean tocheat? 14. Who
was Hannibal? 5. Howdo you translate nether—norinto Latin? 16. Whatis
the meaning of the word deponent"! [It is derived from two Latin words, de,from,
andponere, to lay aside, because deponent verbs' once had a reflective meaning,
which they afterwards laid aside.] 17. What do you mean by deponent verba /
18. Why are they so called? 19. Are they transitive or intransitive?
20. What caseB do they govern ? 21. How do they differ from active verbs?
22. How do they differ from passive verbs? 23. What case do uti and niti
usually govern ? 24. What other construction is common after niti. [It is
often followed by the preposition ad, governing an accusative, and the pre
position pro, governing an ablative case.] 25. What cases does the verb
oblivisci govern ? 26. In 183 (13), why is the verb conere in the subjunctive
mood ? 27. Why is quid used in 1 84 (»), for what rather than quod ?
185.
The Imperative Mood of Esse, to be, and of the Active Voice of
Verbs of the First and Second Conjugations.
Present Imperfect Imperative of Esse, to be.

s-imus, let us be.
S-is, es, es-to, be thou^ or do es-te, es-tote, be ye, or do you
thou be. be*
150
s-il, es-to, let him be. a-int, a-unto, let them be.
So the compounds of Esse, as ad-esse. prod-esse, &c, are
gone through. . *.
Present Imperfect Imperative of the First Conjugation.

am-emus, let us love.
Am-a, am-dto, love thou, or do am-ate, am-oWte, love ye, or do
thou love. ye love.
am-rf, am-ato, let him love. am-ciU, am-anlo, let them love.
Present Imperfect Imperative of the Second' Conjugation.
mon-eauiB», let us advise.
Mon-2, mon-efo, advise thou, or mon-ete, mon-etdte, advise ye,
do thou advise. or do ye advise.
mtin-eat, mon-eto, let him ad- muii-nait, mon-ento, let them
vise. advise.
Ne, (with the Imperative Mood,) not.

1. Hue ades (come) mi fili ; fratrem tuum voca.
2. Si bonus judex esse vis, Justus esto. 3. Qui
imperare vult, ne iracundus sit. 4. Qui se ipsum
laudat, cautus esto. 5. Si felices esse vultis, honesti
estote. 6. Qui boni reges esse volunt, ii honesti sunto
et mites. 7. Justi este, o judices, et hunc innocentem
hominem liberate. 8. Semper promissum tuum
servato. 9. Cives leges servanto. 10. Fidem nos-
tram ne violemus. 11. Complento fossam servi.
12. Cave canem. 13. Timete Deum, et leges ejus
omnes semper servate. 14. Hostium impetus fortiter
8ustineamus. Id. Adestote omnes animis qui adestis
corporibus.
186.
Jantt-s, janu-ae (/. 1), a door.
1. O Socrates ! stand by thy friends. 2. Call your mo
ther, my sons ! 3. If thou wishest to write about thyself
(de te ipso), be brief (brevis). 4. Let him who praises his
friends, be cautious. 5. Let all those who shall become
judges, be just. 6. If you do not wish to be unhappy, do
151
not be unjust. 7. Do not plough that field to-day, my

son. 8. Let all men fear the king. 9. Do not break your
word. 10. Let all the soldiers have bows and arrows to
day; for to-morrow we shall fight with the enemy.
11. Let the slave hold the door. 12. Let not the master
favour his own pupils (dat.). 13. Let us always be mind
ful of our duty.
187.
The Imperative Active of the Third and Fourth Conjugation!.
Present Imperfect Imperative of the Third Conjugation.

reg-amus, let us rule.
Reg-e, rSg-So, rule thou, or do rSg-fte, reg-ltote, rule ye, or do
thou rule. ye rule.
reg-at, reg-ito, let him rule. reg-ant, reg-unto, let them rult.
But Ferre, to bear, &c., dropping the i of the termination,

makes
Fer, fer-to ; fer-at, fer-to. fer-amus ; fer-te, feT-tote ;
fer-ant, fer-unto.
Ed-ere, to eat, makes
Ede, gd-fto, or es, es-to ; ed-at, ed-omws ; Sd-tte or es-te, id-!tote
ed-lto or es-to. or es-tote ; ed-ant, ed-unto.
and dicere, to say, duclre, to lead, fdcere, to do, make die, due,
foe, instead of dice, duce, face, in the second person singular.
Present Imperfect Imperative of the Fourth Conjugation.

aud-idmus, let us hear.
Aud-t, aud-ito, hear thou, or do aud-«e, aad-itote, hear ye, or do
thou hear. ye hear.
aud-io(, aud-ito, let him hear. aud-lant, aud-iunto, let them
hear.
So Fi&ri, to become, and nolle, to be unwilling, make, in the im

perative,
Fi, fi-to ; fi-at, fl-to. ft-dmus ; H-te, fi-to<e ; fi-an<,
fi-unto.
Nol-i, nol-lto. no\-lte, nol-itote.
and Ire, to go, makes in the imperative
152
I, i-to; e-at, \-to. e-amus; i-te, i-tSte; e-ant,
e-unto.
Caius, Davus, Marcus, Caius, serv-a, serv-ac (/. 1), a female

Davits, Marcus (names). slave.
pStienter, patiently.
1. Mitte me illuc, here. 2. Duas oves mihi emito,

Dave. 3. Captivis ne credite. 4. Pueri eanem caecum
caedunto. 5. Discipuli ne multa discant sed multum.
6. Illam aquam humi funditote. 7. Ferte hue poma
quae hodie ab agricola emi. 8. Edite, pueri. 9. Uvas
ne edant puellae : maturae non sunt. 10. Veni ad
me, Cai ! 11. Milites mortuos sepeliunto. 12. Filiam
meam paivam vestito, serva. 13. Januam aperito.
14. Januas aperitote, servi! 15. lte ad patrem ves-
trum, pueri. 16. Nolite hoc facere, judices ! ne inno-
centem damnate. 17. Eum librum inspiciamus.
18. Eorum injurias patienter feramus. 19. Si bonus
es, nunquam iterum infelix eris. 20. Noli me circum-
venire. 21. Ad puteum eamus. 22. Dixit Deus,
Fiat lux, et lux facta est.
188.
1. Send those men to the camp, master ! 2. Let the idle
boy come quickly hither. 3. Look at my book, Caius.
4. Draw the water out of the well, boys. 5. Fathers !
bury your children. 6. Let the mother bury her son herself
(ipsa). 7. Let us tell my father what (quae) we have seen,
Davus. 8. Marcus, hear what (things) I wish to say to
you. 9. Davus ! lead the horse to the river. 10. O judge,
punish that very wicked thief. 11. Let the oxen drink
the water. 12. O judges ! help an innocent man. who has
been defrauded by that most unjust centurion. 13. Go
home (domum), O oxen ! the night is coming. 14. Be un
willing, O master ! to believe what (things) Marcus has
been saying (subj.) about me. 5. Return to your mother,
girls! 16. Eat ye these ripe grapes. 17. Let us help
the miserable and poor (dot.).
153
189.
The Imperative Passive o/, the First and Second Conjugations.
Present Imperfect Imperative Passive of the First Conjugation.

am-emur, let us be loved.
Am-dre, am-dtor, be thou loved. *am-dmini, be ye loved,
am-etur, am-dtor, let him be am-entur, am-antor, let them be
loved. loved.
Present Imperfect Imperative Passive of the Second Conjugation.
mim-edmur, let us be advised.
MSn-ere, mon-etor, be thou ad- *mon-emini, be ye advised.
vised.
mSn- eatur, mon-etor, let him be mtin-eantur, mSn-entor, let them
Deponent Verbs.
Indt-dri, Jmttat-u» s-um(l), to pollic-m, polliclt-us s-um (2),
imitate ; rmitat-u», a, um, to promise ; pollicit-u», a, um,
having imitated. having promised.
pSpul-ori, pSpulat-us s-um, ver-eri, verit-u» s-um (2), to
(1), to lay waste; pSpulat-u», fear; vSrit-u», a, um, having
a, um, having laid waste. feared.
vag-dn, vag&t-us s-um (1), to mer-eri, mSrit-us s-um (2), to
wander; vagat-u», a, um, deserve; merit-us, a, um,
having wandered. having deserved.
Observ-dre, observav-i (1), to diligenfi-a, diligent!- a» (/. 1),

honour. diligence.
1. Cruciator is perfuga. 2. Imitare bonos sapi-

entesque. 3. Patris sui virtutes imitetur, et ab omni
bus amabitur. 4. Per silvam vagemur. 5. Illos agros
populamini, milites I 6. Laudentur boni; vituperentur
mali. 7. Mali soli (alone) damnentur. 8. Pollicere
hoc senatui, consul! 9. Id omnes una voce polli-
• Another form for the second person plural, in minor, is given in most
grammars ; but as there is no authority for it, it has been omitted. See
"Robson's Constructive Latin Exercises," p. 195, and "Madvig's Latin
Grammar j" as there quoted.
154
ceamur. 10. Fossae aqua compleantur. 11. Ab

hostibus timeamur ; ab amicis amemur. 12. Deum
veremini ; observate Eegem. 13. Pueri parent am
amorern virtute et diligentia merentor. 14. Te
quotidie meliorem facito.
190. !J
Amor, amor-i» (m. 3), love.
1. Imitate thou those who have (may have) deserved
well of (de) the state. 2. Let the thief be put (given) to
death. 3. Centurion ! let the deserter be freed from
chains. 4. Let us lay waste the fields of the neighbour
ing nations. 5. Let us fear God ; let us honour the Queen.
6. Girls, imitate the example of your good mother. 7. Let
the boys wander through the wood. 8. Promise (to) me
this, my son ! 9. Let the captive soldier be held (in) chains.
10. Let those who wish (may wish) to be loved, deserve
love. 11, Do not deserve punishment. 12. Let our hands
be filled with flowers.
191.
The Imperative Passive of the Third and Fourth Conjugations.
Present Imperfect Imperative Passive of the Third Conjugation.
Tig-dmur, let us be ruled.

KSg-^re, rSg-ftor, be thou ruled. *rSg-imini, be ye ruled.
T&g-utur, rig-itor, let him be reg-antur, reg-untor, let them be
ruled. ruled.
Present Imperfect Imperative Passive of the Fourth Conjugation.
aad-idmur, let us be heard.

Aud-ire, aud-itor, be thou heard. •aud-imini, be ye heard,
aud-idtur, SLttd-itor, let him be mid-iantur, nud-iuntor, let them
heard. be heard.
• See note at the bottom of page 153.

155
ment-irt, mentit- us s-um (4), to adoi-lri, adort-ws s-um (4), to
lie ; mentit- us, a , um, having attack ; adort-i», a, via, hav-
lied. ing attacked.
potiri, potit-wS s-um (4), to
gain possession of; potlt-us, a,
um, having gainedpossession of.
Obsecr-are (1), to beseech. fortun-a, fortun-oe, (f. 1), for-

disc-ere, didlc-i (3), to learn. tune.
viv-ere, vix-t (3), to live. a tergo,from behind, in the rear;
pauc-us, a, um,few. terg-um, terg-t (n. 2), a
simil-is, sinul-e, like. back.
Bcrmo, seruion-w, (m. 3), a prius, first.
speech.
1 . Audito multa ; pauca loquitor, mi fill ! 2. Lo-

quere quid velis. 3. Loquimini cur hoc feceritis.
4. Uxor ejus hue veniat et cum eo loquatur. 5. Ne
simili utamur fortuna atque (as) usi sumus. 6. Mor-
tuorum corpora quam primum sepeliuntor. 7. Prius,
obsecro, disce quid sit vivere ; ubi scies, si displicebit
vita, tum hoc sermone utitor. 8. Nitimini ut matri
placeatis. 9. Legio prima fusos (routed) barbaros
sequitor. 10. Pro patria, pro uxoribus liberisque
laeti (joyfully) moriamur. 11. Ne mentiare de hac
re ; scio quid feceris. 1 2. Ne mentiamur ; semper
melius est vera dicere. 13. Ne barbari castris nostris
potiantur, milites ! a tergo eos adorimini. 14. Ami-
corum nostrorum ne obliviscamur.
192.
Fenestr-a, fenestr-ae (/. 1), a cubleul-um, cnbicul-i (n. 2), a
window. bedchamber.
1. Speak, I entreat; in what place shall I find my son?
2. Let us always hear much, ana speak little (few things);
for we are only boys. 3. Let the windows and doors of
our bedchambers be daily opened. 4. Let the apples and
grapes be sold. 5. Let us attack the Roman legions by
(per) ambuscades in the rear. 6. Do not lie, boys : always
speak the truth (true things) to your master. 7. Let us
get possession of the wood. So we shall be able to cross
the river by night. 8. Do not let us be conquered by bar
156
barians. 9. Let not the enemy. gain possession of the

river. 10. Let the little girl follow her mother. 11. Let
the slave follow his master. 12. Do not lie, my daughter.
13. Let the tenth legion attack the enemy.
1. What is the meaning of the word imperative ? 2. Why is the imperative
mood so called ? 3. How many tenses are there in the imperative mood in
Latin and English? 4. Why is there no first person singular in the impera
tive mood ? 5. Which forms of the imperative mood have you already met
with while doing the exercises on the subjunctive mood? 6. How do you
form es, the second person singular of the imperative mood of esse, from the
imperfect infinitive? 7. Are the imperatives of the compound of esse formed
In the same way ? 8. How do you form the second person singular of the im
perative mood of the active voice of the first conjugation from the imperfect in
finitive active ? 9. How do you form the second person singular of the im
perative mood active of the second conjugation from the imperfect infinitive
active? 10. How do you form the second person singular of the imperative
active of the third conjugation from the imperfect infinitive active ? 11. How
do you form the second person singular of the imperative active of the fourth
conjugation from the imperfect infinitive active? 12. Are the forms borrowed
from the subjunctive used for requests or for commands? [For requests.]
13. Which are the forms most used for commands? [The longer forms ending
In-to.] 14. In prohibitions, (that is, when the imperative mood has not joined
to it,) how must not be translated into Latin ? 15. Are the longer forms used
in prohibitions as well as in commands ? [No, the forms borrowed from the
subjunctive are generally used in prohibitions.] 16. How do you form the
second person singular imperative of fierit 17. How do you form the second
person singular imperative of nolle t 18. Has the Imperative mood of nolle
as many forms in use for the different persons as most other verhs ? 19. How
do you form the second person singular imperative of ire from its imperfect infini
tive ? 20. How do you form the second person singular imperative passive of the
first, second, third, and fourth conjugations from their imperfect infinitive
active? 21. Which of the forms of the passive imperative are mostly used
for requests t 22. Which are mostly used for commands ? 23. In what respect
did you say deponent verbs were like passive verbs ? 24. Will their im
perative mood, then, be like the passive or the active imperative inform?
25. Which will it be like in meaning ?
193.
The Imperfect Infinitive^ Future Infinitive, and Perfect Infinitive of
the First and Second Conjugations, and of some Irregular Verbs.
First Conjugation,
* Present or Past „ . infiniti * Present or Past
Imperfect Infinitive. •* ' Perfect Infinitive.
Am-arc, to love, amatur-um, am, or amav-isse, to have
um, esse, to be loved.
about to love.
• The imperfect and perfect infinitives aTe present when dependent on the
present imperfect, present perfect, or future, and past when dependent on the
past imperfect, aorist, or past perfect tenses.
\
157
Second Conjugation.
Present or Past Present or Past
Imperfect Infinitive. Future Infinitive. Perfect Infinitive.
Mon-ere, to advise. mSnitur-um, am, or mSnu-isse, to have
um, es-sc, to be advised,
about to i
The following Verbs are more or less Irregular :—
Present or Past JfWu e Tntin'tive Present or Past

Imperfect Infinitive. ^ ' Perfect Infinitive.
Es-sc, to be. fore or futur-um, fa-isse, to have been,
am, or um, esse,
to be about to be.
pos-se, to be able. .... pSttt-isse, to have been

able.
vel-fe, to wish. .... vSlu-isse, to have
.wished.
nol-fe, to be unwilling. .... nolu-wse, to have been
unwilling.
mal-Ze, to prefer. .... mala- me, to have
preferred.
But when the infinitive is immediately preceded by an ac

cusative case, governed by a verb of feeling, hearing, seeing,
knowing, wishing, thinking, believing, saying, declaring, &c, and
some other expressions, it must be translated in English by the
sign of the corresponding tense of the indicative mood, and
the accusative be preceded by the word that.
Thus, with the present tenses wo have

Audl-o, I hear ' am-cre, loves, or is
loving.
audl-am, / shall hear amat-firom es-se. will
regln-om, that the • love
audlv-t, I have heard queen amav-me, has loved.
audlv-cro, Ishall have
heard •
158
and with the past tenses we have

And-iebam, I wasî sam-are, was loving
hearing or loved.
audiv-t, I heard I regln-am, that the I amn-turam esse,
queen \ would love
audiv-eVam, / had J amavisse, had loved.
heard V.
and so on with all other verbs.
Neg-are, negav-t (1), to deny; Caesar, Caesar-is (m. 8),

negat-ws, a, um, denied. Caesar.
maa-ere, mans-t (2), to remain. Pompei-ws, Pompei-i (m. 2),
respond-ere, respond-t' (2), to Pompey.
answer; respons-ws, a, um, obses, obsid-w (m. $ f. 3), a
answered. hostage.
promitt-ere; promls-i (3), to
promise; promiss-w, a, um,
promised.
I. Video vos promissa vestra semper servare.

2. Jam audivimus milites nostros ingentes babarorum
copias superavisse. 3. Cicero dicit se castra hostium
eras oppugnaturum (esse). 4. Speramus omnes,
judices ! vos Ciceronem, innocentem hominem, non
damnaturos (esse). 5. Socrates respondit se posse
eum adolescentem docere. 6. Is negavit se in ea urbe
mansurum (esse). 7. Eespondit consul id sibi placu-
isse. 8. Dicit se id patri suo persuasurum (esse).
9. Id bellum longissimum videtur fuisse. 10. Is obses
mini dixit se mi serrimum esse. 11. Est adolesce ni s
senes vereri.
194.
Cato, Caton.i» (m. 3), Cato. tantnm, only.
1. I hear that you accuse the young man of theft-
2. The Gauls had promised that they would give hostages.
3. Pompey denied that he had broken his word. 4. My
father said that he had (lit. : that there were to himself)
very many oxen. 5. I hope that those girls fear their
mother. 6. Caesar says that he shall move his camp at
159
day-break (lit. : at the first light, all). 7. The general

answered that he had sustained the attack of the enemy
with only one legion. 8. He says that it makes no differ
ence (nihil interesse) whether we drink (subj.) wine or
water. 9. He said that he (se) had long wished to see
Caesar. 10. Cato used to say that he preferred fighting
to slavery (lit. : to fight than to serve).
195.
The Imperfect Infinitive, Future Infinitive and Perfect Infinitive of
the Third and Fourth Conjugations and of some Irregular Verba.
THIRD CONJUGATION.
Present or Past Imperfect Future Infinitive.

Infinitive.
RSg-era, to rule. rectur-um, am, or um, esse, to
be about to rule.
Present or Past Perfect Infinitive.
rex-isse, to have ruled.
FOURTH CONJUGATION.
Aud-Sre, to hear. auditor-wm, am, or um, esse, to

be about to hear.
audiv-te»s, to have heard.
In the same way are conjugated
Present or Past Imperfect Future Infinitive.
Infinitive.
Ed-ere, or es-se, to eat. es-urnm es-se, to be about to eat.
Fer-re, to bear, $c. l&t-urum es-se, to be about to
bear, $c.
I-re, to go. xt-urum es-ss, to be about to go.
Present or Past Perfect Infinitive.

ed-isse, to have eaten,
tul-isse, to have borne, $C
iv-isse, to have gone.
Interfic-fo-e, interfec-i (3), to mSdic-w, mSdio-t, (m.2), aphy-

kili ; interfect-us, a, um, killed. sician.
160
I-dem, «S-a-dem, C-dem,(G. e-jus- yenen-um, venen-i (n. 2),poi-

dem ; D. e-i-dem), the same. son,
Pyrrh-us, Pyrrh-i (m. 2), Pyr- ccel-wm, ccel-i (n. 2), heaven.
rhus. nee—et, not only not—but also.
1. Ejusdem hominis esse debet (it ought to be the
business) et bello vincere et victis parcere. 2. Tum
rex haec dixisse fertur (is said). 3. Pyrrhi medicus
promittit se regem veneno interfecturum. 4. Audi-
erant Consules Gallos id flumen transisse. 5. Per-
fugae negabant se redituros. 6. Rex ad coelum ma
ntis suas tulisse dicitur. 7. Athenienses promittunt se
venturos. 8. Pueri polliciti sunt se eras mecum ven-
turo3. 9. Servus negat se ea poma edisse. 10. Li-
beri nostri nobis promiserant se uvas eas non esuros.
11. Dixitque Caesar nee Pompeium scire vincere
(how to conquer), et illo tantum die se potuisse supe-
rari. 12. Respondit Consul nunquam Romanis placu-
isse imperatorem a militibus suis interfici (should be
killed).
196.
Duc-ere, dux-i, (3), to lead; patienter, patiently.
duct-us, a, um, led.
1. The slave says that he is. pouring water upon the
ground. 2. The Gauls promised that they would do what
(quae) I had commanded (subj.). 3. The barbarians seem
to have learnt this from their fathers. 4. The shepherd
said that his oxen were unwilling to eat. 5. I see that
the barbarians are willing to go away. 6. The slave says
that the boys will not eat that bread. 7. The Consuls
said their army had not been able to cross the river.
8. The barbarians seem to have learnt this from (a) their
fathers. 9. The voices of the soldiers were heard (say
ing) that they would go against the enemy if they were
led (subj.). 10. The young man answered that he was
opening the door of his bed-chamber. 11. Alexander
perceived that the soldiers had fortified their camp very
well. 1 2. All these (things) however he said that he
both had borne and would bear patiently. 13. All those
(things) my daughter says that she will bear patiently.
161
197.
The Imperfect Participle and Future Participle of the Active Voice
of the First, Second, Third and Fourth Conjugations and of
the Irregular Verbs.
First Conjugation.
Imperfect Participle. Future Participle
Aman-s (m.f.$ ».), G. amant- Amatur-ws, a, um, about to love.
is, loving.
Second Conjugation.
Monen-s (m.f. $ n.), G. mon- monitur-us, a, um, about to ad-
ent-i», advising. vise.
Third Conjugation.
Bcgen-s(m./. $ n.), G. regent- rectur-ws, a, um, about to rule.
is, ruling.
Fourth Conjugation.
Audien-s (m.f. $ n.), G. audi- auditur-w, a, um, about to hear.
exit-is, hearing.
So from posse, velle, nolle, malle, edire or esse, ferre, ire, come
poten-s, G. potent-i», able.
volen-s, G. volent-w, willing or
wishing.
nolen-s, G. nolent-is, unwilling.
malen-», G. malent-w, pre
ferring.
eden-s, G. edent-is, eating. csur-us, a, um, about to eat.
feren-s, G. ferent-is, hearing, SfC. latur-us, a, um, about to bear, &c .
ien-s, G. eunt-is, going. itur-us, a, um, about to go.
Rebell-ore, rebellav-i (1), to Pharnac-es, G. Pharnac-is (m.

rebel. 8), Pharnaces.
occup-are, occupav-i (1), to oc- provinci-a, provinci-ae (/. 1),
" cupy ; occupat-us, a, um, oc- a province.
cupied. capS-re, cep-j (3), to take, cap-
Fabricl-w, G. Fabrici-i (m. 2), t-us, a, um, taken.
Fabricius. sign-im, . sign-s (». 3), a sign,
a standard.
162
1. Caesar rediens, Pharnacem rebellantem et multas

populi Romani provincias occupantem vicit. 2. Mili-
tetn te jam vulneraturum interfeci. 3. Nostras mili-
tes, nihil timentes, subito aggressi sunt barbari.
4. Caesar barbarorum ingentem multitudinem, castra
nostra obsessuram, vicit. 5. Medicus Pyrrhi ad Fa-
bricium nocte venit, promittens- se veneno Pyrrhum
occisurum (esse). 6. Is, consulem occisurus, ipse a
consule occiditur. 7. Eorum legati ex urbe venientes
a Romanis capti sunt. 8. Is Romam (to Rome) re
diens mortuus est. 9. Militibus corpora mortuorum
sepulturis promisit Consul se pecuniam daturum
(esse). 10. Barbari flumen subito transeuntes, legiones
nostras adoriuntur. 11. Is me, volentem loqui, vitu-
peravit. 12. Milites signa laturos monuit ne hostium
impetus timerent. 13. Et laudantes et vituperantea
justi sunto. '
198.
Carthagmiens-e«, G. Carthagmiensi-um (m.^/.3), Carthaginians.
1. I shall easily conquer the army occupying that pro
vince. 2. Being about to break. his word he denied that
he had ever seen me. 3. We attacked him (when) fear
ing nothing. 4, He said that we (ace.) had easily over
come (inf.) the troops (who were) about to besiege us.
5. He came to Pompey holding a bow in his hand. 6. He
died (while) writing a letter. 7. The Romans, being
about to wage so great a war with the Carthaginians,
freed many slaves. 8. The hostages had been taken by
the Carthaginians (while) coming with the centurion to
our camp. 9. My slave was killed by a soldier, (while)
opening the door of my house. 10. He has come hither
to help (lit. about to help) the poor. 11. Hannibal,
through fear (metu) of the Consuls (who were) coming
with an army, returns to his own camp. 12. He, (while)
returning to Italy, conquered the barbarians in many bat
tles. 13. I will warn the soldier (who is) about to bear
the standard, that he is not to (lit. lest he may) fear the
attacks of the Gauls. 14. They attacked us (while) about
to cross the river.
\
163

1. How many participles are there in Latin in the active voice ? 2. Which
are they ? 3. How do you form the imperfect participle of the first conjuga
tion from the imperfect infinitive ? 4. How can you form the future participle
active of the first conjugation from the perfect participle of the passive voice?
5. How do you form the imperfect participle of the second conjugation
from the imperfect infinitive? 6. How can you form the future participle
active of the second conjugation from the perfect participle passive ? 7. How
do you form the imperfect participle of the third conjugation from the imper
fect infinitive ? 8. How can you form the future participle active of the third
conjugation from the perfect participle passive? 9. How do you form the
Imperfect participle active of the fourth conjugation from the imperfect in
finitive ? 10. How can you form the future participle active of the fourth con
jugation from the perfect participle passive ? 1 1. Like what adjectives are the
imperfect participles of the active voice declined? 12. Like what adjectives
are the future participles of the active voice declined? 13. Which of the
Irregular verbs are irregular in the way they form their imperfect participles ?
14. Which of them have no future participle ? 15. How many tenses are there
In the infinitive mood ? 16. What are the last three letters of the imperfect
infinitive of every verb of the first conjugation ? 17. What are the last three
letters of the imperfect infinitive of every verb of the second, third, and fourth
conjugations respectively? 18. What difference is there between the last three
letters of the imperfect infinitive of the second, and the last three letters
of the imperfect infinitive of the third conjugation ? 19. How, then, can you
best tell to what conjugation a verb belongs?
20. How do you form the future infinitives of active verbs? [From the ac
cusative cases of the future participle active together with the imperfect in
finitive esse, to be.] 21. How do you form the perfect infinitive of active verbs
from their present perfect indicative? 22. Which of the verbs, generally
called irregular, are irregular in their imperfect infinitives? 23. Which of
the irregular verbs have no future infinitives ? 24. What classes of verbs are
often followed by an accusative and infinitive in Latin? 25. In that case, in
translating into English, what word must be inserted into the sentence ; what
case will the accusative become, and what mood will the infinitive become
equivalent to or take the signs of? 26. After what tenses will the imperfect
infinitive, the future infinitive and the perfect infinitive have u present mean
ing? 27. After what tenses will the imperfect infinitive, the future infinitive
and perfect infinitive have a past meaning? 28. What similar rule is there
about the use of the tenses of the subjunctive mood? 29. Can the infinitive
mood have a subject in Latin ' 30. Inwhatcase must it be? [The accusative.]
31. In what case must the subject of every other mood be? 32. Howisitthat
the future infinitive has different forms for the three genders ? [Because it is
formed of the accusative case of the future participle and esse, to be.] 33. Has
it then different forms in the singular and plural? 34. In what respects then
must It agree with its subject, the accusative case which stands before it ?
85. Is the esse of the future infinitive often left out ? 36. If the second he in
Exercise 194, 9, meant a different person from the first he, what word wonld
have to be employed instead of se? 27. What is w&m, eadem, idem compounded
from or made up of? [From is, ect, id, and dem, a particle which gives it em
phasis and makes it mean that very or the same. But the sin is and the d in
id are dropped before dem, and the m in eum and eam is changed into n before
dem, us eu-n-dem, ea-n-dem, for eu-m dem, ea-m-dem.] 38. Who wasCaasar?
39. WhowasPompey? 40. WhowasCato? 41. Who wasPyrrhus? 42. Who
was Fabriclus t 43. Who was Pharaaces / 44. Who were the Carthaginians ?
164
199.
The Gerunds and Supines of the First, Second, Third and Fourth
Conjugations, and of some of the Irregular Verbs.
GERUNDS.
FlEST CONJUGATION.
Nom. or Ace. Gen.
Amand-um, loving or to love. Amand-i, of loving.
Dat or Ablat.
Amand-o, to or for loving, or in or by loving.
Second Conjugation.
Nom. or Ace. Gen.
Monend-um, advising, or to ad- monend-i, of advising.
vise.
Dat. or Ablat.
Monend-o, to or for advising or in or by advising.
Third Conjugation.
Nom. or Ace. Gen.
Regend-um, ruling or to rule. regend-i, of ruling.
Dat. or Ablat.
Regend-o, to or for ruling, or in or by ruling.
Foubth Conjugation.
Nom. or Ace. Gen.
Audiend-um, hearing or to hear. audiend-t, of hearing.
Dat. or Ablat.
Audiend-e, to or for hearing, or in or by hearing.
So edere, ferre and ire make

Nom. or Ace. Gen.
Edend-um, eating or to eat. edend-i, of eating.
ferend-um, bearing or to bear. ferend-i, of bearing.
eand-um, going or to go. eund-t, of going.
Dat. or Ablat.
Edend-o, to or for eating, or in or by eating.
ferend-o, to or for bearing, or in or by bearing.
eund-o, to or for going, or in or by going.
165
SUPINES.
First Conjugation.
Amat-am, (to) loving or to love. amSt-u, in loving or to be loved.
Second Conjugation.
MSmt-wm, (to) advising, or to mSnlt-u, in advising or to be ad-
advise, vised.
Third Conjugation.
Rect-um, (to) ruling or to rule. rect-u, in ruling or to be ruled.
Fourth Conjugation.
Audit-am, (to) hearing or to audit-u, in hearing or to be heard.
hear.
So edere,ferre and ire make

Ace. Ablat.
es-um, (to) eating or to eat. es-u, in eating or to be eaten.
Ikt-um, (to) bearing or to bear. lat-u, tn bearing or to 6e borne,
it-um, (to) ôi»j or to go. it-u, in going or to 6e yone.
Exl-re, exiv-i or exi-i,* exit-um alacrita-s, alacritat-is (/. 3),

(4), to go out. alaerity.
Injic-ere, injec-t, *inject-um(3), studi-um, stndl-t (n. 2), desire.
to throw into, infuse. natur-a, natur-a* (/. 1 ), nature.
effic-ere, effec-i, effect-wro (3), prudenti-a, prudeuti-ae (/. 1),
to work out, make, effect. prudence.
salut-are, salutav-i, salutat-um ar-s, art-is (/. 3), art.
(I), to salute. potesta-s, potestat-is (/. 3),
spect-are, spectav-i, spectat-um power.
(1), to look, look at. fced-us,a,um.foul,abommabU.
put-are, putay-t, putat-wm (1), turp-is (m. I?f), turp-e (n.),
to think. base.
lud-ere, lus-»,lus-um (3), to play. Virgili-ws, VirgTlI-i(m. 2), Vir-
gratul-ari, gratulat-us sum, gra- gil.
tulat-um, (1), to congratulate. Cassi-us, Cassi-» (m. 2), Cassius.
• ExitummA injectwn are the supines of exire, to go out, and injicere, to throw
into. In future the supines of the verbs given in the vocabularies will be added
immediately after the present perfect, because they are always so added in
Latin Dictionaries, and the passive perfect participle can thus easily be found
by changing the um of the supine into us, a, urn.
166
1. Pugnandum est nobis. 2. Major alacritas, studi-

umque pugnandi majus, exercitui injectum est.
3. Caesar nostros milites alacriores (more ready) ad
pugnandum effecit. 4. Multos vulnerando, victores
abire coegerat. 5. Venimus Deos salutatum. 6. Specta-
tum veniunt ; veniunt spectentur ut ipsae. 7. Studio
videndi patrem tuum illuc ducimur. 8. Philosopho
(dat.:) hoc maxime cavendum esse (that ^guarding
against this is) puto. 9. Yidendum est nobis quae
sit hominum natura. 10. Docendo discimus. 11. Con-
sules cum tribus legionibus ad (for) obsidendum
relinquuntur. 12. Dicebat Cicero prudentiam esse
artem vivendi. 13. Potestatem vobis in hunc locum
veniendi dedimus. 14. Quae causa fuit Gallis flumen
transeundi ? 15. Rem mihi dicis non modo (only)
visu foedam sed etiam auditu. 16. Quod factu fcedum
est, idem est et (also) dictu turpe. 17. Quis nescit
venisse eam te gratulatum. 18. Lusum it Maecenas
(Maecenas); dormitum (imus) ego Virgiliusque. 19. Ad
exeundum invitat Cassium. 20. Eo illuc scriptum.
200.
PSt-^re, petiv-i, petlt-um (3), incredibfl-is (m. ^-/. ), incredi-
to seek for. bll-e (n.), ineredible.
tempu-s, tempSr-is (n. 3), facil-i» (m. $ /•), facfl-e (n.),
time. easy.
lud-us, lud-i (m. 2), a game.
1. We must pray (lit. "praying is for us) that we may
conquer the barbarians. 2. They went to Caesar for the
purpose (causa) of saluting him. 3. That soldier is
skilled in (lit. of) avoiding dangers. 4. You will effect
nothing by accusing him. 5. Caesar had crossed
the river to look at (sup.) the games. 6. The wise
(man) will tell you what is (subj.) better to be avoided
(sup.) and what is better to be sought for (sup.). 7. All
the Gauls are greedy of seeing and hearing new (things).
• For this mode of explaining snch phrases see Key's Latin Grammar
§ 1295.
167
8. The boys will not learn much (lit, many things) by

playing. 9. My children's master is skilled in (of) teach
ing. 10. I must write (lit. writing is for me) immediately.
11. We must remain (lit. remaining is for us) in that place
two years (ace). 12. We must eat that (ut) we may live;
but we must not live that we may eat. 13. This bread is
useful for (ad) eating ; but that water is useless for drink
ing. 14. During (inter) drinking (ace.) he was wounded
by an arrow. 15. My sons did this during playing.
16. Many (things) are easier in saying (sup.) than in doing
(sup.). 17. At (per) that time (ace.) a thing happened
(accidit) to Caesar's army almost incredible to be heard
(sup.). 18. He said to them that all these (things) were
easy in the doing (sup.)
QUESTIONS ON EXERCISE 199—200.

1. How many gerunds have verba in the active voice ? 2. Have verbs any
gerunds in the passive voice ? 3. Have deponent verbs any gerunds ? 4. How
many? 5. What part of speech is a gerund ? [A neuter abstract substantive,
declined in the singular, but having no plural, and answering to English sub
stantives derived from verbs and ending in ing, as loving, advising, &c]
6. What declension are gerunds declined like? 7. Can they govern a case ?
8. What case? [The same case as the verbs from which they are formed.]
9. In the sentence pugnandum est nobis, is nobis governed in the dative by the
gerund or by the verb est I [By the verb est; and thus the sentence, literally
translated, is fighting is for us, or belongs to us; or since est mihi is equivalent
to / have, the whole sentence may be translated / have tofight. ] 1 0. Whenever
then a dative of the person who is to do the action signified by the verb follows
a gerund with some tense of the verb esse, by which of the two words is the
dative governed ? 11. What case is pugnandum in the sentencepugnandum est
nobis, and why? 12. What would be the commonest way of expressing
in English the meaning of pugnandum est nobis? [We must fight.} 13. In
199. 2. why is pugnandi in the genitive case ? 14. What case is vulnerando in
199. 4., and why ? 15. How many supines are there? 16. Whatpart of speech
is a supine? [A neuter abstract substantive derived from a verb and answer
ing in meaning to English substantives which end in ing, and are derived from
verbs.] 17. What declension of substantives are supines done like ? 18. How
many cases has the supine ? [Only two.] 19. Which are they? 20. When is
the accusative of the supine used ? [Only after verbs of motion, as eo spectatum,
which Is, literally, / ]7o to looking. But in such cases we use the imperfect infi
nitive of the verb instead of the abstract substantive in ing, and say Igo to look.]
21. When is the ablative of the supine used? [After adjectives.] 22. Why is
it in the ablative case then? [Because it signifies the manner or cause. (See
answer to question 19, in Questions on Exercises 123— 126.) Thus In the
sentence res difficilis est factu, the thing is difficult in the doing, the doing
is the manner or way In which the thing is difficult.] 2a Does either of
the supines ever take a substantive after it, in the same case as that which
the verb governs from which it is derived? [Yes.] 24. Which? 25. Why is
this supine sometimes called the supine of the active voice and the ablative supine
called the supine of the passive voice ? [Being both cases of a neuter abstract
verbal substantive they cannot properly be said to belong one to one voice and
one to the other. .But as the accusative supine, or supine in um, not unfrpquently
1C8
governs a case, and in English la often moat easily translated by the active infi
nitive, it is hence sometimes called the supine of the active voice. The abla
tive supine, or supine in u, on the other hand, is often most readily translated
by the English passive iniinitive, and, from the way in which it is used with
an adjective, to qualify it, does not govern a noun after it; and hence it to
often called the supine of the passive voice.] 26. Who was Virgil? 27. Who
was Cauiusr
201.
The Imperfect Infinitive, Future Infinitive, and Perfect Infinitive of
the Passive Voice of the First, Second, Third, and Fourth Con
jugations, and of the Irregular Verbs Edi, Ferri, and Fieri.
First Conjugation.
* Present Imperfect *Present Perfect or
or Past Imperfect Future Infinitive. Past Perfect
Infinitive. Infinitive.
Am-ari, to be loved. amat-um 1-ri, to be amat-um, am, or um
about to be loved. esse or fa-isse, to
have been loved.
Second Conjugation.
Mon-m, to be ad mSnit-um i-ri, to be mSnlt-um, am, or um
vised. about to be ad esse or fuis-ae, to
vised. have been advised.
Third Conjugation.
Reg-i, to be ruled. rect-um l-ri, to be rect-um, am, or um
about to be ruled. es-ae or fa-isse, to
have been ruled.
Fourth Conjugation.
Aud-Tri, to be heard, audlt-um I-ri, to be audlt-am, am, or n
about to be heard. esse or fa-isse, to
have been heard.
The Irregular Verbs edi, ferri, and fieri are conjugated thus :
Present Imperfect Present Perfect
or Past Imperfect Future Infinitive. or Past Perfect
Infinitive. Infinitive.
Ed-i, to be eaten. Us-um l-ri, to be Sa-um, am, or um
about to be eaten. es-ae or fa-isse, to
have been eaten.
• Seo the Note at the bottom of page 156.
169
Fer-ri, to be borne, l&t-um i-ri, to be lat-um, am,or-ume$-se

&c. about to be borne, or fa-isse, to have
&c. been borne, &c.
Fi-eri, to become, be fact-tan i-ri, to be fact-tan, amor um es-te
made. about to become, orfa-isse,tohavebe-
be made. come or been made.
But when the infinitive mood has for its subject a substan
tive in the accusative case, governed by a transitive verb (as
explained in Exercise 193), it must be translated by the sign
of the corresponding tense of the indicative mood, and the sub
stantive be preceded by the word that.
Thus, with the present imperfect, present perfect, and future
tenses, we have
Audl-o, I hear am-dri, is loved, or
is being loved.
audlv-t, / have heard amat-um i-ri, will
reg-em, that t be loved.
audT-tf m, Ishall hear king amat-um esse, hoe
been loved.
audlv-ft-o, / shall
have heard
But with the past imperfect, aorist, and past perfect tenses,
we have
Aud-iebam, I i am-ari, was loved, or
hearing was being loved.
audiv-i, I heard amatum i-ri, would
regin-am, that the] be loved.
B.ndlv-ham, I had queen amat-am esse, was
heard loved, or had been
loved.
And so with all other verbs.
Spond-o-e, spopond-i, spons- confit-tTi, confess-u» s-um (2),

um (2), to promise. to confess,
nunti-are, nuntiav-t, nuntiat- sax-um, sax-t (n. 2), a rock.
um (1), to announce. praerupt-tu, a, um, rugged,
Jub-cre, juss-t, juss-um (2), to null-us, null-o, null-um, none.
command, order. (G. null-tu» or null-to, D.
cognosc-eVe, cognov-i, cognit- null-i.)
um (3), to know. dictator, dictator-is (m. 3), a
comSd-ere, comed-i, comes-wn, dictator.
3, to eat up, eat. oppld-um, opptd-t (n. 2),a town.
170
1. Caesar multos militum suorum ex omnibus parti-

bus vulnerari videt. 2. Respondit centurio Gallos a
Caesare saepe superatos esse. 3. Dixerunt oppidum
ab Alexandro oppugnatum iri. 4. Nonne ii pessimi
adolescentes sciunt se ab omnibus bonis timeri ?
5. Omnes milites dixerunt captivos a se visos esse.
6. Dicebam regis exercitum mox auctum iri.
7. Fabricius Pyrrhi medicum vinctum duci jussit ad
dominum, Pyrrhoque (ea) dici (and that those things
should be told to Pyrrhus) quae contra caput ejus spo-
pondisset. 8. Is nobis nuntiaverat Athenienses a
nostris legionibus victos esse urbemque eorum cap
tain. 9. Audiveramus omnes eos servos a domino suo
venditum iri. 10. Negabat agricola boves suos a
pastoribus inventos esse. 1 1 . Quum consul venisset,
(had come) extemplo vidit omnes oppidi partes praerup-
tissimis saxis esse munitas. 12. Nonne putabas id
bellum nunquam (in it urn iri? 13. Eo anno placuit (it
pleased) senatui nullos consules fieri. 14. Tum Cae
sar legem de dictatore latam (esse), seque dictatorem
dictum (esse) (had been appointed) cognoscit. 15. Con-
fessus est filius tuus omnia men poma a fratribus suis
comesa esse. 16. Video Caesarem ab amicis suis
occisum iri.
202.
1. The Consuls saw that their soldiers were being
wounded by the arrows of the enemy. 2. The soldier
announced to the Consul that very many had been
wounded by the multitude of arrows. 3. The citizens
told us that the town was about to be attacked by the
barbarians. 4. On that day he knew that corn wai
owing (was being owed) to that legion which was left in
garrison. 5. He said that much money had long been
owed (was already being owed a long time) to him by
those young men. 6. He answered (to) me that the
bread was about to be given to the poor. 7. He ordered
(jussit) a large number of soldiers to be sent into the
camp before day-break (lit. light). 8. Then he announced
171
to us that the Athenians had been easily conquered by

our legions. 9. The senate ordered that peace should be
made with the Carthaginians. 10. I think that the slave
is about to be sent immediately. 11. They told us that
the body of the dead slave was about to be buried under
that very high tree. 12. Caesar ordered that place to be
well fortified by them. 13. The girl heard that all the
water had been drawn out of the well by her brother's
slaves. 14. The soldiers soon saw that they had become
more skilled in war. 15. We did not know that the law
had been proposed by the Consul to the people. 16. He
said that the bread had been already eaten.
203.
The Participles of the Passive Voice of the First, Second, Third,
and Fourth Conjugations.
First Conjugation.
Perfect Participle. Participle in dus.
AmtLt-us, a, um, loved, or having amand-«s, a, um, loving or(neces-
been loved. sary) to be loved.
Second Conjugation.
MSnit-K.s, a, «nt, advised, or monend-us, a, um, advising or
having been advised. {necessary) to be advised.
Third Conjugation.
Rect-us, a, um, ruled, or having regend-us, a, um, ruling or
been ruled. {necessary) to be ruled.
Fourth Conjugation.
Audit-u», a, um, heard, or having audiend-us, a, um, hearing or
been heard. {necessary) to be heard.
So from edere, ferre, and fieri, we have

Es-us, a, um, eaten, or having edeod-us, a, um, eating or (neces-
been eaten. sary) to be eaten.
lat-us, a, um, borne, or having ferend- us, a, um, bearing or (neces-
been borne. sary) to be borne.
fact-us, a, um, made or become, faciend-us, a, um, making or
or having been made or become. doing or {necessary) to be made
or done.
172
Intro-mitt-ere, intromls-t, iutro- FSM-ks, FSbi-i (m. 2), Fabius.

miss-um (3), to introduce. vapor, vapor-is (m. 3), vapour,
arc-ere, arcfi-t (2), to keep off, gas.
prevent. aer, aer-/.s- (rn. 3), air.
*fug-£re, fug-i, ffigit-um (3), to odor, odor-i» (m. 3), odour,
flee, flee from, avoid. smell.
pon-£re, posfl-i, posit- ton (3), to TremelK-K», Tremelli-i (m. 2),
place. Tremellius.
claud-tre, claus-t, claus-um (3), bon-um, bon-t (n. 2), a good.
to shut. eeventa-», severitat-i» (f. 3),
arm-are, armav-i, armSt-um, (I), severity.
to arm; armat-us, a, um, amicitl-a, amiciti-ae (/". 1),
armed. friendship.
abes-se, abfu-t", to be absent. moeni-a, moent-wn (n. 3), walls.
per-lre, perlv-i, or peri-t, (4), to carbo, carbOn-i» (m. 3), char-
perish. coal.
Imitator, lmltator-i« (m. 3), an
imitator.
Nll-u», Nll-i (m. 2), the Nile.
Victort-a, victori-ae (/. 1), cert-ws, a, um, certain.

victory. quoque, also.
noxi-us, a, um, hurtful, injurious. interdiu, by day.
ver-ws, a, um, true. milll-a, milll-um (n. 3), a thou
summ-u», a, um, highest, chief. sand.
grSv-is (m. §• /.), grSv-e (n.),
heavy, disagreeable.
1. Fabius a dictatore damnatus, ingenti favore mili-

tum et populi liberatus est. 2. Is judex qui severita-
tis accusari potest merito est ipse vituperandus.
8. Homo alium laudaturus ipse sit laudandus. 4. Si
omnes imitatores vituperandi essent, vituperandus esset
Virgilius, qui Homeri imitator est. 5. Ab homine
laudando laudari, vera laus est. 6. Is consulem
contra se missum vicit. 7. Frater meus victus in Nilo
periit. 8. Virtus est ab omnibus discenda. 9. Hodie
claudendae sunt urbis portae. 10. Carthaginienses
• Fugere, though of the third conjugation, inserts an t after the g, in it» in

dicative imperfect tenses, its subjunctive present imperfect, and its gerunds
and participles wherever there otherwise would be none ; as fug-l-o, I flee
from, /ug-iendui, fleeing from or to be fledfrom.
173
victi pacem a Romanis petierunt. 11. Fenestras cu-

biculorum in quibus dormimus, interdiu aperiendae
aunt, ut vapores noxii exeant, et aer purus intromittatur.
12. Curandum est (nobis) etiam ut a cubiculo absit vapor
carbonum. 13. Odores quoque graves arcendi sunt.
14. Philippum, septemdecim armatorum millia ha-
bentem, Tremellius superavit. 15. Summum bonum
in amicitia ponendum esse puto. 16. Territae mulieres
in urbem cum liberissuis extemplofugerunt.- 17. Haee
moenia, praeruptissimis saxis munita, omnes barba-
rorum impetus facile sustinebunt. 18. Omnes vide-
runt castris extemplo (sibi) exeundum esse. 19.
Melior est certa pax quam sperata victoria.
204.
LScrym-ae, lacrym-arum (/. paliw, palud-w (/. 3), a
1 ), ttare. marsh.
1. Overcome by his mother's tears, he spared the city

(dat.). 2. Let no one praise a man (who is) to be blamed.
3. He who is praised is not always (worthy) to be praised.
4. They who praise the bad and blame the good are to be
blamed themselves. 5. Having been advised by his friends,
he fled from the city. 6. We ought not to fear {lit. fearing
is not for us) without cause. 7. They thought that they
ought not to fear (lit. that fearing was (inf.) not for them
selves) without cause. 8. All the attacks of the barbarians
must be (are to be) bravely sustained by you. 9. Those
states, placed on the extreme boundaries (in ultimis finibus)
of Gaul, at the arrival (all.) of Fabius and (his) legions, do
(his) commands (imperata) without delay. 10. He said
that the gates of the eity were (inf.) to be shut immediately,
lest the enemies should attack it. 11. They say that the
doors and windows of the bed-chambers in which they sleep,
are (inf.) to be opened by day lest the air should become
unwholesome (lit. hurtful). 12. The Gauls, being fortified
by marshes and woods, did not wish to flee. 13. If we flee
(from) care, virtue itself must be (is to be) fled (from).
14. He showed me the river which was to be crossed by
the army.
174
205.
The Infinitive Mood of Deponent Ferbs.
Present or Past Imperfect Infinitive.

JmXt-ari, to imitate.
Future Infinitive. Present or East Perfect Infinitive.

hnltatur-um, am, or um, esse, unitat um, am, or um esse, or
to be about to imitate. fuis-se, to have imitated.
Imperfect Participle, Future Participle.
imitan-s, 6. Imltant-i's, imi- Imitatur-iw, a, wm, about to imi
tating. tote.
Perfect Participle. Participle in das.
Imitat-tw, a, um, having imi- umtand-u-s, a, um, imitating or
tated. (necessary) to be imitated.
Gerunds.
Kom. or Ace. Genitive.
ImTtand-wm, imitating, or to Imitand-i, of imitating.
imitate.
Dative or Ablative.
Imltand-o, to or for, or by or tn imitating.
Supines.
Accusative. Ablative.
Imitat-wm, (to) imitating or to Imitat-t/, in imitating, or to Be
imitate. imitated
Ulcisc-t, ult-ue s-um (3"), to fin-is, fin-is (m. £ f, 3), an

avenge one's self on, to punish. end.
pertm-ere, pertinfi-i (2), to Antoni-us, Antoni-i (>». 2),
tend, relate to. Antony.
comp&r-are, comparav-i, com- Cleopatr-o, Cleopatr-ae(/. 1),
parat-um, ( 1 ), to prepare. Cleopatra.
Iter, itiner-i» (n. 3), a journey. mod-us, mod-i (m. 2), a mea
sure, limit.
1. Audio vos per provinciam nostram iter facere

conari. 2. Negat se eras profecturum. 3. Caesar
175
eam civitatem optime de (of) populo Romano meritam

esse sciens, undecim legiones extemplo jubet proficisci.
4. Sequenti anno Eomani Carthaginienses iterum
vicerunt. 5. Hannibal in Italia consulem subito
aggressus cum octo millibus hominum interfecit.
6. Tres duces contra Antonium profecti, eum vicerunt.
7. Caesar urbe potitus, regnum Cleopatrae dedit.
8. Prima luce ab Italia profecturus, hanc epistolam ad
te scribebam. 9. Moriendum est omnibus. 10. Nemo
scit quando sibi moriendum sit. 11. Ea quae ad pro-
ficiscendum pertineant comparemus. 12. Pompeius
loquendi finem fecit. 13. Majorem laudem mereberis
Injurias ferendo quam ulciscendo. 14. Est modus
ulciscendi. 15. Omnes ad me venerunt gratulatum.
206.
German-i, German-drum (m. vulnu-», vulner-i» (n. 3) a

2), the Germans. wound.
propter, (prep. ) on account of.
1. Our (soldiers) on account of their wounds (ace.) could

not follow the enemy. 2. He said that he should follow
nature, the best teacher (lit. leader) of living well.
8. Caesar will soon hear that the Germans have tried
to cross the river. 4. (While) wandering through the
wood, we shall be bitten by dogs. 5. I should wish to live
there both forgetful (having forgotten) of my friends, and
(deserving) to be forgotten by them. 6. At last Caesar
ordered his soldiers to make an end of following. 7. We
must set out (setting out is for us) from the city to-mor
row. 8. He said that he must set out (that setting out
was for himself) immediately. 9. We all think that An
tony will soon gain possession ofthe city (gen.). 10. We must
experience (lit. using is for us) a base peace (abl.), or a
wretched war. 11. You will effect nothing by confessing;
for we all know that you killed him. 12. Cleopatra has
sent me, Antony ! to congratulate thee.
176
207.
"The Ablative Absolute.
Triumph-are, triumphB v-i, tri- HispSm-a, Hispanl-ae (/. 1),
umphat-um (1), to triumph. Spain.
interjic-ere, interjec-t, inter- Scipio. Scipion-t», (m. 3),
ject-um (3), to throw in be Scipio.
tween. MSsiniss-o, Masmiss-a* (m. 1),
sollicit-are, sofficitav-i, soffici- Masinissa.
tat-um (1), to tempt. Asi-a, Asi-ae (/. 1), Asia.
desSr-ere, desSril-i, desert-um Bom-am, to Rome.
(3), to desert. vw-ut, a, um, alive.
confic-ers, confec-i, confect-un»
(3), to finish.
absen-», absent-w (m. f. If n.),
absent.
1. Gallis petentibus vitam vobis dedimus. 2. Se-
quentibus hostibus, hue fugimus. 3. Te absente, pug-
nare non ausi sumus. 4. Natura duce, tuti erimus.
5. Te vivo, mori nolumus. 6. Caesar, victis Gallis,
triumphavit. 7. Consul, caesis hostibus, exercitum
liberavit. 8. Finito bello, rex urbem auxit. 9. Sex
annis interjectis (six years after), Galli iterum a Ro
mania victi sunt. 10. Captis legatis et re cognita,
Romani consulem in Macedonian! ire jusserunt.
1 1 . Fabricius, quarta parte regni promissa, a Pyrrho
sollicitari non poterat. 12. Ea provincia a Cartha-
giniensibus sollicitata, Romanos deseruerat. 13. Ita,
Macedonia fracta, ingenti gloria Romam redit. 14. In
Hispania, occisis duobus Scipionibus, nullus Romanus
dux erat. 15. Bello intra triginta dies confecto,
Masinissa anno vitae nonagesimo septimo mortuus est.
16. Hac pugna cognita, rex septuaginta millia militum
ex Asia. mittit. 17. Deletis hostibus, ipse Romam
redibo.
208.
Amitt-ere, amls-i, amiss-unt AntiSchus, Antffich-i (m. 2),
(3), to lose. Antiockus.
trad-ere, tradid-i, tradit-unt Bithym-a, Bithyni-ae (/. I),
(3), to give up, betray. Bithynia.
inv&d-ere, invas-i, invas-iwn VercmgetSrix, Vercingetorigis
(3), to invade. (m. 3), Fercingetorix.
177
1. When the enemy has been routed (lit. the enemies

having been routed) we shall return to Rome. 2. After
one year (a year having been thrown in between) he re
turned into Asia. 3. As Caesar has been killed, (Caesar
having been killed,) there is no hope of peace. 4. Antony,
having lost his army, (his army having been lost,) fled im
mediately to Cleopatra. 5. Having taken that city, (that
city having been taken,) he invaded Asia. 6. When this
affair was announced to the consuls, (this thing having been
announced to the consuls,) they promised that they would
stand by the ambassadors (dat.). 7. When Antiochus
was conquered, (Antiochus having been conquered,) Han
nibal fled to (ad) the king of Bithynia. 8. When the
king of Bithynia was tempted (the king of Bithynia having
been tempted) to betray him (that he should betray him)
to the Romans (dat.), Hannibal took poison (gave poison
to himself). 9. The city of the Carthaginians having been
taken and destroyed, Scipio triumphed. 10. At the re
quest of our friends (our friends seeking) we will give you
(some) bread. 11. When Caesar leads us (Caesar being
leader) we cannot but gain (possession of) the victory (abl.).
12. At length the Gauls desert the city by night in accord
ance with the exhortations and orders of Vercingetorix
(Vercingetorix exhorting and ordering them). 13. The
Romans thought that now that Hannibal was dead, (Han
nibal being dead,) they should easily gain possession of
supreme power (lit. of affairs).
1. How do you form the imperfect infinitive passive of the first, second, and
fourth conjugations, from the imperfect infinitive active ? 2. How do you
form the imperfect infinitive passive of the third conjugation from the imper
fect infinitive active? 3. How do you form the future infinitive passive?
[From the accusative supine and the passive impersonal infinitive of ire, to go.]
4. How do you form the perfect infinitive passive ? 5. How is it that it has
different forms for the masculine, feminine, and neuter? 6. Has it also
different forms for the singular and plural? 7. How is it that the future
infinitive passive does not vary according to the gender and number of the
substantive before it ? [Because the future infinitive passive is partly made
up, not of the perfect participle, but of the accusative supine, which does not
vary. Besides, the accusative supine does not agree with the accusative in
question, but governs it. Thus audio oppidum oppugnatum iri, means, literally,
I hear that there is a going (or motion) towards taking the town.] 8. Why may
the accusative supine be used with iri ? [See answer 20 in Questions on
Xxercises 199, 200.] 9. How do you form the imperfect infinitives passive of
edere, to eat, ferre, to bear, bring, itc, and facere, to dot 10. How do you form
their future and perfect infinitives ? 1 1. in what respects are they irregular in
the way they form their passive infinitives? 12. What classes of verbs are
N
178
of.«n followed by an accusative and infinitive in Latin T 13. In that case, In
translating into English, what word must be inserted into the sentence; what
case will the accusative become, and what mood will the infinitive become
equivalent to, or take the signs of? 14. Is the esse or faisse of the future
infinitive passive often left out ? [Yea] 15. How many participles are there
in the passive voice? 16. Has either of them been often used before?
17. Name some of the tenses in which it has been used? 18. How may you.
find out the perfect passive participle of a verb, if you consult a Latin
dictionary? 19. How do you decline the perfect passive participle ? 20. How
do you form the participle in dus from anyone of the gerunds9 21. What is
its meaning? [It is originally an imperfect participle; butwhen used in con-
Junction with the verb esse it takes the meaning of fitness, duty or necessity, just
as the gerund in dum does under similar circumstances. From this use it
sometimes retains the same sense even when it is not accompanied by any
part of the verb esse; as in Exercise 203. 5.] 22. How is the participle in
dus declined? 23. Which parts of fugere insert an i after the gt 24. What
other verb of the same conjugation have you had which inserts t in a
similar^manner? 25. Have taerymae andmoenia any singular? 26. Wnat
part of speech is millia? 27. What case does it take after it? 28. Why?
29. How many tenses have deponent verbs in the infinitive mood ? 30. Are
they like the active voice or the passive voice in form ? 31. Which are they
like in meaning? 32. How many participles have deponent verbs ? 33. How
many of them are In form like those of active verbs ? 34. How many are
like those of passive verbs? 35. In what respect do the perfect participles
of deponent verbs differ from both the active and passive participles of other
verbs? 36 Have deponent verbs any gerunds and supines?
37 . Why is the ablative absolute so called ? [Because the words which com
pose it are absolute, that is, do not depend upon any other word in the sentence.]
38. Can one word be in the ablative absolute by itself? 39. What words then
may stand in the ablative absolute together? [Substantives and some
pronouns can stand in the ablative absolute with substantives, adjectives, or
participles] 40. Why is the ablative case chosen as the absolute one ? [Be
cause that Is the case used in Latin to express the time when a thing is done,
or the instrument, cause or manner of an action, under one of which two rules
every ablative absolute will be found to come; thus, te duce tutus ero means
during the time you are my leader I shall be safe.] 41. Mention some of the
ways of translating the ablative absolute into good English? 42. Where Is
the Nile ? 43 Who was Antony ? 44. Who was Fabtus ? 45. Who was Cleo- :
patra? 46. What countries did ancient Spain include? 47. Who was the
Scipio mentioned in Ex. 208. 9? 48. Who was Masinissa? 49. Who was
Antiochus? 50. Where was Bithynia? 51. Who was Vercingetorix ?
SYLLABUS OF GRAMMATICAL FORMS.
I.
Declension op Nouns Substantive.
Declension I.
Singular. Plural.
N. mens-a, a table. N. mens-ae, tables.
V. mcns-u, 0 table. V. mens-ae, 0 tables.
Ace. mens-am, a table. Ace. mens- as, tables.
G. mens-oe, of a table. G. mens-arum, of tables.
D. mens-ae, to or for a table. ' D. mens-is, to tables.
Ab. mens-a", by or with a table. Abl. mens-is, by or with tables.
Almost all nouns of this declension are feminine ; but some few
like agrieola, a husbandman, poeta, a poet, may be known by their
meaning to be masculine.
Declension II.
Nouns of this declension ending in us, are mostly masculine,
and are declined thus,
Singular. Plural.
N. dSmln-as, a master. N. domin-i, masters.
V. domin-e, 0 master. V. domin-i, 0 masters.
Ace. domin-um, a master. . Ace. domin-os, masters.
G. domin-i, of a master. G. domin-orum, of masUrs.
D. domin-o, to or for a master. D. domin-ig, to or for masters.
Ab. domin-o, by or with a mas Ab. domin-is, by or with mas
ter. ters.
180
Nouns ending in er of this declension are all masculine, and
are either declined thus,
Singular. Plural.
N. puer, a boy. N. puer-i, boys,
V. ptter, 0 boy. V. puer-i, 0 boys.
Ace. puSr-um, a boy. Ace, puer-os,6oy».
G. puer-i, of a boy. G. puer-orum, of boys.
D. puer-o, to or for a boy. D. puer-is, to or for boys.
Ab. puer-o, by or with a boy. Ab. puer-is, fry or with boys.
or they lose the e, of the last syllable of the nominative in

declining; as,
Singular. Plural.
N. liber, a book. N. libr-t, bunks.
V. liber, 0 book. V. libr-t, O iooA».
Ace. libr-um, a book. Ace. libr-o.*, boohs.
G. libr-i, of a book. G. libr-oVum, of books.
D. libr-o, to or for a book. D. libr-i*, to or for books.
Ab. libr-o, by or a»'</i a Aoo/i. Ab. libr-i», by or uiiM books.
Nouns ending in um are all of this declension, and of the

neuter gender, aud are declined thus,
Singular. Plural.
N. bell-um, a war. N. bell-a, wars.
V. bell-um, 0 war. V. bell-a, 0 wars.
Ace. bell-um, war. Ace. bell-a, wars.
G. bell-i, of war. G. bell-orum, of wars.
D. bell-o, to or for war. D. bell-i», to or for wars.
Ab. bell-o, by or with war. Ab. bell-is, by or wiM wan.
Declension III.
Masculine and Feminine nouns of this declension are declined
thus,
131
Singular. Plural
N. *rex, (altered from *reg-»,) N. reg-es, kings.
a king. V. reg-es, 0 kings.
V. rex, O king. Ace. reg-es, kings.
Ace. reg-em, a king. G. reg-am, of kings.
G. reg-M, of a king. D. reg-ibus, to or for kings.
D. reg-i, to or for a king. Ab. reg-ibus, by or »»i(A kings.
Ab. reg-ef fty or with a king.
Neuter Nouns of this declension are declined thus,

Singular. Plural.
N. cSput, a head. 8 . c&pit-a, heads.
V. caput, 0 head. V. capit-a, 0 heads.
Ace. caput, a head. Ace. capit-a, heads.
G. c&plt-is, o/ a head. G. capit-um, o/ heads.
13. capit-i, to or for a head. D. c&plt-ibus, to or for heads.
Ab. capit-e, 6y or with a head. Ab. c&plt-ibus, by or iciM Aeads.
Declension IV.
Nouns ending in us, of this declension, of which most are
masculine, but some few are feminine, are declined thus,
Singular. Plural.
N. exercit-us, an army. N. exercit-Ks, armies.
V. exerclt-us, O army. V. exerclt-us, 0 armies.
Ace. exerclt-a/n, an army. Ace exerclt-us, armies.
G. exerclt-us, of an army. G. exercit-uum, of armies.
D. exercit-£i, to or for an D. exerclt-ftws, to or for ar-
army. mies.
Ab. exerclt-u, by or with an Ab. exerclt-iftus, by or t«'iA
army. armies.
But nouns ending in u of this declension, which are all neuter,
are declined thus,
• The Singular Nominative of words of this declension is often so much

altered from its original form by contraction or omission, or change of a letter
or letters, that it is necessary to know some other case of the noun in order to
be able to decline it properly. For this purpose, as the Accusative in all neuter
words is the same as the Nominative, the Genitive singular is the most con
venient, and will be found in all Latin Dictionaries placed immediately after
the Nominative. When the Genitive is known, the rest of the cases can easily
be found. Thus from re^-is, the Genitive case of rex, we at once see that reg
is the part of the word which is to be retained throughout all the cases.
182
Singular. Plural.
N. corn-u, a Aorn, N. corn-ua, horns.
V. corn-u, O horn. V. corn-ua, 0 horns.
Ace. corn-u, a Aorw. Ace. corn-ua, horns.
G. corn-u, (or corn -us,) of a G. corn-uum, of horns.
horn. D. corn-i6ws, to or for horns.
D. corn- u, to or for a horn. Ab. corn-ibus, by or with horns
Ab. corn-u, by or u/i7A a Aorn.
Some few words of this declension make u6as instead of ibus
in the dative and ablative plural ; and portus, a port, has both
portubus and portibus ; and tonitrus, thunder, has tonitribus more
commonly than tonitrubus.
Domus, a house, is declined partly like the second declension
and partly like the fourth.
Singular. Plural.
N. dom-us, a house. N. dom-ws, houses.
V. dom-ws, 0 house. V. dom-us, 0 houses.
Ace. dom-um, a house, (or Ace. dom-u» or dom-os,
home, homeward). houses.
6. <lorn- us, of a house, (dom-i, G. dom-uum, or dom-oram, of
at home.) houses.
D. dom-ut, le dom-o, to or for D. dom-»6as, to or for houses
a house. Ab. dom-ious, by or ioi<A
Ab. dom-o, by or with a house houses.
(or from home).
Declension V.
Nouns of this declension always end in es, and are all feminine,
except dies, which is both masculine and feminine in the singular,
and its compound, meridies, which is always masculine.
Singular. Plural.
N. di-es, a day. N. di-e», days.
V. dl-es, O day. V. di-es, 0 days.
Ace. di-em, a day. Ace. di-es, days.
G. di-eV, q/*a day. G. di-erum, of days.
D. di-ei, to or /or a day. D. &l-ebus, to or for days.
Ab. di-e, 6y or with a day. Ab. di-ebus, by or with days.
183
II.
Declension of Nouns Adjective.
1. Adjectives of three terminations.

Singular.
Mas. Fem. Neut.
N. bon-us, bon-a, bon-um.
V. bon-e, bon-a, bon-um.
Ac. bon-um, bon- am, bon-um.
G. bon-i, bon-ae, bon-i.
D. bon-o, bon-ae, bon-o.
Ab. bon-o, bon-d, bon-o.
Plural
Mas. Fem. Neut.
N. & V. bon-t, bon-ae, bon-a.
Ac. bon-os, bon-a», bon-a.
G. bon-orum, bon-aram, bon-or«m.
D. & Ab. bon-»».
But adjectives of three terminations, whose nominative singular
masculine ends in er, are either declined thus,
Singular.
Mas. Fem. Neut.
N. & V. tenor, t8nCr-a, tener-am.
Ac. tener-ton, tener-am, tener-am.
G. tener-t, tener-ae, tener-t.
D. tener-o, tener-ae, tener-o.
Ab. tener-o, tener-i2, tener-o.
Plural.
Mas. Fem. Neut.
N. & V. tener-t, tener-ae, tener-a.
Ac. tener-os, tener-as, tener-a.
G. tener-orum, tener-aruro, tener-drum.
D. & Ab. tener-i».
Or they are declined thus,
Singular.
Mas. Fem. Neut
N. &V. niger, nigr-a, nigr-um.
Ac. nigr-«m, nigr-am, nigr-um.
G. nigr-i, nigr-ae, nigr-i.
D. nigr-o, nigr-ae, nigr-o.
Ab. nigr-o, nigr-i3, nigr-o.
184
Plural.
Mm. Fem. Neut.
N. & V. nigr-i, nigr-ae, nigr-a,
Ac. nigr-o», nigr-as, nigr-a,
G. nigr-orum, nigr-arum, nigr-orum.
D. & Ab. nigr-is,
2. Adjectives of two termination*.

Singular. Plural.
Mas. & Fem. Neut. Mas. & Fem. Nent.
N. & V- trist-i», trist-e. N. V. & Ac. trist-ts, tri at- fa
Ac. trist-em. trist-e. G. tristl-um.
G. trist-M. D. & Ab. trist-ifcws.
D. trist-i.
Ab. trist-i.
Some few words, like accr, alacer, &c., are declined exactly
like tristit, except that they have another form, ending in er, for
the nominative and vocative singular masculine, as,
Singular.
Mas. Fem. Neut.
N. & V. acer, aer-i», acr-e.
But alaeris is sometimes used as a nominative masculine, as
well as alacer.
Comparatives are declined thus,
Singular. Plural:
Mas. & Fem. Neut. Mas. & Fem. Neut.
N. & V. justl-or, justJ-us. N. V. &Ac. justi-ures, justi-oro.
Ac. justi-5rem, justi-u». G. justi-orum.
G. justi-ora. D. & Ab. justi-ori6u».
D. justi-ori.
Ab. justi-ore or justi-ori.
3. Adjectives of one termination.

Singular. Plural.
Mas. & Fem. Neut. Mas. & Fem. Neut.
N. & V. felix. N. V. & A. felic-e», felic-ia.
Ac. felic-ent, felix. G. felicl-um.
G. felic-i». D. & Ab. felic-i6iw.
0, felic-i.
Ab. felic-e or felic-i»
185
Mas. & Fem. Neut. Mas. & Fem. Neat.
N. & V. sapien-s. N. V. & Ac. sapient-es, -la.
Ac. sapient-em, s ,pien-s. G, sapient-urn or sapienti-um.
G. sapient-i». D. & Ab. sapient-ttius.
1). sapient-i.
Ab. sapient-e or sapient-t.
III.
Comparison of Adjectives.
Positive. Comparative, Superlative.
Just-us, a, um, just. just-for, jusMtw, jilBt-issimus, a, um,
juster. justest.
nig-er,nigr-a, nigr nigr-for, nigv-tus, mger-rimuS, a, um,
um, black, blacker. blackest.
tener,tener-a,tener- tener-for, tener- tener-rimus, a, um,
um, tender. ius, tenderer. tenderest.
fort-is, fort-e, brave. fort-tor, fort-ius, fort-issimus, a. um,
braver, bravest
felix, happy. (G. fe- felic-for, felic-fu», felle- issimus, a, um,
lic-w.) happier. happiest.
sapiens, wise. (G. sapient- for, sapi- sapient- issimus, a,
sapientis.) ent-ius, wiser. um, wisest.
Irregular Comparison.
Positive. Comparative. Superlative.
Bon-w», good. mel-for, better. optim-us, best.
mal-us, bad. pej-or, worse. pesslm-us, worst.
magn-us, great. mayor, greater, maxim-ws, greatest.
parv-ws, little. min-or, lets. mlnim-u», least.
mult-//.'', muck. plu-.v, more. plurim-w.v, most.
dive-.v, rich. dlt-for, richer. ditissim-us, richest.
super- us. above, super-ior, higher. suram-'!s, highest.
juvSn-i», young, jun-ior, younger.
senex, old. sen-for, older.
ultSr-ior, further. ultlm-ust last.
186
IV.
The Cardinal Numbers.
1. Un-iw, a, um. 19. un-de-viginti.
2. du-o, at, o. 20. viginti.
3. tr-es, tr-ia. 21. viginti unus.
4. quatuor. 22. viginti duo. &c.
5. quinque. 28. duo-de-triginta.
6. sex. 29. un-de-triginta.
7. septem. 30. triginta.
8; octo. 40. quadraginta.
9. novem. SO. quinquaginta.
10. decern. 60. sexaginta.
11. undecim. 70. septuaginta.
12. duodecim. 80. octoginta.
13. tredecim. 90. nonaginta .
14. quatuordecim. 100. centum.
15. quind&cim. 200. ducent-t, ae, a.
16. sedScim. 1 000. mille or millla.
17. septemdScim. 2000. duo millia or bis mille.
18. duo-de-viginti.
Of these tin- us, a, um, one, du .o, ae, o, two, tr-es, tr-ia, three, are
declined thus,
Singular. Plural.
N. *un-iw, un-a, un-um. N. & V. un-i, un-ue. un-a.
V. un-e, un-a, un-um. Ac. un-os, un-a.v, un-a.
Ac. un-um, un-am, un-um. G. nn-orum, un-drum, uu-Orum.
G. un-Iws or uu-run. I). & Ab. un-u.
D. un-i.
Ab. un-o, un-a, un-o.
Un-us has no plural number unless it is joined to a noun which
has no singular number, as, una castra, one camp.
• In like manner
Solus, a, um, alone,
tot- ut, a, um, lite whole, '\
nll-ue, a, um, any, have their singular genitive in mm,
null-t«, a, um. no, none, (m.f. & n.) and their singular da
alter, a um, the other (of two things), tive in i (m.f. &n).
uter, utr-o, utr-um, which of the two ?
neuter, neatr-o, neutr-um, neither of
two,
Al-us, ali-a, ali-wl, other,
187
Duo, two, is declined thus,
Mas. Fem. Nent.
N. V. & Ac. du-o, du-ae, du-o,
Ac. du-oj or du-o, du-as, du-o,
G . da-drum, du-arum, du-orum
D. & Ab. du-obus, du-dbus, du-dbus.
Tree, three, is declined like the plural of tristis.
Mas. & Fem. Nent.
N. V. & Ac. tr-es, tr-ia.
G. tri-um.
D. & Ab. tr-i6w.s.
The Ordinal Numbers.

Prim-us, a, um, first. septim-tt» diclm-us, a, um, se
secund-u», a, um, second, venteenth.
terti-us, a, um, third. duo-de-viceslm-us, a, um,
quart us, a, um, fourth. eighteenth.
quint-ta, a, um, fifth. un-de-viceslm-ti», a, um, nine
sext-us, a, um, sixth. teenth.
septim-w», a, um, seventh. viceslm-us, a, um, twentieth.
octav-us, a, um, eighth. vicesim-ws prtm-ws, a, um,
noii-us, a, um, ninth. twenty-first.
dedm-us, a, um, tenth. tricesim-us, a, um, thirtieth.
un-declm-u», a, um, eleventh. quadrageslm-us, a, um, fortieth.
duo-decIm-u», a, um, twelfth. quinquageslm-ws, a, um, fiftieth.
terti-us dicim-us, a, um, thir centeslm-ws, a, um, hundredth.
teenth. ducentesimws, a, um, two hun-
quart-ws d5clm-us, a,um, four dreth.
teenth. milleslmws, a, um, thousandth
quint-us declm-us, a, um, fif bis millesimi/s, a, um, two thou
teenth. sandth.
sext-ws decim-u*, a, um, six ultlm-us, a, um, last.
teenth.
188
V.
THE PRONOUNS.
1.—Personal Pronouns.
Singular. Plural.
N. Ego, /. N. no-s, we.
V. V.
Ac. me, me. Ac. no-s, us.
G. me-i, of me. G. nostr-um or nostr-i, of us.
D. mi-hi, to or for me. D. no-bis, to or for us .
Ab. me, by me; Ab. no-bis, by us.
N. Tu, thou. N. vo-s, ye or you.

V. tu, O thou. V. vo-s, O ye or you .
Ac. te, thee Ac. vo-s, you.
G. tu-iofthee. G. vestr-um or vestr-t, 0/ yow.
D. ti-6t, to or for thee. D. \o-bis, to or for you.
Ab. te, 4y Mee. Ab. vo-ftis, by you.
2.—Reflective Pronoun.
Ac. Se, himself, herself itself themselves.
G. su-t, of himself, herself itself, themselves.
D. si-bi, to or for himself herself itself, themselves.
Ab. se, by himself herself itself themselves.
3.—Possessive Pronouns.
Me-us, me-a, me-um, my on are declined like 6on-us, bon-a,
mine. 6on-um, except that meus con-
tu-uS, tu-a, tu-um, thy or thine. \ tracts its vocative singular raas-
bu-us, su-a, su-um, his, her, itsl culine into mi, and tuus and suus
or their. J have no vocative case.
noster, nostr-a, nostr-wm, our, or }

ours. ( are declined like niger,
vester. vestr-a, vestr-um, your or f nigra, nigrum.
yours, J
189
4.—The Logical Pronoun.

Singular. Plural.
Mas. Fem. Nent. Mas. Fem. Neut.
N. 1-s, e-a, i-d. N: i-t, e-ae, e-a;
V V
Ac. e-um, e-am, i-d. Ac; e-os, e-as, e-a.
G. e~7wS, G: e-drum, e-drum, e-drum.
r>. e_I, D: e-is or i-i».
Ab: e-o, e-<J, e-o. Ab. e-isor i-is.
In like manner is declined,
N. idem, e-a-dem, I-dem, the same ,. Ac. e-un-dem, e-an-dem,
l-dem ; G. e-jas-dem, &c.
5. —Demonstrative Pronouns.
Singular. Plural.
Mas. Fem. Neut. Fem. Neut.
N. H-i-c, h-ae-c, h-o-c: Ni h-f, h-ae, h-ae-c.
V. y
Ac: h-ttn-c, h-an-c h-o-c. Ac. h-o», h-as, h-ae-c.
G. h-ujus. G. h.orum, h-drum, h-orum.
D. h-wt-C; ». h-w.
Ab. h-o-c, h-d-c, h-o-c Ab. h-is.
Singular. Plural.
Mas. Fem. Neut. Fem. Neut.
N. Ill-e, ill-a, ill-ud. N. ill-t, ill-ae, ill-a.
V V
Ac. ill-uin, ill-am, ill-uo". Ac. ill-o.v, ill-as, ill-a."
G. ill-lus or ill-ius. G. ill-drum ill-dram, ill-orum,
D. ill-i. B. ill-t«.
Ab. ill-o, m-d, ill-o. Ab. ill-ts.
Like ille is declin d N. ips-e, ips-a, ips-am, I myself, thou thyself,
he himself, Sec. A .. lpûm, ips-aro,;ips-aro ; G. ips-ius, &c.
6.—Relative Pronoun.
Singular. Plural.
Mas. Fem. Nent. Mas. Fem.
N. Qu-», qu-os, Neut.
qu-ooJ. N. qu-i, qu-o*, qn-ae.
V.
Ac. qu-em, quam, quod. Ac. qu-os, qu-as, qa-ae.
G. ca-j'us. G. qn-orum, qu-arum, qu-orum,
D. cu-i. Dn qu-lbus or qu-eis.
Ab; qu-o, qu-d, qu-o. Abi qu-ioas or qu-ei».
190
7.—Interrogative Pronoun.
Singular. Plural.
N. qui-s? quae? qu-id? K. qu-i? qu-ae? qu-ae?
or qu-od
a 9 V
Ac. qu-em? qu-aro? qu-t'd Ac. qu-os? qu-as? qu-ae?
or qu-od?
G. cu-jus? G. qn-orum? qu-arem? qu-
D. cu-i ? orum ?
Ab. quo or qu-f? qu-d or D. qu-ioKs ? or qu-ei's ?
qu-> ? qu-o or qu-» ? Ab. qu i6ws ? or qu-ew ?
VI.
VERBS.
1 . The Auxiliary or Substantive Verb Esse, to be.
Indicative Mood.
Present Imperfect Tense.
Singular. Plural.
S-um,Iam, . a-umus, we are.
es, thou art, es-tis, you are.
es-t he is. s-unt, they are.
Past Imperfect.
er-am, I was. tr-amus, we were.
Er-ae, thou wast. fir-ati», you were.
8r-a<, he was. fir-an<, they were.
Future Imperfect.
er-o, I shall or will be Sr-fmus, we shall or will be.
er-is, thou shall or wilt be. ir-ttis, you shall or trill be.
er-it, he shall or wilt be. fir-unt, they shall or will be.
191
Present Perfect.
Fu-i. / have been, or / was. fa-imus, we have been or we were.
fu isti, thou hast b'.en or thou fu-istis. you have been or you
wast. were.
fa-it, he has been or he was. fa-erunt or fu-ere, they have
been or they were.
Past- Perfect.
fu&r-am. I had been. fuer-dmus, we had been.
fuSr-as, thou haJst been. faSr-dtis, you had been.
fueraf, he had been. fO&r-ant, they had been.
Future Perfect.
fttSr-o, / shall or will have fffir-imus, we shall or will have
been. been.
ftt&r-is, thou shalt or wilt have fSfr-itis, you shall or will have
been. been.
fHSr-t'*, he shall or will have fttSr-tni, they shall or will have
been. been.
Subjunctive Mood.
Singular. Plural.
S-im, lam, may be. shall be, or s-imus, we are, may be, shall be, or
s-is, thou art, mayest be, shall e-ltis, you are, may be, shall be, or
be, or shouldest be. should be.
s'it, he is, may be, shall be, or B-int, they are, may be, shall be, or
Past Imperfect.
tZss-em, I teas or were, or might, ess-emus, we were. or might,
would, or should be. would, or should be.
ess-es, thou wast or wert, or ess-etis. you were, or might,
mightest, wouldest, or should- would, or should be.
est be.
ess-et, he was or were, or might, ess-ent, they were, or might,
would, or should be. would, or should be.
192
Present Perfect.
Fu-ertm, / have been, or may fii-erimus, we have been, or may
fti-eris, thou hast been, or mayest fi-erita, you have been, or may
fft-erit, he has been, or may have H-erint, they have been, or may
been. have been.
Past Perfect.
Fii-issem, I had been, or might, fu-issemus, we had been, or might,
should or would have been. should or would have been.
fu-isses, thou hadst been, or might- fu-issetis, you had been, or might,
est, shouldest or wouldest have should or would have been.
been.
fu-isset, he had been, or might, fu-issent, they had been, or might,
should or would have been. would or should have been.
Imperative Mood.
s-imus, let us be.

S-is, es, es-to, be thou, or do es-te, es-tote, be ye, or do you
thou be. be.
t-4t, es-to, let him be. s-int, s-unto, let them be.
Infinitive Mood.
Imperfect Inf. Future Inf. Perfect Inf.
Es-se, to be. fore or futur-um, am, um, fu-isse, to
esse, to be about to be. have been.
Future Participle.
futur-Ks, a, um, about to be.

193
2.—The Active Voice of the First Conjugation.
Indicative Mood.
Singular. Plural.
Am-o, / love, am loving, or do %.m-dmus, we love, are loving, or
love. do love.
am*, thou lovest, art loving, or &m-dtis, you love, are loving, or
dost love. do love.
am-a(, he loves, is loving, or does Urn-ant, they love, are loving, or
love. do love.
Past Imperfect.
am-dbam, I was loving, loved, am-abamus, we were loving, loved,

or used to love, or used to love.
am-dbas,thou wast loving, lovedst, ma-abatis, you were loving, loved,
or usedst to love. or used to love.
am-dbat, he was loving, loved, or am-dbant, they were loving, loved,
used to love. or used to love.
Future Imperfect.
am-a6o, / shall or will love. am~dMmus, we shall or will love.
am-dbis, thou shalt or wilt love. am-dbitis, you shall or will love.
am-dbit, he shall or will love. am-dbunt, they shall or will love.

amav-i, / have loved, or / ametv-imus, we have loved, or
loved. we loved.
amav-i.s-a", thou hast loved, or amav-isfr's, you have loved, or
thou lovedst. you loved.
am&v-it, he has loved, or he &mav-erunt, or amav-ere, they
loved. have loved, or they loved.

amFiv-cran!, I had loved. amav-eramas, we had loved.
amav-eras, thou hadst loved. avnav-erdtis, you had loved.
amav-erat, he had loved. am&y-erant, they had loved.
o
194
Future Perfect.
Singular. Plural.
amav-ero, / shall or will have amav-mmws, we shall or will
loved. have loved.
amav-en», thou shalt or wilt amav-erift's, you shall or w»7/
have loved. Aave loved ;
amav-enf, he shall or will have amav-erinf, Mey sAa# or wiZ/
loved. have loved.
Subjunctive Mood.
Singular. Plural.
Am-em, / lore, shall love, or may am-emus, we love, shall love, or
am-es. Mou lovest, shalt love, or am-etis, you love, shall love, or
mayest or shovldest love. may or should love.
Rm-et,he loves, shall love, or may &in-ent, they love, shall love, or
Past Imperfect.
Am-drem, I loved, or was loving, am-dremus, we loved, or were
or might, would, or should loving, or might, would, or
foue. should love.
&m-ares, thou lovedst, or wast ava-dretis, you loved, or were
loving, or mightest, wouldest or loving, or might, would, or
shoiddest love. should love.
sm-dret, he loved, or was loving, &m-drent, they loved, or were
or n«yA<, would, or should loving, or might, would or
love. should love.
Present Perfect,
Am-avertm, / Aa»e loved, or *am-a«mmws, we have loved, or
may Aave loved. may Aat'e loved.
atn-dveris, thou hast loved, or *&m-dveritis, you have loved, or
mayest have loved. may have loved.
am-dverit, he has loved, or may am-dverint, they have loved, or
Aai'e fouerf. may have loved.
: the note »t the bottom of page 113.

195
Past Perfect.
Singular. Plural.
Am-avissem, I had loved, or s,m-avissemus, we had loved, or
loved. loved.
Km-avisses, thou hadst loved, or axn-avissetis, you had loved, or
mightest, shouldest, or wouldest might, should, or would luive
have loved. loved,
um-avisset, he had loved, or a,m-avissent, they had loved, or
loved. loved.
Imperative Mood.
&m-emus, let us love.
Am-d, am-aio, love thou, or do im-ife, &m-dtote, love ye, or do
thou love. ye love.
tm-if, am-dto, let him love. &m-ent, am-anto, let them lovt.
Infinitive Mood.
*Present or Past Future Infinitive * Present or Past

Imperfect Infinitive. " ' Perfect Infinitive.
Am-dre, to love. amatur-um, am, or amav-isse, to have
um, es-se, to be loved,
about to love.
Participles.
Imperfect. Future.
Aman-» (m. f. $ n. ), G. aman t- amatur-u», a, um, about to lore,
is, loving.
Gerunds and Supines.

Gerunds.
Nom, or Ace. Gen.
Amand-um, loving or to love. amand-t, of I
• See the note at the bottom of p. 156.

196
Vat. or Ablat.
Amand-o, to or for loving, or in or by loving.
Supines.
A mit-um, (to) loving or to love. am&t-u, in loving or to be loved.
3. —The Active Voice of the Second Conjugation.
Indicative Mood.
Singular. Plural.
Mon-lo, / advise, do advise, or mone-mm, we advise, do advise,
am advising. or are advising.
mon-c», thou advisest, dost ad vaon-etis, you advise, do advise,
vise, or art advising. or are advising.
miin-rf, he advises, does advise, mon-ent, they advise, do advise,
or is advising. or are advising.
Past Imperfect.
tSoa-ebam, I was advising, ad mon- ebamus, we were advising,
mon-eoas, thou wast advising, ad- mon-ebatis, you were advising,
visedst, or usedst to advise. advised, or used to advise.
mon-ebat, he was advising, ad mon-ebant, they were advising,
Future Imperfect.
Mon-e6o, I shall or will advise. mon-ebimus, we shall or will ad
vise.
mon-ebis, thou shalt or wilt ad- mon-ebitis, you shall or will ad
vise. vise.
mon-ebit, he shall or will ad- mon-ebunt, they shall or will
vise. advise.

Monn-i, I have advised, or I ad- jnomi-imus, we have advised, or
vised. we advised.
197
mona-isti, thou hast advised, or montt-i»ft», you have advised, or
thou advisedst. you advised.
montt-ii, he has advised, or he vaonu-erunt, or monu-e«, they
advised. have advised, or they advised.

Montt-era«t, I had advised. monu-erdmus, we had advised.
monu-eras, thou hadst advised. monu-eratis, you had advised.
moau-erat, he had advised. morm-erant, they had advised.
Future Perfect.
MOnu-ero, / shall or will have *mSniSSrIirms, we shall or will
monS- his, thou shalt or wilt *monueritis, you shall or will
have advised. have advised,
monu-erit, he shall or will have monuerint, they shall or will
Subjunctive Mood.
Present Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
MSne-am, I advise, shall advise, mtine-dmus, we advise, shall od
mSne-ow, thou advisest, shalt or mftne-dtis, you advise, shall ad-
mayest or shouldest advise. vise, or may or should advise.
mSne-ui, he advises, shall advise, vaiine-ant, they advise, shall ad-
Past Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Mon-erem, I advised, was ad- mcm-eremus, we advised, were
mon-eres, thou advisedst, wast mon-eretis, you advised, were
advising, or mightest, wouldest, advising, or might, would, or
or shouldest advise. should advise .
mtm-eret, he advised, was ad- vaon-erent, they advised, were

198
Present Perfect.
Singular. Plural
MSnfi-£r£/n, / have or may have *mSnfi-£nmws, we have or may
vri&nvL-eiis. thou hast or mayest *mSnfi-eri<i», you have or may
have advised. have advised.
vaXmH-erit, he has or may have luonu-rrh/t. they have or may

Singular. Plural.
MSnfi-issem, / had advised, or mSnu- issemus, we had advised,
advised. advised.
vai&xixi-isses,thou hadst advised, or monu- isseti»t you had advised,
mightest, wouldest, or shouldest or might, would or should have
vatinH-isset, he had advised, or monu-issent, they had advised,
mighty wouldy or should have or might, would or should have
advised. advised.
Imperative Mood.

mftn-edmus, let us advise.
Mon-e, mon-eto, advise thou, or mon-ete, mon-etote, advise ye,
do thou advise. or do ye advise.
xri6n-eat, mon-eto, let him ad m&n-eant, mon-ento, let them
vise. advise.
Infinitive Mood.
Present or Past Present or Past
Future Infinitive.
Imperfect Infinitive. Perfect Infinitive.
Mon-ere, to advise. m6nitur-um, am, or m&nu-isse, to have
um, es-se, to be advised.
about to advise.
• See the note at the bottom of page 113.

199
Participles.
Imperfect. Future.
Monen-s (m. /. $ u.), G. mon- monitor-us, a, um, about to ad-
ent-is, advising. vise.

Gerunds.
Nom, or Ace. Gen.
Monend-wra, advising, or to ad- monend-i, of advising,
vise.
Dai. or Ablat.
Monend-o, to ex for advising, or in or by advising.
Supines.
Momt-um, {to) advising, or to mSnit-u, in advising, or to be
advise. advised
4 The Active Voice of the Third Conjugation.
Indicative Mood.
Singular. Plural.
Reg-o, I rule, am ruling, or do reg-imus, we rule, are ruling, or
rule. do rule.
reg-is, thou rulest, art ruling, or rSg-iWs, you rule, are ruling, or
dost rule. do rule.
reg-it, he rules, is ruling, or does reg-unt, they rule, are ruling, or
rule. do rule.
Past Imperfect.
Tteg-ebam, I was ruling, ruled, reg-ebdmus, we were ruling,
or used to rule. ruled, or used to rule.
reg-ebas, thou wast ruling, reg-ebdtis, you were ruling,
ruledst, or usedst to rule. ruled, or used to rule.
reg-ebat, he was ruling, ruled, reg-ebant, they were ruling,
or used to rule. ruled, or used to rule.
200
Future Imperfect.
Reg-am, I shall or will rule. reg-emus, we shall or will rule,
reg-es, thou shalt or wilt rule. reg-etis, you shall or will rule,
reg-et, he shall or will rule. reg-ent, they shall or will rule.

Rex-i, I have ruled, or I ruled, rex-imus, we have ruled, or we
ruled,
rex-isti, thou hast ruled, or thou rex-istis, you have ruled, or you
ruledst. ruled.
rex-it, he has ruled, or he ruled, rex-erunt, or rex-ere, they have
ruled, or they ruled.

Rex-eram, I had ruled. rex-eramus, we had ruled.
rex-Iras, thou hadst ruled. rex-eralis, you had ruled.
rex-hat, he had ruled. rex-erant, they had ruled.
Future Perfect.
Kex-ero, I shall or will have *rex-enmus, we shall or will have
ruled. ruled,
rex-his, thou shalt or wilt have *rex-eritis, you shall or will have
ruled. ruled,
rex-jrit, he shall or will have rex-erint, they shall or will have
ruled, ruled.
Subjunctive Mood.
Singular. Plural.
Reg-am, Irule, shall rule, or may Teg-dmus, we rule, shall rule, or
or should rule. may or should rule.
reg-as, thou rulest, shalt rule, or reg-dtis, you rule, shall rule, or
mayest or shouldest rule. may or should rule.
reg-at, he rules, shall rule, or reg-ant, they rule, shall rule, or
may or should rule. may or should rule.
Past Imperfect.
Reg-£rem, / ruled, or might, rig-hemus, we ruled, or might,
• See the Note at the bottom of page 27.

201
rig-ires, thou ruledst, or might- rig-eretis, you ruled, or might,

eat, wouldest, or shouldest rule. would, or should rule.
reg-eret, he ruled, or might, Teg-iSrent, they ruled, or might,
Bex-frint, / have ruled, or may *rex~erimus, we have ruled, or
rex-eris, thou hast ruled, or *rex-eritis, you have ruled, or
mayest have ruled. may have ruled.
rex-erit, he has ruled, or may rex-erint, they have ruled, or
Rex-issem, I had ruled, or might, rex-issemus, we had ruled, or
ruled.
rex-isses, thou hadst ruled, or rex-issetis, you had ruled, or
have ruled. ruled.
rex-isset, he had ruled, or might, rex-issent, they had ruled, or
ruled.
Imperative Mood.
Singular. . Plural.
reg-dmus, let us rule.
Reg-e, rSg-Ro, rule thou, or do Tig-ite, rig-itote, rule ye, or do
thou rule. ye rule.
reg-at, reg-ito, let him rule. reg-ant, reg-unto, let them rule.
Infinitive Mood.
Present or Past Imperfect. Future.
Reg-ere, to rule. rectur-um, am, or um, es-se, to
be about to rule.
Present or Past Perfect.
lex-isse, to have ruled.
* See the note at the bottom of page 1 13.

202
Participles.
Imperfect. Future.
Regen-s (m.f. ^ n.), G. regent- rectur-tt», a, um, about to rule,
is, ruling.

Gerunds.
Nom. or Ace. Gen.
Regend-um, ruling or to rule. regend-i, of ruling.
Dot. or Ablat.
Regend-o, to or for ruling, or in or by ruling.
Supines.
Kect-um, (to) ruling or to rule. rect-u, in ruling, or to be ruled.
6 The Active Voice of the Fourth Conjugation.
Indicative Mood.
Singular. Plural.
Audi-o, / hear, am hearing, or aud-imu», we hear, are hearing,
do hear. or do hear.
aud-is, thou hearest, art hearing, &ud-itis, you hear, are hearing,
or dost hear. or do hear.
au'l it, he hears, is hearing, or aud-fun<, they hear, are hearing,
does hear. or do hear.
Past Imperfect.
Audi-c6am, Iwas hearing, heard, undi-ebamus, we were hearing,
audi-e6as, thou wast hearing, audi-e6a<w, we were hearing,
heardest, or usedst to hear. heard, or used to hear.
audi -' bat. he was hearing, heard, &udi-ebant, they were hearing,
203
Future Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
audi -am, I shall or will hear. audi-em«s, we shall or will hear.
audl-cs, thou shalt or wilt hear. audi-efts, you shall or will hear.
audl-et, he shall or will hear. &udi-ent, they shall or will hear.
Audlv-i, / have heard, or / audlv-fmu», we have heard, or
heard. we heard.
aadiv-isti, thou hast heard, or audiv-isfe's, you have heard, or
thou heardest. you heard.
audlv-i2, he has heard, or he emdiv-erunt, or audiv-ere, they
heard. have heard, or they heard.
Audlv-eram, I had heard. vmdW-eramus, we had heard.
audiv-eras, thou hadst heard. audiv-eraft's, you had heard.
audiv-eroi, he had heard. audiv-erant, they hail heard.
Future Perfect.
Audlv-eVo, / shall or will have *aadvr-lnmus, we shall or will
heard. have heard.
audiv-ms, thou shalt or wilt *audiv-m<ts, you shall or will
have heard. have heard,
audxv-erit, he shall or will have audiv-erint, they shall or will
heard. have heard.
Subjunctive Mood,
Singular. Plural.
Audi-am, I hear, or I may, audi-amus, we hear, or we may,
audl-as, thou hearest, or thou audi- atis, you hear, or you may,
mayest, shalt, or shouldest hear. shall, or should hear.
audl-ai, he hears, or he may, andi-ant, they hear, or they may,
Past Imperfect.
Audl-rem, / heard, or might, undl-remus, we heard, or might,

204
audi-re«, thou heardest, or 8Xidi-retis, you heard, or might,

mightest, wouldest, or shouldest would, or should hear.
hear.
aadi-ret, he heard, or might, aadi-rent, they heard, or might,
Andlv-irim, I have heard, or *&udiv-erimus, we have heard,
may have heard. or may have heard.
smdiv-iris, thou hast heard, or *&udlv-erltis, you have heard,
mayest have heard. or may have heard.
audiv-mV, he has heard, or may oadlv-erint, they have heard, or
have heard. may have heard.
Audiv-issem, I had heard, or audiv-issemus, we had heard, or
might, would, or should have might, would, or should luwe
heard. heard.
audiv-mes, thou hadst heard, or audiv-issetis, you had heard, or
mightest, wouldest, or slwulile.it might, would, or should have
have heard. heard.
&udiv-isset, he had heard, or audiv-issent, they had heard, or
might, would, or should have might, would, or should have
heard. heard.
Imperative Mood.
Singular. Plural.
aud-idmus, let us hear.
Aud-t, aud-fto, hear thou, or do aud-lie, aud-itote, hear ye, or do
thou hear. ye hear.
axid-iat, aud-fto, let him hear. aad-iant, aud-i'unto, let them
hear.
Infinitive Mood.
Present or Past Imperfect. Future.
Avid-ire, to hear. auditur-um, am, or um, esse, to
be about to hear.
Present or Past Perfect.
&udiv-isse, to have heard.

205
Participles,
Imperfect. Future.
Andien-s (m. /. $ n.), G. audi- auditur-us, a, um, about to hear.
ent-is, hearing.

Gerunds.
Nom. or Ace. Gen.
Audiend-um, hearing or to hear. audiend-i, of hearing.
Dat. or Ablat.
Audiend-o, to or for hearing, or in or by hearing.
Supines.
Audit-um, (to) hearing, or to audit-u, in hearing, or to be
hear. heard.
6 The Passive Voice of the First Conjugation.
Indicative Mood.
Present Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Am-or, I am being loved, or / am-amur, we are being loved,
am loved. or are loved.
am-dra, or am-ore, thou art am-dmfm, you are being loved,
being loved, or art loved. or are loved.
am-dtar, he is being loved, or is am-antur, they are being loved,
loved. or are loved.
Past Imperfect.
Am-Sbar, I was being loved, was am-abamur, we were being loved,
loved, or used to be loved. were loved, or used to be loved.
txa-abaris, or am-dbare, thou am-abamini, you were being
wast being loved, wast loved, or loved, were loved, or used to be
usedst to be loved. loved.
Kta-abatur, he was being loved, am-abantur, they were being
was loved, or used to be loved. loved, were loved, or used to be
loved.
206
Future Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Am-abor, I shall or will be am-abimur, we shall or will be
loved. loved.
axa-aberis, or am-abere, thou am-abimlni, you shall or will be
shalt or wilt be loved. loved.
Km-abitur, he shall or will be &m-abuntur, they shall or will
loved. be loved.

Amat-us s-um, or fu-i, I have amat-i 8-umus, or fu-imus, we
been or was loved. have been or were loved.
amat-us es, or fu-isft', thou hast amat-i es-tis, or fu-istis, you
been or wast loved. have been or were loved.
amat-us es-t, or fu-it, he has amat-t s-unt, fa-erunt, or fu-
been or was loved. ere, <Aey have been or were

AmSt-ws er-am, or fueram, / amat-i er-amus, or fu-eramus,
Aarf been loved. we had been loved.
amat-us er-as, or fu-eras, thou amat-i er-atis, or fu-eratis, you
hadsl been loved. had been loved.
am at-us er-at, or fa-erat, he had amat-i er-ant, or fu-erant, they
been loved. had been loved.
Future Perfect.
Amat-us er-o, or fu-ero, I shall amat-i Sr-imws, or fu-erlmus,
or will have been loved. we shall or will have been loved.
amiit-</s er-is, or fu-eris, thou amat-i ir-itis, or fu-eritis, you
shall or wilt have been loved. shall or will have been loved.
amit-us er-it, or fu-erit, he shall amat-i er-unt, or fa-erint, they
or will have been loved. shall or will have been loved.
Subjunctive Mood.
Singular. Plural.
Am-er, lam loved, shall, or may am-rmnr, we are loved, shall, or
207
am-eris, or am-ere, thou art loved, ara-emini, you are loved, shall, or
shalt, or mayest or shouldest be may or should be loved.
loved.
am-etur, he is loved, shall, or may am-entur, they are loved, shall or
Past Imperfect.
Am-drer, I was loved, or might, am-dremur, we were loved, or

would or should be loved. might, would or should be
loved.
am-dreris, or am-drere, thou am-dvemini, you were loved, or
wast loved, or mightest, would- might, would or should be
est or shouldest be loved. loved.
.am-dretur, he was loved, or axa-arentur, they were loved, or
might, would or should be loved. might, would or should be
loved.
Am-at-us s-im, or fu-erim, I am-at-i s-imus, or fu-erimus,

loved. loved.
am-at-u» s-is, or fu-ms. thou am-at-i s-itis, or fa-erltis, you
loved. loved.
am-at-ue s-it, or fu-erit, he has am-at-i s-int, or fn-erint, they
been or may have been loved. have been or may have been
loved.

Am-at-us ess-em, or fu-issem, am-at-i ess-emus, or fu-is-
I had been, or might, would, or semus, we had been, or might,
sliould have been loved. would, or should have been
loved.
am-at-us ess-es, or fu-isses, thou am-at-i ess-eft's, or fu-issetis,
est, or shouldest have been or should have been loved.
loved.
am-at-us ess-et, or fu-isset, he am-at-i ess-ent, or fu-isstnt,
had been, or might, would, or they had been, or might, would,
should have been loved. or should have been loved.
208
Imperative Mood.

Singular. Plural.
am -emur. let us be loved.
Am-dre, wa-ator, be thou loved. *am-umfm, be ye loved,
am-itur, um-ator, let him be axn-entur, am-cmtor, let them be
loved. loved.
Infinitive Mood.
tPresent or Past tPresent or Past
Imperfect. Future. Perfect.
Am-an, to be loved. amSt-um I-n, to be am&t-um, am, or um
about to be loved. esse or fa-isse, to
have been loved.
Participles.
Perfect. Participle in dus.
Amat-U», a, um, loved, or hav amand-u», a. um, loving or (ne
ing been loved. cessary) to be loved.
7 —The Passive Voice of the Second Conjugation.
Indicative Mood.
Present Imperfect.
Singular. Plural,
Mon-eor, I am advised, or am mon-emur, we are advised, or
being advised, are being advised,
mon-eris, or mon-ere, thou art mon-imlni, you are advised, or
advised, or art being advised, are being advised.
mon-etur, he is advised, or is mon -entur, they are advised, or
9 See the Note at the bottom of page 153.

t See the note at the bottom of page 156.
209
Past Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Mon-cJar, / was advised, was moa-ebdmur, we were advised,
mon-ebdris, or mon-ebare, thou mon-ebamini, you were advised,
wast advised, wast being ad were being advised, or used to
vised, or usedst to be advised. be advised.
xaoa-ebatur, he was advised, was mon-ebantur, they were advised,
Future Imperfect.
lion-ebor, I shall or will be ad mon-ebimur, we shall or will be
vised.
mon-eberis, or mon-ebere, thou moiL-ebZmlni, you shall or will
shalt or wilt be advised. be advised.
mon-ebltur, he shall or will be mon-ebuntur, they shall or will
Present Perfect, or Aorist

MSnit-us, s-um, I have been or mSmt-» .umus, we have been
mSnit-ue es, thou hast been or mSnit-i es-tis, you have been
wast advised. or were advised.
miimt-us es-t, he has been or mOnit-i s-unt, they have betn
MSmt-u» er-am, or fu-eram, J monit-t er-amus, or fn-erdmus,
had been advised. we had been advised.
raSmt-us er-as, or fu-eras, thou monit-t er-dtis, or fu-erdtis,
hadst been advised. you had been advised.
monit-us er-a< or fu-erat, he monit-i er-ant, or fu-erant,
had been advised. they had been advised.
Future Perfect.
MSnrt-ws er-o, or fu'-ero, / monit-t iv-imus, or fu-erimus,
shall or will have been advised. we shall or will have been ad
vised.
mSnit-ws er-is, or fH-eris, thou monit-i iT-ttis, or fu- erttis, you
shalt or wilt have been advised. shall or will have been advised.
mSrilt-us er-it, or fH-erit, he monit-i er-unt, or fa-erint, they
shall or will have been advised. shall or will have been advised.
210
Subjunctive Mood.
Present Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
W&nh-ar, / am advised, shall, or mtine-dmur, we are advised, shall,
may or should be advised. or may or should be advised.
mSne-aris, or mSne-are, thou m6ne-dmlni,you areadvised,shdU,
art advised, shalt, or mayest or or may or should be advised.
shouldest be advised.
vainh-atur, he is advised, shall, m(me-anhir,they are advised,shall,
or may or should be advised. or may or should be advised.
Past Imperfect.
Mon-erer, I was advised, or mon-eremur, we were advised,
might, would, or should be ad or might, would, or should be
vised. advised.
mon-ereris or mcm-erere, thou mim-in'mlni. you were advised,
wast advised, or mightest, or might, would, or should be
wouldest, or shouldest be ad advised.
vised.
mon-eretur, he was advised, or moa-erentuT, they were advised,
might, would, or should be ad or might, would, or should be
vised. advised.

MSn-it-iw s-i'm, or fu-ertm, / mSn-it-i s-"tmus, or fu-erimus,
advised. advised.
mSn-It-ws s-is, or fu-iris, thou mSn-it-i s-itis, or fu-eritis, you
advised, advised.
mSn-it-tt» s-it, or fa-irit, he mSn-it-i s-int, or fu-erint, they
has been or may have been ad have been or may have been
vised. advised.

MSn-it-us ess-em, or fu-issem, mSn-!t-i ess-emus, or fu-i.
/ had been or might, would, or semus, we had been or might,
should have been advised. would, or should have been ad
vised.
mSn-it-ws ess-es, or fu-isses, mSn-It-i ess-etis, or fu-issetis,
thou hadst been or mightest, you had been or might, would,
wouldest, or shouldest have been or should have been advised.
advised.
211
mSn-It-ws eaa-et, or fu-isset, he mSn-it-i eas-ent, or fu-issent,

hod been, or might, would, or they had been, or might, would,
should have been advised. or should have been advised*
Imperative Mood.
Singular. Plural.
mon-eamur, let us be advised.
M6n-ere, mon-etor, be thou ad- *mon-emlni, be ye advised.
vised.
mtin-eatur, mon-etor, let him be mlin-eantur, mftn-entor, let them
Infinitive Mood.
Present or Past
Imperfect. „ .
future. Present or Past
Perfect.
Mon-m, to be ad- mSnit-um 1-ri, to be mSnlt-um, am, or um
vised. about to be ad- ease or fuis-ee, to
vised. have been advised.
Participles.
Perfect. Participle in due.
M6nit-us, a, um, advised, or monend-u», a, um, advising, or
having been advised. (necessary) to be advised.
8.—The Passive Voice of the Third Conjugation.

Indicative Mood.
Singular. Plural.
Reg-or, lam ruled, or am being rSg-rniur, we are ruled, or are
ruled. being ruled.
Tig-iris, thou art ruled, or art rig-imlni, you are ruled, or are
being ruled. being ruled.
r&g-ttur, he is ruled, or is being rig-untur, they are ruled, or are
ruled. being ruled.
212
Past Imperfect.
Singular. Plural-
iVSg-ebar, I was being ruled, was reg-ebtimur, we were being ruled,
ruled, or used to be ruled, were ruled, or used to be ruled.
Tig-ebaris, or reg-ebare, thou TZg-ebantini, you were being
wast being ruled, wast ruled, ruled, were ruled, or used to be
or usedst to be ruled. ruled.
reg-ebatur, he was being ruled, reg-ebantur, they were being
was ruled, or used to be ruled. ruled, were ruled, or used to
be ruled, ,
Future Imperfect.
Reg-ar, / shall or will be ruled.
regemur, we shall or will be
ruled.
reg-eris or reg-ere, thou shalt leg- emini, you shall or will be
or wilt be ruled. ruled.
reg-etur, he shall or will be reg-entur, they shall or will be
ruled. ruled.

Rect-us s-um,orfu-i,Ihave been rect-t e-umus, or fH-!mus, ws
or was ruled. have been or were ruled.
rect-us es or fu-isti, thou hast rect-t es-tis, or fu-isris, you
been or wast ruled. have been or were ruled.
rect-us es-t or fa-i<, he has been rect-i s-unt, fu-erunt, or fu-ere,
or was ruled. they have been or were ruled.

Rect-us er-am or fS-eram, I had rect-i er-amt« or fu-eramus, we
rect-us er-as or ffi-eras, thou rect-t er-d<w or fu-eratis, you
hadst been i-uled. had been ruled.
rect-us er-at or fi-erat, he had rect-t er-ant or fi-erant, they
Future Perfect.
Rect-us er-o or f8-ero, Ishallor rect-i er-witis or fu-erfmus, tc«
will have been ruled. shall or will have been ruled.
rect-us er-is or fft-eris, thou rect-i Sr-ifw or fxx-eritis, you
shalt or wilt have been ruled. shall or will have been ruled.
rect-us er-ft or ffi-ert*, he shall rect-t" er-unt or fu-erint, they
or will have been ruled. shall or will hate been ruled.
213
Subjunctive Mood.
Present Imperfect.
ir. Plural.
Eeg-ar, / am ruled, or may, reg-amur, we are ruled, or may,
reg-aris, or reg-are, thou art reg-amini, you are ruled, or may,
ruled, or mayest, shalt, or shall, or should be ruled.
shouldest be ruled.
reg-atur, he is ruled, or may, reg-antur, they are ruled, or may,
Past Imperfect.
RSg-eVer, I was ruled, or might, rig-eremur, we were ruled, or
would, or should be ruled. might, would, or should be
ruled.
rig-ereris, or T&g-erere, thou rig-eremini, you were ruled, or
wast ruled, or mightest, would- might, would, or should be
est, or shouldest be ruled. ruled.
rig-eretur, he was ruled, or reg-erentur, they were ruled, or
ruled. ruled.
Present Perfect.
Eect-ws s-im, or f&-erim, I have rect-i J s-imus, or fH-erimus, we
ruled.
rect-us 8-is, or ffi-eris, thou rect-i s-itis, or fu-eritis, you
ruled. ruled.
rect-us &4t, or fa-ihrit, he has rect-i s-int, or fu-erint, they
ruled.

Bect-us ess-cm or fu-issem, 1 recti ess-emus, or fu-issemus,
had been, or might, would, or we had been, or might, would,
should have been ruled. or should have been ruled.
rect-us ess-es, or fu-isses, thou rect-i ess-eft's, or fu-issetis, you
hadst been, or mightest, would- had been, or might, would, or
est, or shouldest have been should have been ruled.
ruled.
214
rect-ws ess-et, or fu-isset, he had rect-i ess-ent, or fn-issent, they
been, or might, would, or had been, or might, would, or
shouid have been ruled, should have been ruled.
Imperative Mood.

Singular. Plural.
rcg-dmur, let us be ruled.
Uig-ere, reg-»or, be thou ruled. Tig-imlni, be ye ruled.
rig-atur, rig-itor, let him be reg-antur, reg-untor, let them be
ruled. ruled.
Infinitive Mood.
Present or Past v„,„.. Present or Past
Imperfect. FatuTe- Perfect.
Reg-i, to be ruled. rect-um l-ri, to be rect-um, am, or um
about to be ruled. esse or fu-isse, to
have been ruled.
Participles.
Perfect. Participle in dux.
Ilect-us, a, um, ruled, or having regend-us, a, um, ruling,
been ruled. (necessary) to be ruled.
9.—The Passive Voice of the Fourth Conjugation.
Indicative Mood.

Singular. Plural.
Aud-jbr, I am heard, or am saA-imur, we are heard, or are
being heard being heard.
aud-ira, or aud-sre, thou art aud-imim, you are heard, or are
heard, or art being heard. being heard.
&ud-Uur, he is heard, or is being &ud-iuntur, they are heard, or
heard. are being heard.
",
215
Past Imperfect.
Audi-e5ar, / was being heard, audi-e5amur, we were being
was heard, or used to he heard. heard, were heard, or used to
be heard.
audi-eSans, or audi-eiare, thou aucU-eiamfra, you were being
wast being heard, wast heard, heard, were heard, or used to
or usedst to be heard. he heard.
Kadi-ebdtur, he was heing heard, aadX-ebantur, they were being
was heard, or used. to be heard, were heard, or used to
heard. be heard.
Future Imperfect.
Audi-ar, I shall or will he heard. audi-emur, we shall or will be
heard.
audi- era or audi-ere, thou shall audi-emini, you shall or will be
or wilt be heard. heard.
audi-eto-, he shall or will be audi-enfer, they shall or will be
heard. heard.

Audrt-us s-um, or fu-i, I have audit-» s-umus, or fa-imus, we
been or was heard. have been or were heard.
audit-us es, or fu-isti, thou hast audit-t' es-tis, or fu-istis, you
been or wast heard. have been or were heard.
audit-u» es-t, or fn-it, he has audit-i a-unt, or fu-erunt, or
been or was heard. fu-ere, they have been or were
heard.

Audit-us er-am, or fH-eram, I audit-i er-dmus, or fH-eramus,
had been heard. we had been heard.
audit-us er-os, or fa-eras, thou audit-» er-dtis, or fix-erdtis, you
hadst been heard. had been heard.
audit-us er-at, or fu-erat, he audit-»' er-ant, or fH-erant, they
had been heard. had been heard.
Future Perfect.
Audit-us er-o, or ffi-ero, I shall audit-t ir-knus, or ffi-mmus, we
or will have been heard. shall or will have been heard.
audit-us er-is, or fu-eris, thou audit-/, ir-itis, or fu-erttis, you
shalt or wilt have been heard. shall or will have been heard.
audit-u< er-it, or fft-erit, he audit-i ir-unt, or fu-erint, they
shall or will have been heard. shall or will have been heard.
216
Subjunctive Mood.

Singular. Plural.
Audi-or, / am heard, or may, audi-dmur, we are heard, or may,
shall, or should be heard. shall, or should be heard.
audi-ara or -are, thou art heard, audi-dmihi, you are heard. or
or mayest, shall, or shouldest may, shall, or should be heard.
be heard.
audi-afer, he is heard, or may, audi-a»far, they are heard, or
shall, or should be heard. may, shall, or should be heard.
Past Imperfect.
Audi-rer, I was heard, or might, audi-remur, we were heard, or
would, or should be heard. might, would, or should be
heard.
audi-rm» or -rere, thou wast audi-remfrii, yoa were heard, or
heard, or mightest, wouldest, might, would, or should be
or shouldest be heard. heard.
audi-refar, he was heard. or audi-rentur, they were heard, or
heard. heard.
Present Perfect.
Audit-ug s-im, or fa-erim, Ihave audit-s B-imus, or fu-erimus,
been, or may have been heard. we have been, or may have been
heard.
audit-a» B-w, or ffi-era, <Aou audit-» s-itis, or {&-irltis, you
A<mZ ftee», or mayest have been have been, or may have been
heard. heard.
audit-'us s-it, or fu-erif, Ae has audit-i s-int, or fu-erint, they
been, or may Aaue been heard. have been, or may have been
heard.

Audit-u» ess-em, or fu-w»em, audit-i ess-emus, or fu-issemus,
I had been, or might, would, we had been, or might, would,
or should have been heard. or should have been heard.
au,lit-us ess-es, or fu-isses, thou audit-i ess-etis, or fn-ismtis,
hadst been, or mightest, would you had been, or might, would,
est, or shouldest have been or should have been heard.
heard.
217
audit-u» ess-et, or fu-isset, he audit-i ess-ent, or fu-issent, they

had been, or might, would, or had been, or might, would, or
should have been heard. should have been heard.
Imperative Mood.
Present Imperfect Tense,
Singular. Plural.
aud-iamur, let us be heard.
Aud-lre, &ud-itor, be thou heard. aud-imint, be ye heard.
8Md-idtur, and-i/or, let him be aud-iantur, aud-iuntor, let them
heard. be heard.
Infinitive Mood.
Preserit or Post Present or Past
Future.
Imperfect. Perfect.
Aud-in, to be heard. audlt-um I-W, to be audit-um, am, or um
about to be heard. es-se or fu-i'sse, to
have been heard.
Participles.
Perfect. Participle in dus.
Audit-us, a, um, heard, or hav andiend-u», a, um, hearing, or
ing been heard. (necessary) to be heard.
10 The Irregular Verbs, posse, to be able ; velle, to be willing;

nolle, to be unwilling ; malle, to prefer ; edere, to eat ; ferre, to
bear, bring, $c
Indicative Mood.
Singular. Plural.
Poss-um, potes, potes-t. poss-wmus, potes-tw, poss-un*.
vol-o, vi-s, vul-<. xtil-umus, vul-*»s, \ol-unt.
nol-o, nonvi-», nonvul-t. nol-umus, nonvuit-w, nol-un<.
mal-o, mavi-s, mavul-i. mal-umus, mavult-w, mal-un<.
ed-o, ed-is or es, ed-it or ( id-imus, id-itis or est-M, ed-
unt.
fer-o, fer-«, fer-<. fiv-imus, fer-tis, fer-un/.
218
Past Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
pSt-eram, -eras, -erat. .eramus, -eratis, -irani.
vol- -I
nol-
mal- } -ebam, -ebas, -ebat. -ebamus, -ebatis, -ebant.
ed-
fer- J
Future Imperfect.
pHt-ero, -Oris, -erit. -erimus, •iritis, -erunt.
vol- \
nol- I
mal- } -am, -es, -et. -emus, -etis, -ent.
ed-
fer- '

pStfi-
vSlfi-
nolfi- i -i, -isti, -it. -imus, -istis, -erunt or ere.
mala-
ed-
tfii- >

pStfi-
v»ifi-
nSlfi-
-. _" ) -eram, -eras, -erat. -eramus, -eratis, -erant.
ed-
tfii-
Future Perfect.
potfi- -
vfilfi-
nolfl- ,-iro, -iris, -erit. -erimus, -iritis, erint.
malu-
ed-
tfil- J
219
Subjunctive Mood.

Sing ular. Plural.
poss-
vel- •im,
nol- 1 .is, .it. -Imus, -itis, -int.
mal- J
ed- )
fer- $ -am, .as, -at. -dmus, -atis, -ant.
Past Imperfect.
poss- 1
vell-
noll-
mall- -em, -es, -et. -emus, -etis, -ent.
gdgr- J
ferr-
Present Perfect.
pSttt- ..
voitt-
nolu- 1
maltt- | -him, -eris, -erit -lrimus -erltis, -erint
Sd-
tai- J
Past Perfect.
pStu-
vfllu-
nolu- > . .
maltt- [ -lsvem, "•»<*»! -isset. -wsemus, -metw, -issent.
ed-
tai-
Imperative Mood.

nol-i, nol-ito. nol-fte, nol-itote.
8d-I, id-lto, or ? ed-at, ed-tto, ed-amus ; ed-fte, id- fed-ant,
es,es-to; J or es-to. ttote, or es-te,es-tdte; (ed-unto.
fer, fer-fo; fer-at fer-to. fer-amus; fer-te, hr-tote; fer-
ant, fer-unto.
220
Infinitive Mood.
Imperfect Infinitive. Future Infinitive. Perfect Infinitive.
pos-»e. pStu-
vel-fe. vSlu-
nol-le. ndltt-
mal-fe. miilu- i use.
Sd-ere, or es-se. esur-um, am, um, 6d-
es-ee.
fer-re. latur-um, am, um, tul-
ease.
Imperfect Participle. Future Participle.
pot- 1
v61-
nol- i -ene, -entis.
mul-
Bd- Cs- £ -firu», a, i
fer- lut
Gerunds.
Kom. and Ace. Oen. Dat. and Abl.
6d- I -endum. -endi. -endo.
fer- J '
StJPINHS.
Accusative Ablative.
as- -um. -u.
lut-
11 The Irregular Verb, Ire, to go
Indicative Mood.
Present Imperfect.
Singular. Plural,
E-o, i-«, \-t. i-mus, i-tis, e-unt.
Past Imperfect.
\ ham, -bas, -bat. -bdmus, -batis, -bant.
221
Future Imperfect,
l-bo, -bis, -bit. -bimus, -bitis, -bunt.
Present Perfect or Aorist

Iv-i, -isti, -it. -firms, -istis, -erunt or ere.
Past Perfect or Pluperfect. .

l\-eram, -eras, -Irat. -eramus, -erdtis, erant.
Future Perfect.
lv-lro, -his, -hit. -erlmus, erltis, -erint.
Subjunctive Mood.
Present Imperfect.
Singular. Plural,
e-am, -as, -at. -amus, -atis, -ant.
Past Imperfect,
l-rem, -res, -ret. -remus, -retis, -rent.
Present Perfect,
iv-erim, -his, -erit. -erimus, -erltis, -hint.
Past Perfect,
iv-issem, -isses, -isset. -issemus, -issetis, -issent.
Imperative Mood.
Singular. Plural.
, i, i-to; e-at, i-to. e-dmus; i-te, i-toti; e-ant, e-unto .
Infinitive Mood.
\-re. ifHr-um, am, um, es-w. iv-isxe.
222
Participles.
Imperfect. Future,
i-ens, e-untis. itur-u», a, um.
Gerunds.
Nom, and Ace. Gen. Dot. and Abl.
•im. e-undi. e-ui
Supines.
Accusative, Ablative.
it-um. ft-u.
12. The Irregular Verbs, FiSri, to become, and Ferri, to be

borne.
Indicative Mood.
Present Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
Fi-o, fi-», fi-2. fi-mus, t-tis, ti-unt.
fer-Jr, -rie or -re, 'tar. -imur, -imini, -untur.
Past Imperfect.
fi-eSom, -ebas, -ebat. -ebdmus, -ebdtis, ebant.
fex-ebar, -ebdris or -ebdre, -ebdmur, -ebdmini, -ebantur.
-ebdtur.
Future Imperfect.
fi-am, -a, -et. -emus, -His, -ent.
fer-or, -erie or -ere, -Uur. -imur, -imini, -entur.
Singular.
fact-us 1 s-um, es, es-t
V or or or
lat-us Sfu-t. fa-isti. fa-it.
Plural
fect-iT a-umus, es-tis, s-unt
y or or or
lat-i ) fu-imus. fa-istis, fa-erunt or fu-ere.
223
Past Perfect.
Singular.
fact-w» ) er-am, er-as, er-at
> or or or
lat-us J fu-eram, fu-eras, fu-erat.
Plural.
fact-s
t-i 1 er-umws, er-atis, er-ant,
r or or or
lat •t ) fu-er&mus, fu-eratis, fa-erant.
Future Perfect.
Singular.
fact-ws 1 £r-o, Sr-i», Sr-i<,
> or or or
lat-us J fu-ero, fu-ms, ffi-eri<.
fact-i 1 er-imus, Sr-itis, er-u»<,

>. or or or
lat-i ) fu-erimus. fu-eritis. fu-erinl.
Subjunctive Mood.
Present Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
&-am, -as, -at, -amus, -dtis, -ant.
fer-ar, -oris or -are, -atur. -amur, -amlni, -antur.
Past Imperfect.
&-erem, -ires, -eret. -eremus. -eretis, -erent.
fer-rer, -reris or -rere, -retur. -remur, -remini, -rentur.

Singular.
f&qt-us f a-im, s-is, a-it,
> or or or
lat-as ) fu-enm,fu-era,ffi-eri<.
Plural.
fact-i f s-imus, s-itis, s-int,
> or or or
lat-i ) fu-erimus, fii-eritis, fu-Mnt.
224
Past Perfect.
Singular.
fact-iu 1 ess-em, ess-e«, ess-e<.
> or or or
Iat-?« J fu-issem, fu-isses, fn-isset,
Plural.
fact-i f ess-emus, ess-eft's, ess-ent,
y or or or
lat-t J fu-issemus, fu-issetis, fu-issent.
Imperative Mood.
Present Imperfect.
Singular. Plural.
—; R, fito ; &-at, fl-to. fi-amus ; fl-<e, fi-lote ; fi-ont,
6-unto.
—; fer-re, fer-tor; fe-ratur, fer-dmur;feT-imIni,feT-iminor;
fer-tor. fer-antur, fer-untor.
Infinitive Mood.
fi-ert, fact- ) . . fact- ) um, am, urn es
ter- ri. lat- Jumlr-t- lat- J »e or fu-w»e.
Perfect Participle. Participle in dus.

fact- J _ faciend- )
lat- I "• a, "■. ferend- J "* °- um"
VOCABULARY I.
LATIN.
A, 123. alacritas, 199. aperire, 107.

Ab, 123. albus, 25. aqua, 13,
abesse, 203. Alexander, 153. (1.) arare, 47.
abire, 145. alius, 163. arbor, 85.
abaens, 207. altus, 85. arcere, 203.
Accusare, 57. amare, 41. arcus, 31,
ad, 77. ambitus, 131 argentum, 118.
adesse, 95. amicitia, 203, anna, 157.
adhuc, 117. amicus, 17, armare, 203.
adire, 145. amittere, 208. armentum, 144.
adolescens, 97. amor, 190. ars, 199.
adoriri, 191. amplius, 127. Asia, 207.
adventus, 53. an, 161. a tergo, 191.
aedificare, 47. Ancus Marcius, 121 Atbenienses, 89. (5.)
aeger, 39. («0 audere, 77.
aer, 208. animal, 51. audire, 105.
aestimare, 57. animus, 155, augere, 77.
aetemus, 150. annus, 85. aurum, 118.
Ager, 47. ante, 133. aut, 60, 167.
aggredi, 183. Antiochus, 208. (3.) avaritia, 57.
agricola, 53. Antonius. 205. (4. avidus, 49.
(1.) Alexander the Great, king of Macedon, was born B.C. 366. At the
head of the Greeks he overcame the Persian empire, and died at Babylon,
master of the East, B. C. 323.
(2.) The fourth king of Rome; he reigned from B.C. 638 to B.C. 614.
(3.) Antiochus the Great was king of Syria from B.C. 223 to B.C. 186. He
sheltered Hannibal from the Romans for some time, and attempted to contest
the empire of the world with them ; but he was soon defeated.
(4.) One of Julius Caesar's generals, who after his death succeeded to a
portion of his power. His lore for Cleopatra made him neglect his duties, and
led finally to his defeat by Augustus Caesar, at the battle of Actium, B.C. 31.
(5.) The inhabitants of Athens, a town in Greece, which, in ancient times,
was celebrated for its advance in literature and the fine arts.
226
B caput, 89. civita», 79.
Barbarus, 138,169. Cassius, 199. (4.) clarus, 127.
beatus, 153. Cato, 194. (a.) claudere, 203.
bellicosus, 33. carbo, 203. Cleopatra, 205. (9.)
bellum, 33. Carolus, 153. (6.) coelum, 195.
bene, 79, 103. carmen, 131. cogere, 147.
bibere, 154. Carthaginienses, 198. cognoscere, 201.
Bithynia, 208. (l.) (7.) cohibere, 79.
bonum, 203. castra, 138. colere, 103.
bonus, 1. causa, 149. comedere, 201.
bos, 143. cautus, 150. comparare, 205.
brachium, 81. cavere, 77. complere, 79.
brevis, 31. centesimus, 87, conari, 183.
centum, 85. concors, 167.
C. centurio, 96. conflcere, 207.
Cadere, 106. certe, 113. confiteri, 201, . i
caecus, 151. certus, 203, consul, 107.
caedere, 103, cervus, 49. contentus, 27 U
Caesar, 193. (2.) Christianus, 101. contra, 133.
Caius, 187. (3.) Cicero, 154. (8.) copiae, 121.
calor, 105. ciere, 77'. cornu, 31.
can ore, 103. circumvenire, 179. corpus, 75.
cuius, 47. citius, 103. eras, 78.
capere, 197. cito, 78, 103. creare, 157,
coptivus, 97. civis, 131.
(1.) A province to the north-west of Asia Minor.

(2.) Julias Caesar, born B.C. 100, was the greatest man Rome ever pro
duced. He was great as a general, as a politician, and as a writer. He sub
dued the whole of Gaul, was the first Roman who ever penetrated into Britain,
conquered Pompey the Great at the battle of Pharsalia, B.C. 48, and then
became master of the Roman world. Had he lived, he might perhaps have
saved the Roman empire from the ruin that threatened it ; but he was sense
lessly killed, B.C. 44, by Brutus, Cassius, and other conspirators.
(3.) A common Roman praenomen or first name, answering to our Chrittian
name.
(4.) One of the murderers of Julius Caesar.
(5.) Marcus Porcius Cato born, B.C. 234, chiefly celebrated for his uncom
promising hatred of luxury and love of old-fashioned simplicity.
(6.) Charles the Twelfth, king of Sweden. He involved his country in wars
which dried up the resources of his country, while they served only to develop
those of Russia. He was defeated by Peter the Great at the decisive battle of
Pultowa, A.D. 1709.
(7.) The great rivals of the Romans in their march towards universal
dominion. Originally a colony from Tyre, and possessing nothing higher than
an Asiatic civilization, they could not but sink before the superior energy and
higher life of Rome; but they protracted the struggle throughout nearly
120 years.
(8.) The greatest Roman orator and philosophical writer.
(9.) Bom B.C. 69: she was queen of Egypt, and was celebrated for her
beauty, and for the fatal influence which she exercised over Antony. After
his death, rather than be exposed as a captive in Rome, she killed herself, aaia
supposed, by means of the sting of an asp.
227
creber, 103. dives, 109. F.
credere, 101. divinus, 148. Fabius, 203. (?.)
trruciare, 51. docere, 75. Fabricius, 197. (3.)
crudelis, 53. doctus, 147. facere, 145.
cubiculum, 192. dolor, 105. facile, 111.
culpare, 123. dominus, 175. facilis, 200:
cum, 123, 145. domus, 47. fatigare, 51.
cnpiditas, 109. dormire. 109. favere, 93.
cur ? 55. ducere, 99, 196. feles, 127.
cura, 183. dulcis, 127. felix, 29.
currere, 103. duo, 85. fenestra, 192.
currus, 132. duodecim, 85. fere, 117.
custodire, 179. duodecimus, 87. ferre, 103, 143.
duo-de-vicesimus, 87 ferre legem, 145.
D. duo-de-viginti, 85. ferri, 145.
Damnare, 57. dux, 155. fertilis, 53.
dare, 63, 91. fidelis, 127, 150.
Davus, 187. (i.) E. fides, 59,
de, 123. E, 123. fieri. 145.
debere, 16. edere, 143. filia, 15.
decem, 85. efficere, 147, 199. filius, 15.
decimus, 87. ego, 11. finire, 105.
deesse, 95. emere, 101. finis, 205.
delectare, 43. epistola, 99. finitimus, 87.
delere, 81. equus, 23. flos, 111.
densus, 179, eruptio, 103. ilumen, 109.
deserere, 207. esse, 39. foedus, 199.
Deus, 29. ergo, 29. fortasse, 113.
dicere, 133. et, 1, 33. fortis, 25.
dictator, 201. ctiam, 5. fortiter, 156.
dies, 31. ex, 123. fortuna, 191.
digitus, 163. excitare, 43, fossa, 85.
dignitas, 79. exemplum, 163. frangere, 106.
diligentia, 189. exercitus, 31. frater, 1.
discere, 148, 191. exire. 199, fraudare, 59.
discipulus, 117. expedire, 180. fructus, 143.
displicere, 91. expugnare, 152. frumentum, 144.
diu, 35. extemplo, 156. frustra, 121.
diutius, 153. fuga, 81.
(1.) The name of a slave.

(2.) Quintus Fabius Maximus was the first Roman general who checked the
victorious progress of Hannibal in Italy, by refusing to fight pitched battles,
and wearing out his army in detail.
(8.) A celebrated Roman general, noted for his contempt of wealth, and his
incorruptible honesty.
228
fugare, 158. hiems, 95. imperator, 77.

fugere, 203. hinnitus, 157. imperitue, 114.
fundere, 09. HiBpania, 207.(5.) impetus, 79.
fur, 77. homo, 17. in, 123, 133.
furtum, 89. Homerus, 151.(6) incendere, 133.
honestus, 39. ineitare, 51.
G.
hora, 87. incredibilis, 200.
Galli, 165.(1.)
bortari, 183. infelix, 29.
Gallia, 136.(2)
bortus, 13. ingens, 31.
gens, 87.
gerere, 103. bostis, 43. injicere, 199.
bue, 129. injuria, 184.
Germani, 206.
Germania, 136. bumamw, 150. injustus, 58.
gloria, 77. humi, 99. innocens, 57.
gnavus, 142. inquit, 157.
Graecia, 151.(3-) I. insidiae, 133.
Idem, 195. insula, 128.
Graecus, 131.
ignarus, 67. inspieere, 153.
giatulari, 199.
ignavus, 142. interdiu, 203.
gravis, 203.
ignorare, 158 interesse, 95.
graviter, 113.
ignoscere, 101. interficere, 195.
grex, 71.
iUe, II. interjicere, 207-
H. illuo, 129. intra, 162.
Habere, 73. imitari, 189. intromittere, 203.
Hannibal, 179.(4.) imitator, 203. inutilis, 31.
haurire, 137, immemor, 67. invenire, 106.
heri, 95. immortalis, 1 65. invadere, 208.
herus, 151. impedire, 179. ipse, 125.
hie, 17. imperare, 91. ira, 83.
(I.) The inhabitants of ancient Ganl.

(2.) The country bounded by the Hhlne, the Alps and the Pyrenees, and
Including, therefore, France, Belgium, and part of Switzerland.
(3.) Ancient Greece, comprehending modern Greece and the provinces of
Macedonia and Thessaly, now forming part of Turkey in Europe.
(4.) The greatest of the Carthaginian generals. Brought up by his father to
hate the Romans, he was the chief promoter of the second Punic war, made
Italy itself the field of battle, conquered the Romans in many bloody battles,
and at length was himself conquered by Scipio Africanus in the decisive battle
of Zama, B.C. 201, rather in consequence of the inferior vitality of his country
than for any deficiency in his generalship. He afterwards, when driven from
Carthage, by the jealousy of the Romans, fled to Antiochus king of Syria, and
aided him against them. When Antiochus was defeated, he fled to Prusias
king of Bithynia ; but after residing with him for some years, swallowed poison
to escape from his relentless persecutors, the Romans, who could never feel
safe while they knew that he was alive.
(5.) Ancient Spain, comprising the modern countries of Spain and Portugal
(6.) The greatest of Epic poets. The age in which he lived is very doubt
ful. His two poems are the Iliad and the Odyssey ; the first of which tells the
tale of the siege of Troy, and the second the adventures of Ulysses in his
efforts to reach Ithaca, his island-home.
229
iracundus, 19. luna, 128. minimus, 63.
ire, 145. lupus, 49. minor, 63.
irritare, 59. lux, 63. minus, 149..
is, 11. miser, 53.
ita, 147. M. mitis, 53.
Italia, 161. Macedonia, 153 (i.) mittere, 99.
iter, 205. magister, 75. modus, 205.
iterum, 83. magnitudo, 71. moderatus, 153.
magnus, 7. moenia, 203.
J. major, 63. monere, 78.
Jam, 83. 165. male, 79, 103. monstrare, 45.
janua, 186. malle, 141. mordere, 79.
jubere, 201. malum, 183. mori, 183.
judex, 101. mains, 1. mortalis, 27.
jure, 157. manere, 193, mortuus, 107.
jus, 157. manus, 31. mora, 163.
Justus, 19. 59. Marcus, 187.(2-) mors, 57.
mare, 51. movere, 81.
L. maritus, 94. mox, 83.
Labor, 105. Masinissa, 207.(3-) mulier, 17.
laoerare, 157. mater, 1. multitudo, 7 1 .
laerymae, 204. maturus, 143. multus, 25.
laetus, 31 . maxime, 105. munire, 109.
laudare, 43. maximus, 63. murus, 106.
laus, 151. me, 45.
legatus, 133. mecum, 169. N.
legio, 97. medicus, 195. Nam, 19.
leo, 47. melior, 63. natura, 179, 199.
levis, 167. melius, 103. nauta, 49.
lex, 97. memor, 67. ne, 47, 147, 155, 185.
liber, 7. memoria, 81. ne-quidem, 133, 172.
liberare, 57. mensa, 7. nee, 181.
liberi, 45. mensis, 85. negare, 193.
libertas, 128, 166. mentiri, 191. nemo, 55.
locus, 138. mereri, 189. neque, 181.
longe, 95. merito, 111. neque-et, 195.
longus, 13. meus, 3. nescire, 151.
loqui, 183. miles, 33. nihil, 80.
ludere, 199. militaris, 132. nihil interest, 161.
ludus, 200. millia, 203.
(1.) A province of ancient Greece; now part of Turkey in Europe.

(2.) A common Roman praenomen or first name, answering to our Christian
name.
(3.) A Numidian prince, who materially assisted Scipio Africanus in his con
test with Hannibal.
230
niger, 25, obsidere, 81. patienter, 196, 187.

Nilus, 203.(1.) obstare 91. patientia, 153.
nimis 153. obtinere, 81. patria, 127, 156.
nisi, 118, 154. occidere, 172. paueus, 191.
niti, 183. occupare, 197. pauper, 109,
nobilifl, 57. octavus, 89. pax, 33.
nobiscum, 169. octo, 85. pecunia, 57. •. -q
nocere, 91. oculus, 69. pejor, 63.
nolle, 141. odor, 203. pejus, 103.
nomen, 131. officium, 153. per, 133.
non, 9. olim, 78. perfidia, 179.
nonne, 47. omnis, 25. perfuga, 165.
nonus, 87. onus, 125. periculum, 53.
noa, 21. oppidum, 201. perire, 203.
noster, 5. oppugnare, 51. peritus, 67. [161.
novera. 85. optime, 103. permultum interest,
novus, 101. optimus, 63. persuadere, 93.
nox, 59. orare, 170. pertinere, 205.
noxius, 203. ovis, 49. pes. 85.
nullua, 122, 201. pessime, 103.
num, 151. P. pessimus, 63.
Numa, 121.(2) Pabulum, 143. petere, 200.
numerare, 149. paene, 121. Petrus, 164.(3.)
numerus, 71. palus, 204. Pharnaces, 197.«->
nunc, 78, 108, 158. panis, 143. philosophus, 94.
nunquam, 63. parare, 157. placere, 91.
nuntiare, 93. 201. parcere, 101. plebs, 132.
parens, 29. plurimus, 63.
O. parere, 93. plus, 63.
Oblivifci, 183. pars, 69, 87. poena, 167.
obsecrare, 191. parvus, 7. poeta, 131.
observare, 189. pastor, 51. ipolliceri, 189.
obses, 193. pater, 1. Porapeius, 198. (*•)
(1 .) The Nile, the well-known river on which Egypt depends for its fertility.
(2.) The second king of Rome, who is supposed to have lived from B.C. 714,
to B.C. fi70, and to have taught his subjects the arts of peace, and the proper
mode of worshipping the gods.
(3.) Peter the Great, a monarch to whom much of the present civilisation and
peculiar policy of Russia is owing, and the conquererof Charles the Twelfth
at the battle of Pnltowa, A.D. nog.
(4.) Son of Mithridates the Great, king of Pontus, whom his revolt caused
to put an end to his life. Afterwards he tried to extend his dominion in Asia,
but was routed almost without an effort by Julius Caesar.
(5.) The opponent of Julius Csesar in the civil war which ended in Caesar's
complete triumph in the battle of Pharsalia, and Powpey's death by the
treachery of the king of Egypt on the banks of the river Nile.
231
pomum, 143. pugnare, 49. quintus, 87.

poaere, 155, 203. pulcher, 127. quintus decimus, S7.
populari, 189. punire, 107. quomodo? 167.
populus, 109. purus, 13. quoque, 203.
porta, 75. putare, 127, 199. quot ? 168.
portare, 45. puteus, 160 quotidie, 182.
portus, 31. Pyrrhus, 195.(1.) quoties ? 168.
posse, 139. Q. quum, 145.
post, 133. Quadragesimus, 87.
potens, 29. quadraginta, 85. R.
potestas, 199. quam, 59, 147, 153. Eamus, 179.
potiri, 191. quam optime, 134. ratio, 128.
potius, 133. quam optimus, 63. regere, 99.
praeesse, 95. quam plurimum, 107, regina, 23.
praemittere, 133. 175. regnare, 151.
praeruptus, 201. quam plurimus, 63. relinquere, 133.
praesidium, 51. quando ? 55. res, 31.
pretiosus, 127. quantopere? 157. respondere, 193.
primus, 87. quatuor, 85. rebellare, 197.
prius, 191. quatuordecim, 85. redire, 137, 145;
pro, 123. quartus, 87. regere, 99.
proditio, 89. quart us decimus, 87. reguum, 81.
proflcisci, 183. que, 131. Regulus, 145.(2.)
promissum, 59. quem ? 55. regnare, 143. ,,..;
promittere, 193. quem, 23. rex, 23.
properare, 133. qui, 19, 21. re vera, 150.
propter, 206. qui ? 167. rogare, 151.
proyineia, 197. quia, 94. Roma, 121.(3.)
prudens, 114. quid ? 55. Romanus, 87.
prudentia, 199. quindecim, 85. Romul-u», Romul-i,
paella, 13. quinquagesimus, 87. (m.2)Romulus,121.(*-)
puer, 13. quinquaginta, 85. rotundus, 7.
pugna, 77. quinque, 85. ruere, 133.
(1.) Pyrrhus, king of Eplrns, a province to the north-west of Greece was

horn about B.C. 318. He was tempted by the imitation of the inhabitants of
the Italian city of Tarentum, to enter upon a contest with the Romans. His
superior skill and the possession of elephants enabled him at first to defeat
them with great loss ; but after a time, they learned the art of war from him,
and defeated him in their turn, and compelled him to quit Italy, B.C. 274.
{2.) A Koman General, who invaded Africa during the first Punic war,
and after some successes, was taken prisoner by the Carthaginians. When
sent home afterwards to treat for peace, he immortalised himself by urging on
the Romans the exhausted state of Carthage, and recommending the contin
uance of the war, though he knew that he was thereby prolonging his own
captivity.
(3.) The city of Rome, supposed to have been founded by Romulus and
Remus, the twin sons of Mars, the god of war, B.C. 753 or 754.
(4.) The reputed founder and first king of Rome, to whom it was said to owe
Its military spirit and organisation.
232
S. servire, 107, 138. stultitia, 179. _rai ,

Saepe, 85, 103. Servius TuUiua, 121. stultus, 180. ..jil
eaepiasime, 103. (a.) sub, 123. .i8:,aa
saepius, 103. sermo, 191. subito, 180. ...„iaa
aagitta, 125. serva, 187. sublevare, 1^8, jiol
salutare, 199. servitus, 128. subvenire, 10ft. ,30*
sapiens, 29. semw, 23. Sueeia, 153. asjot
sapiontia, 57' scveritas, 203. sum, 11.
satis, 1 80. severus, 147. summus, 203. .;mt
saxum, 201. sex, 87. superare, 45. <uar&
8camnum, 9. sextus, 87. superbus, 115. mxt. ■■
Soipio, 207. ('•) seztus decimus, 87. supplicium, 145. 103.
scire, 151. si, 19. sustinere, 79. nn*
scribero, 101. signum, 197. suus, 45.
scutum, 9. silentium, 177. ,.:,an*
se, 45. silva, 131. T. sunt
secum, 169. similis, 191. Tam, 114. 158i ,at
secundus, 87. sine, 123. tamen, 161. -isT
sed, 9. sobrius, 153. tandem, 78. 1A
sedecim, 85. Socrates, 89.(3-) tantum, 155. 194.
semper, 29. sol, 63. tantus, 149. . jJ
sonatas, 95. sollicitare, 207. Tarquinius Priscus,
dentin:, 105. solum, 33. 121.(4 )
senex, 95. somnus, 155. Tarquinius Superbus,
sententia, 107. sonitus, 105. te, 45. 115.(8-)
sepelire, 107. soror, 1. tecum, 169.
septem, 85. spectare, 199. tempus, 200.
septemdecim, 85. sperare, 47. tener, 41.
soptimus, 87- spondere, 201. tenere, 75.
septimuR decimus, 87 stare, 63. tergum, 191, iian
sequi, 183. Stella, 158. terrere, 73.
servare, 59. studium, 199. tertius, 87.
(1.) Pnblius Sclplo Africanns, a great Roman general, second perhaps only
to Julius Caesar. He conquered Hannibal at the battle of Zama, and thereby
concluded the second Punic war. Publius Cornelius Scipio Aemuianus
Africanns Minor, adopted by the son of the first Africanns, took and destroyed
Carthage, B.C. 146.
(2.) The sixth king of Rome, supposed to hare reigned from B.C. 576 to
B.C. S32.
(3. ) Thewisest of theGredan philosophers, condemned to death by his country
men the Athenians, becauso he was too good, and his views were too lofty not to
be misunderstood by them. He was bom B.C. 468, and put to death B.C. 398.
(4.) The nfth king of Rome. He Is supposed to have reigned from B.C. 614
to B.C. 576.
(5.) The seventh and last king of Rome. He and his family were expelled
from Rome, B.C. 507, for tyrannical conduct; and the government was vested in
two annually elected officers called consuls and a permanent senate, or assem
bly of nobles.
233
tertius decimus, 87. urbs, 53. vetus, 101, 166.

Themistocles, 164.(1-) urna, 160. via, 105.
timere, 73. ut, 147. vicesimus, 87.
timidua, 49. ut non, 147. victor. 97.
tonitrus, 31. uti, 183. victoria, 203.
tot, 149. utilis, 25. v ictus, 101.
totus, 90. utinam, 149. videre, 73.
tradere, 208. utiuam lie, 149. viginti, 85.
transire, 109. 145. utrum-an, 151. viginti unus, 85.
tredecim, 85. ultimus, 87. vilis, 127.
Tremelliua, 203. uva, 143. vincere, 99.
tres, 85. uxor, 94. vincire, 179.
trioesimus, 87. vinculum, 182.
triginta, 85. V. vinum, 9.
trlstis, 25. Vagari, 189. violare, 59.
triumphare, 207. valde, 39. violentus, 31.
tu, 11. vallum, 138. vir, 126.
Tullus Hostilius, vapor, 203. virga, 131.
121.W. velox, 127. Virgilius, 199.(5.)
tum, 157. veUe, 139. virtus, 57.
turpis. 127. 199. vendere, 101. vita, 94.
turpiter, 114. venemim, 195. vitare, 49.
tutus, 147. venire, 105. vitis, 144.
tuus, 3. venustus, 13. vituperare, 157.
verbum, 133. vivere, 153. 191.
U. Vercingetorix, 208. vivus, 207.
Ubi? 55. (3.) vix, 83.
ubique, 39. vereri, 189. vobiscum, 169.
ulcisci, 205. Veritas, 127. vocare, 45.
undecim, 85. Verres, 167(4) vorare, 47.
'undecimus, 87. verus, 150, 203. vos, 21.
undique, 180. vester, 5. vox, 106.
unquam, 63. vestire, 139. vulnerare, 43.
unus, 85. vestis, 101. vulnus, 206.
(1.) An illustrious citizen of Athens, born B.C. 514, who, by his sagacity and
skill. was the chief means of enabling the Greeks to conquer the Persians,
when invaded by them and their king Xerxes.
(2.) The third king of Rome. He is supposed to have reigned from B.C.
670 to B.C. 638.
(3.) A celebrated Gallic chieftain, who carried on an obstinate contest with
Julius Caesar In defence of his country, B.C. A2.
(4.) A Roman governor of Sicily, who was impeached by Cicero for bis un
principled conduct while governor.
(5.) One of the greatest of the Roman poets. He flourished in the reign of
Augustus Caesar, about the beginning of the Christian era.
VOCABULARY II.
ENGLISH.
A. animal, 51. Athenians, 89.

Able, I am, 39. announce, to, 93. 201. avarice, 57.
able, to be, 39, 139. answer, to, 193. avenge one's self on,
abominable, 199. Antiochus, 208. to, 205.
about, 123. Antony, 205. avoid, to, 49, 203.
absent, 207. apple, 143. away from, 123.
absent, to be, 203. approach, 53.
accuse, to, 57. approach, to, 145. B.
advise, to, 73. arm, 81. Back, 191.
affair, 31. arm, to, 203. bad, 1. 63.
after, 133. arms, 157. badly, 79, 103.
again, 83. army, 31. badly, very, 103.
against, 133. arrival, 53. barbarian, 138, 169.
air, 203. arrow, 125. base, 127, 199.
alacrity, 199. art, 199. basely, 115.
Alexander, 153. as, 153. battle, 77.
alive, 207. as good as possible, be, tii, 39.
all, 25. 90. 63. bear, to, 103, 143.
almost, 117, 121. as great as possible, beat, to, 103.
also, 1, 5, 203. 63. beautiful, 13, 127.
already, 83, 165. as much as possible, because, 94.
always, 29. 107. become, to, 145.
am, I, 11. as well as possible, bedchamber, 192.
ambassador, 133. 134. before, 123. 138.
ambuscades, 133. as yet, 117. behind, 133.
ambush, 183. Asia, 207. behind, from, 19 U
ancient, 166. ask, to, 151. believe, to, 101.
Ancus Marcius, 121. at length, 78. bench, 9.
and, 1. 131. [attack, 79. .beseech, to, 191.
anger, 83. [attack, to, 51, 183. I bosiege, to, 81.
35
betray, to, 208. capitally,toaccuse,89. congratulate, to, 199.

better, 63, 103. captive, 97. conquer, to, 45, 99.
best, 63, 103. care, 183. conquered, 101,
big, 7. carry, to, 45. conqueror, 97.
bind, to, 179. carry on, to, 103. corn, 145.
bite, to, 79. CarthaginianB, 198. consul, 107.
black, 25. Cassius, 199. content, 27.
blind, 151. cat, 127. corn, 144.
blot out, Cato, 194. count, to, 149.
body, 75. cause, 149. country, one's native,
book, 7. cause, to, 145. 127.
borne, to be, 145. cautious, 150. create, to, 157.
both, 33. Caesar, 193. cross, to, 109.
bough, 179. centurion, 95. cross over, to, 145.
bow, 31. certain, 203. cruel, 53.
boy, 13. certainly, 113. cultivate, to, 103.
branch, 179. chain, 182. cut, to, 103.
brave, 25. charcoal, 203. cut down, to, 103.
bravely, 156. Charles, 153.
bread, 143. charm, to, 43. D.
break, 106. chariot, 132. Daily, 182.
break a promise, to, cheap, 127. danger, 53.
59. cheat, to, 179. dare, to, 77.
bribery, 131. chief, 203. daughter, 15.
bright, 127. chiefly, 105. Davus, 187.
bring, to, 103. 143. children, 45. day, 31.
bring to pass, to, 147. Christian, 101. day, by, 201.
brother, 1. Cicero, 154. dead, 107.
build, to, 47. citizen, 131. death, 57.
burden, 125. city, 53. death, to condemn to,
burn, to, 133. clear, 127. 89.
bury, to, 107. Cleopatra, 205. declare, to, 107-
but, 9, 103. clothe, to, 138. deep, 85,
buy, to, 101. come, to, 105. defraud, to, 59.
by, 123. 133. come round, to, 179. delay, 163.
by day, 203. command to, 91. 201. deny, 193.
by far, 95. command of, to have, depart, to, 145.
by means of, 133. 95. desert, to, 207.
commonalty, 132. deserter, 165.
C. commons, 132. deserve, to, 189.
Caius, 187. compel, to, 147. deservedly, 111.
call, to, 45. concerning, 123. design, 157.
camp. 138. condemn, to, 57. desire, 109. 199.
can, I, 39. condemn to death, to, destroy, to, 81.
canvassing, unlaw 89. devour, to, 47.
ful, 131. confess 201. dictator, 201.
236
die, to, 183. event, 31. flight, 81.
difference, it makes a ever, 63. flight, to put to, 99.
great, 161. every, 25. flock, 71.
difference, it makes every day, 182. flower, 111.
no, 161. every where, 39. fodder, 143.
difficulty, with, 83. evil, 183. foUy, 179.
dignity, 79. examine, to, 153. follow, to, 183.
diligence, 189. examplo, 163. foolish, 180.
disgraceful, 127,179. excite, to, 77. foot, 85.
disgracefully, 115. exhort, to, 183. for, 19. 123.
displease, 91. experience, to, 183. form, 9.
ditch, 85. extricate, to, 180. forces, 121.
divine, 148. eye, 69. forget, to, 183.
do, 145. formerly, 78.
dog, 47. F. fortify, to, 109.
door, a, 186. Fabius, 203. fortune, 191.
down from, 123. Fabricius, 197. forty, 85.
draw, 137. fail, to, 95. foul, 199.
draw water, to, 175. faith, 59. four, 85.
drink, to, 154. faithful, 127. 150. fourteen, 85.
drunk in, to be, 137. fall, to, 106. fourteenth, 87.
duty, 153. far, 95. fourth, 87-
farmer, 53. fortieth, 87.
E. father, 1. free, to, 57.
Easily, 111. fatigue, to, 51. frequent, 103,
easy, 200. favour, to, 93. friend, 17.
eat, to, 143. 201. fear, to, 73. 189. friendship, 203.
effect, to 199. feel, to, 105. frighten, to, 73.
eight, 85. female slave, 187. from, 123.
eighteen, 85. fertile, 53. from behind, 191.
eighteenth, 87. few, 191. fruit, 143.
eighth, 87. field, 47.
either, 167. fifteen, 85. G.
eleven, 85. fifteenth, 87. Gain possession of,
eleventh, 87. fifth, 87. . to, 200.
end, an, 205. fiftieth, 87. game, 200.
end, to, 105. fifty, 85. garden, 13.
endeavour, to, 183. fight, 77. garment, 101.
endure, to, 103. fight, to, 49. garrison, 51.
enemy, 43. fill, to, 79. gas, 203.
engaged in, to be, 95. find, to, 105. gate, 75.
enough, 180. finger, 163. Gaul, 136.
entreat, to, 101. 170. finish, to, 105. 207. Gauls, 165.
entrust, 101. first, 87, 191. general, 77. 155.
eternal, 150. five, 85. gentle, 53.
even, 5. flee from, to, 208. Germans, 206.
237
Germany, 136. heavy, 203. ill, 39. 79.
girl, 13. help, to, 109. 158. imitate, to, 1 89.
give, to, 63, 91. her, 45. imitator, 203.
give up, to, 208. herd, 144. immediately, 156.
glory, 77. herself, 45, 125. immense, 31.
go, to, 137. high, 85. immortal, 155.
go to, to, 145. highest, 203. impede, to, 179.
go across, to, 145. highly, 57. in, 123.
go away, to, 145. himself, 45, 125. in order that, 147.
go back, to, 145 hinder, to, 179. in what manner ?
gc out, to, 199. his, 45. 157.
God, 29. hither, 129. increase, to, 77.
gold, 118. hold, to, 75. 81. incredible, 200.
good, 1. Homer, 151. industrious, 142.
good, a, 203. honest, 39. inflame, to, 133.
grape, 143. honour, to, 189. infuse, to, 199.
grave. 201. honourable, 39 injure, to, 91.
great, 7. hope for, to, 47. injurious, 203.
greater, 63. horn, 31. injury, 184.
greatest, 63. horse, 23. innocent, 57.
greatly, very, 105. hostage, 193. into, 133.
greatness, 71. hour, 87. introduce, to, 203.
greedy, 49. house, 47. invade, to, 208.
Greece, 151. how, 147, 167. 167. irritate, to, 59.
Greek, 131. how greatly? 157 island, 128.
grief, 105. how many ? 158. Italy, 161.
ground, on the, 99. how much ? 157. it, 11.
guard, 51. how often ? 168. its, 45.
guard, to, 109, 179. however, 161. itself, 45. 125.
guard against, to, 77. human, 150.
humane, 150. J.
H. hundred, 85. Joyful, 31.
Hand, 31. hundredth, 87. journey, 205.
Hannibal, 179. hurt, to, 91. judge, 101.
happens, it, 148. .hurtful, 203. just, 19.
happy, 29, 153. husband, 94. just now, 165.
hardly, 83. husbandman, 53.
hasten, to, 153. K.
have, to, 73. Keep, to, 59. 1 79.
have the command, 1,11. keep off, to, 203.
of, to, 95. idle, 142. kill, to* 103. 172.
he, 11. if, 19. 195.
head, 89. if not, 154. kind, 53.
hear, to, 105. ignorant, 67. king, 23.
heat, 105. ignorant of, to be, kingdom, 81.
heaven, 195. 158. know, to, 151, 201.
238
know, not to, 151. makes no difference, neighing, 157.

161. neither, 181.
L. man, 17, 126 nearer, 63.
Labour, 105. manage, to, 103,147. nevertheless, 161.
large, 7. 31. manner, in what ? new, 101.
last, 87. 157. night, 59.
law, 157. many, 25. Nile, 203.
lay waste, to, 189. Marcus, 187. nine, 85.
lead, to, 99, 196. marsh, 204. nineteen, 85.
leader, 155. Masinissa, 207. nineteenth, 87.
lean, to, 183. master (of property), ninth, 87.
learn, to, 148. 183. 77. no, 122.
191. master (in a school). no one, 55.
learned, 147. 77. noble, 57.
leave, to, 133. master (of slaves ). nobody, 55.
legion, 87- 151. none, 122, 201.
less, 63, 149. me, 45. nor, 181.
lest, 147, 155. measure, 205. not, 9, 185.
letter, 99. memory, 81. not even, 133, 172.
liberty, 128. 166. military, 132. not only not — but
lie, to, 191. mind, 155. also, 195.
life, 94. mindful, 67. nothing, 80.
light, 63. 167. mine, 3. now, 78, 165.
lightly, 57. miserable, 53. Numa, 121.
like, 191. misfortune, 183. number, 71.
like, to, 41. moderate, 153. number, to, 149.
limit 205. money, 57.
lion, 47. month, 85. 0.
little, 7. moon, 128. Obey, to, 93.
lion, 47. more, 63, 127. obtain, to, 81.
live, to, 153. 191. mortal, 27. occupy, to, 197.
long, 13. 35. most, 63. odour, 203.
long time, 35. mother, 1. of, 123.
longer, 153. move, to, 81. often, 35, 103.
look, to, 199. much, 25,39,63,95.. often, very, 103.
look at, to, 153. 199. multitude, 71. oftener, 103.
lose, to, 208. mutilate, to, 15~. oftenest, 103.
love, 190. my, 3. old, 101, 166.
love, to, 41. myself, 125. old man, 95.
M. on account of, 206.
Macedon, 153. N. on all sides, 180.
made, to be, 145. Name, 121. one, 85.
maintain, to, 81. nation, 87. only, 33, 155, 194.
make, to, 145, 199. nature, 179, 199. open, to, 107.
makes a great differ naughty, 1. opinion, 107.
ence, 161. neighbouring, 87. oppose, to, 9 1 .
239
opposite, 133. point out, to, 45 . quickly, more, 103.

or, 60, 151, 167. poison, 195.
order, to, 201. Pompey, 193. Pv.
order to furnish, to. poor, 109. Rampart, 138.
91. port, 31. rather, 133.
Othat! 149. possible, as mueh as. really, 150.
0 that not ! 149. 107. reason, 128.
other, 163. i, as soon as, rebel, to, 197.
ought, I, 75. 175. rebuke, to, 157.
our, 5. possible, as well as, Eegulus, 145.
ours, 5. 134. reign, 81.
out of, 123. pour out, to, 99. reign, to, 143.
over, to be, 95. power, 199. relate to, to, 205.
overcome, to, 45. powerful, 29. remain, to, 193.
owe, to, 75. praise, 151. report, to, 93.
ox, 143. praise, to, 43. restrain, to, 79.
pray, to, 170. return, to, 145
precious, 127. rich, 109.
Pain, 105. prefer, to, 143. right, 157.
pardon, to, 101. prepare, to, 157. 205. right, by, 157.
parent, 29. present, to be, 95, rightly, 157.
part, 69. presently, 83. ripe, 143.
passion, 109. preserve, to, 59. river, 109.
passionate, 19. pretty, 13. rock, 201.
patience, 153 prevent, to, 203. rod, 181.
patiently, 187, 196. promise, 59. Rome, 121.
peace, 33. promise, to, 189,193, Eoman, 87.
people, 109. 201. Romulus, 121.
perfidy, 179. propose, to, 143. round, 7.
perceive, to, 105. propose a law, to, rouse, to, 43.
perhaps, 113. 145. rugged, 201.
perish, to, 203. proud, 115. rule, 81.
persuade, to, 93. province, 197. rule, to, 99.
Peter, 164. prudence, 199. run, to, 103,
Pharnaces, 197. prudent, 114. rush, to, 133.
philosopher, 94. punish, to, 107, 205. S.
physician, 195. punishment, 145, 167. Sad, 25.
pitcher, 160. pupil, 117. safe, 147.
place, 138. pure, 13. sailor, 49.
place, to, 155, 203. put to flight, to, 99, sally, 103.
play, to, 199. 158. salute, to, 199.
pleasant, 127. Pyrrhus, 195. same, 195.
please, to, 91. say, to, 133, 143-
plough, to, 47. a says, he, 157.
poem, 131. Queen, 23. scarcely, 83.
poet, 131. quickly, 78, 103. sea, 51.
240
second, 87. smell, 203.
see, to, 73. jteach, to, 75.
snares, 133. tear to pieces, to, 151
seek for, to, 200. sooner, 103.
sell, to, 101, 'tears, 204.
so, 114, 147, 153. tell, to, 103, 133,143
senate, 95. so great, 149. tempt, to, 207.
send, to, 99. so many, 149. ten, 86.
send before, to, 133 so that, 147. tend, to. 205.
serve, to, 107. so that not, 147. tender, 41.
Servius Tullius, 121 sober, 153. tenth, 87.
set on fire, to, 133. Socrates, 89.
set out, to, 188. than, 59.
soldier, 83. that, 11, 147.
seven, 85. son, 15.
seventeen, 86. that not, 147, 155.
song, 181. thee, 45.
seventeenth, 87. soon, 78, 83, 103. theft, 89.
seventh, 87. sound, 105. their, 45.
severe, 147. Spain, 207.
severely, 113. Themistocles, 1 64.
spare, to, 101. themselves 45.
severity, 203. speak, to, 133, 183. then, 157.
she, 11. speech, 191. therefore, 29.
sheep, 49. stag, 49. these, 21.
shepherd, 51. stand, to, 63. they, 21.
shield, 9. stand by, to, 95. thick, 179.
short, 31. standard, 197. thief, 77.
show, to, 45. star, 158.
shut, to, 203. thine, 3.
state, 79. thing, 31.
sick, 39. still, 5, 117.
silence, 177- think, to, 106, 127.
stir up, to, 77. third, 87,
silver, 118. storm, to, 152.
sing, to, 103. thirteen, 85.
strive, to, 183. thirteenth, 67.
sincere, 150. strong, 25. thirtieth, S7.
sister, 1. suddenly, 180. thirty, 85.
six, 85. sun, 63.
sixteenth, 87, this, 11, 17.
support, to, 79. thither, 129.
sixth, 87. surround, to, 179.
size, 71. those, 21.
sustain, to, 79. thou, 11.
skilfuL 67. Sweden, 153. thousand, 203.
skilled, 67. sweet, 127. three, 85.
slave, 23. swift, 127. through, 138.
slave of, to be the, T. throw, into, to, 199.
107. Table, 7. throw in between, to,
slavery, 128. take, to, 197. 207.
sleep, 155. take care, to 77. thunder, 31.
sleep, to, 109. tall, 7. thy, 3.
small, 7. Tarquinius, 115. thyself, 125.
smaller, 63. Tarquinius Priscus
smallest, 63. till, to, 103
121. time, 200.
241
timid, 49. vapour, 203. why ? 55.

tire, to, 51. Vercingetorix, 208. wicked, 1.
to, 77, 133. Verres, 167. wife, 94.
to-day, 95. very, valde, 39. willing, I am, 39.
to-morrow, 78. very bad, 63. willing, to be, 139.
too, 5, 153 very good, 63. , window, 192.
too much, 153. very great, 63. wine, 9.
torment, to, 51, very many, 63. winter, 95.
town, 201. very small, 63. wisdom, 57.
treachery, 89. veteran, 101. wise, 29.
treason, 89. victory, 203. wish, I, 39.
tree, 85. vine, 144. wish, to, 139.
Tremellius, 203. violate, to, 59. wish well to, to, 93.
triumph, to, 207, violent, 31. with, 123.
troops, 121. Virgil, 199. with difficulty, 83.
true. 150. 203. virtue, 57. with herself, 169.
trust, to, 101. voice, 106. with himself, 169.
truth, 127. with me, 169.
try, to, 183. with thee, 169.
Tullus Hostilius, 121. Wage, to, 103. with us, 1 69.
twelve, 85. wall, 106. with you, 169.
twelfth, 87. walls, 203. without, 123
twentieth, 87. wander, to, 189. within, 162.
twenty, 85. wanting, to be, 95. wolf, 49.
twenty-first, 87. war, 33. woman, 17.
twenty-one, 85. warlike, 33. wood, 131.
two, 85. water, 13. word, 59, 133.
U. water-pot, 160. work, 105.
Under, 123. way, 105. work out, to, 147,199.
unhappy, 29. we, 21. worse, 63. 103.
united, 167. weary, to, 51. worst, 63, 103.
unjust, 58. [131 well, 79, 103, 160. would that! 149.
unlawful canvassing. well, very, 103. wound, 206.
unless, 113, 154. what, 19. wound, to, 43.
unmindful, 67. what? 56. wretched, 53.
unskilled, 114. when, 56, 145. write, to, 101.
unwilling, to be, 141 when ? 55.
upon, 123. where? 55. Ye, 21.
urge on, to, 51. whether, 151. year, 85.
use, to, 183. which, 19. yesterday, 95.
useful, 25. which? 55. yet, 161.
useless, 31. white, 25. you, 21.
V. who, 19. young man, 97.
Vain, in, 121. who? 89. your, 5.
valour, 57. whole, the, 90. yours, 5.
value, to, 57. whom ? 55. youth, 97.
ERRATA.
3 1, line 10, after "et, and" insert "aUo."

12, in vocabulary to Exercise 31, for "m&n-tu, (m.4,)".put "man-w. (./
4.)"
13, in vocabulary to Ex. 33, for "mll-e» (it 3)," put " mile-i, (m. 3)".
BO, in vocabulary to Ex. 99, for "mittere (ad)" put "mittere ad."
87, in Ex. 127, 6, for " duobus," read " duabus."
94, line 5, for "deese" read " deeue'*
97, „ 8, for " irimut," read " er-tau»," and in line 17, "forhaus-i,1
read " haus-j."
106, line 21, for "fl-3,"read "fi-e»."
110, line 4, for -it, -it, read -it, -it.
111, In the English of the Past Imperfect Subjunctive of Esse, leave on
" could," all through the tense.
112, Ex. 149, 16, for "clvatem," read "clvltatem."
115, last line but one, for (/. 2.), read (/. 1.).
134, line 24, for " Rex-erim," read " Rex-frtm."
158, Ex. 193, 11, for " adolesce nls," read "adolescentis,"
FINIS.
J. B. BATLMAN, PB1NTEB. 1, IVY LAN£, 1'AXIiIlNUSTi.a HOW, LONDON.

-♦..'.

Inductive Latin Course For Beginners

Cargado por

Información del documento

Título original

Derechos de autor

Formatos disponibles

Compartir este documento

Compartir o incrustar documentos

Opciones para compartir

¿Le pareció útil este documento?

¿Este contenido es inapropiado?

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

Inductive Latin Course For Beginners

Cargado por

Copyright:

Formatos disponibles

This is a reproduction of a library book that was digitized

by Google as part of an ongoing effort to preserve the

I. FRENCH: edited, partly from the German, by.

HALLS' SECOND FRENCH COURSE.

II. LATIN: by the Rev. W. B. SMITH, M.A., F.R.G.S.

INDUCTIVE LATIN COURSE,

III. ITALIAN : Edited by the Rev. W. B. SMITH from

B. BATSMAN, I IVV l.ANK, I'ATKKNOSTKIl ROW.

New Edition, price Is. 6i/., cloth.

Price 2s. 6d„ cloth.

Price 2s., cloth.

J. B. BATSMAN. I IVY LANE. PATERNOSTKR ROW.

W. BROWNRIGG SMITH, M.A., F.R.G.S.

The most cursory examination of the 208 Exercises which

which he has based all his conversation, from the time he

Introductory Lessons on the peculiar features of the Latin

third and fourth conjugations . .151

The Latin language was first spoken in Latium and

The Latin language, in the hands of such men as the

The Romans had not settled long enough in Britain

When, therefore, pressed by the barbarians of the north,

English language from the Latin, chiefly by means of the

It is not known how the Romans pronounced the Latin

• This rule, however, is not always acted on in England, especially with

The Article, Noun Substantive, Pronoun, and Noun

The Latin alphabet has only twenty-three letters. It

noun, acted ou or governed by a preposition, is said to be

The letters added to nouns substantive, to express

these nouns end. Hence they are for convenience divided

Adjectives and Pronouns.

In Latin there are also verbs called deponents, which are

Verbs have four moods, the indicative, the subjunctive,

/ had struck is the past perfect tense, because it refers

Every tense has a singular number, which is used when

In English the changes which are necessary to be made

It is evident that verbs gone through in this way, as all

NAMES OP THE MOST CELEBRATED LATIN WRITERS.

Plantus, a writer of comedies, born in Umbria, b.c. 254.

Julius Caesar wrote the History of the Gallic war, and

SPECIAL REASONS FOR LEARNING LATIN.

I. It has already been said that it is calculated that out

are, they all need explanation. Saxon words come home to

Agreement of the Adjective with its Substantive.

Nominative Masculine. Nominative Feminine.

P&ter,* 3, a or the father. mater, 3, a or the mother.

1. Pater est bonus ; mater est bona. 2. Bonus

1. The father is bad and the mother is good. 2. The

1. Meus pater ; meus bonus pater. 2. Mea mater ;

The same subject.

1. Vester pater est bonus ; et meus pater est

liber, m, 2, the book, mens-a, f, 1, a table.

1. Noster liber et vestra mensa. 2. Vester liber

Vin-um, n, 2, wine, scamn-um, n. 2. a bench, form.

non, not. sed, but.

Ego, /. Tu, thou.

1. Ego sum bonus; tu non es bonus. 2. Tu es

Long-ws, m. long-o. f. long-um. n. long.

1. Is puer est meus filius, et ea puella est mea filia.

hSmo, m. 3. man. mfilier, f. 3. woman.

1. Hie homo est amicus meus. 2. Haec puella

The Relative Pronoun, qui, quae, quod.

alb-us, alb-a, alb-um, white. niger, nig-ra, nigr-um, black.

content-u», a, um, content. mortal-is (m. $ /.), mortBl-e,